Zone Frontier Inc 10-K for FY2024
Zone Frontier Inc. (ZONE)
About this 10-K
Zone Frontier Inc filed this 10-K on September 20, 2024, covering the fiscal year ended June 30, 2024 (FY2024).
Headline figures
Fiscal year ended June 30, 2024, as reported in this filing, compared with the same period a year earlier where the filing states it.
- Revenue
- $1.6M
- Net loss
- $2.28M
UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549
FORM
(Mark One)
For
the fiscal year ended:
For the transition period from ____________ to _____________
Commission
File No.
| (Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter) |
| (State or other jurisdiction of incorporation or organization) | (I.R.S. Employer Identification No.) | |
| (Address of principal executive offices) | (Zip Code) |
| (Registrant’s telephone number, including area code) |
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:
| Title of each class | Trading Symbol(s) | Name of each exchange on which registered | ||
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act: None
Indicate
by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act. Yes ☐
Indicate
by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Act. Yes ☐
Indicate
by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange
Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2)
has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.
Indicate
by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically every Interactive Data File required to be submitted pursuant to Rule
405 of Regulation S-T during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit such files).
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, a smaller reporting company, or emerging growth company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer,” “smaller reporting company,” and “emerging growth company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.
| Large accelerated filer | ☐ | Accelerated filer | ☐ |
| ☒ | Smaller reporting company | |||
| Emerging growth company |
If
an emerging growth company, indicate by check mark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for complying
with any new or revised financial accounting standards provided pursuant to Section 13(a) of the Exchange Act.
Indicate
by check mark whether the registrant has filed a report on and attestation to its management’s assessment of the effectiveness
of its internal control over financial reporting under Section 404(b) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act by the registered public accounting firm
that prepared or issued its audit report.
If
securities are registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act, indicate by check mark whether the financial statements of the registrant
included in the filing reflect the correction of an error to previously issued financial statements.
Indicate by check mark whether any of those error corrections are restatements that required a recovery analysis of incentive-based compensation received by any of the registrant’s executive officers during the relevant recovery period pursuant to §240.10D-1(b). ☐
Indicate
by check mark whether registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Act). Yes ☐ No
As
of December 29, 2023 (the last business day of the registrant’s most recently completed second fiscal quarter), the aggregate market
value of the registrant’s class B common stock held by non-affiliates could not be determined because the registrant’s class
B common stock was not yet trading on any exchange. As of such date, there were 3,105,940 shares of class B common stock issued
and outstanding, of which
As
of September 19, 2024, there were a total of
DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE
CleanCore Solutions, Inc.
Annual Report on Form 10-K
Year Ended June 30, 2024
TABLE OF CONTENTS
i
INTRODUCTORY NOTES
Use of Terms
Except as otherwise indicated by the context and for the purposes of this report only, references in this report to “we,” “us,” “our” and “our company” refer to CleanCore Solutions, Inc., a Nevada corporation; provided that all discussions in this report regarding our business and operations prior to the acquisition described under Item 1 “Business—Our Corporate History and Structure” below refer to the business and operations of our predecessor companies described below.
Special Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements
This report contains forward-looking statements that are based on our management’s beliefs and assumptions and on information currently available to us. All statements other than statements of historical facts are forward-looking statements. These statements relate to future events or to our future financial performance and involve known and unknown risks, uncertainties and other factors that may cause our actual results, levels of activity, performance or achievements to be materially different from any future results, levels of activity, performance or achievements expressed or implied by these forward-looking statements. Forward-looking statements include, but are not limited to, statements about:
| ● | our goals and strategies; |
| ● | our future business development, financial condition and results of operations; |
| ● | expected changes in our revenue, costs or expenditures; |
| ● | growth of and competition trends in our industry; |
| ● | our expectations regarding demand for, and market acceptance of, our products and services; |
| ● | our expectations regarding our relationships with investors, institutional funding partners and other parties we collaborate with; |
| ● | fluctuations in general economic and business conditions in the market in which we operate; and |
| ● | relevant government policies and regulations relating to our industry. |
In some cases, you can identify forward-looking statements by terms such as “may,” “could,” “will,” “should,” “would,” “expect,” “plan,” “intend,” “anticipate,” “believe,” “estimate,” “predict,” “potential,” “project” or “continue” or the negative of these terms or other comparable terminology. These statements are only predictions. You should not place undue reliance on forward-looking statements because they involve known and unknown risks, uncertainties and other factors, which are, in some cases, beyond our control and which could materially affect results. Factors that may cause actual results to differ materially from current expectations include, among other things, those listed under Item 1A “Risk Factors” and elsewhere in this report. If one or more of these risks or uncertainties occur, or if our underlying assumptions prove to be incorrect, actual events or results may vary significantly from those implied or projected by the forward-looking statements. No forward-looking statement is a guarantee of future performance.
In addition, statements that “we believe” and similar statements reflect our beliefs and opinions on the relevant subject. These statements are based upon information available to us as of the date of this report, and while we believe such information forms a reasonable basis for such statements, such information may be limited or incomplete, and our statements should not be read to indicate that we have conducted an exhaustive inquiry into, or review of, all potentially available relevant information. These statements are inherently uncertain, and investors are cautioned not to unduly rely upon these statements.
The forward-looking statements made in this report relate only to events or information as of the date on which the statements are made in this report. Except as expressly required by the federal securities laws, there is no undertaking to publicly update or revise any forward-looking statements, whether as a result of new information, future events, changed circumstances or any other reason.
ii
PART I
ITEM 1. BUSINESS.
Overview
We specialize in the development and production of cleaning products that produce pure aqueous ozone for professional, industrial, or home use. We have a patented nanobubble technology using aqueous ozone that we believe is highly effective in cleaning, sanitizing, and deodorizing surfaces and high-touch areas.
Our mission is to become a leader in creating safe, clean spaces that are free from any chemical residue or skin irritants. We are currently expanding our distributor network, improving our production processes, and proving the effectiveness of our products in restaurants, airports, and hotels.
As noted by the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, or the EPA (“Wastewater Technology Fact Sheet: Ozone Disinfection,” September 1999), ozone has been used in water treatment facilities to remove pathogens from water for decades. However, ozone was not safe for traditional cleaning because the gas alone can be harmful when inhaled. In recent years, ozone has been found to become a powerful cleaning solution if infused into tap water, which then creates a solution called aqueous ozone. Once the ozone is added into the water, the resulting solution is safe to handle, yet continues to hold the effective cleaning and oxidizing components of ozone.
Our product offerings utilize a patented technology that we believe produces an enhanced aqueous ozone solution that requires no additives, filters, or advanced chemicals. We believe that we are the only company that has an aqueous ozone solution that is produced in the form of nanobubbles. In a critical review from Environmental Science Nano (“Disinfection applications of ozone micro- and nanobubbles,” November 2, 2021) authors Petroula Seridou and Nicolas Kalogerakis explain that since its discovery in the 1990’s, nanobubbles have been used to remove pollutants in many industries, including biopharma and food processing. Nanobubbles are nanometer-sized (one billionth of a meter) gaseous cavities in a liquid solution. The common micro sized bubbles have larger diameters which causes them to rise quickly to the surface of an aqueous solution as compared to the smaller bubbles.
Since nanobubbles have no natural buoyancy, they remain underwater, where each tiny, negatively charged bubble is attracted to positively charged pollutants and harmful toxins. In the article, Seridou and Kalogerakis write about how this union causes the nanobubbles to release ozone which extinguishes pathogens and slowly breaks down the cell walls of mold, germs, and other residues. Further, a smaller size of nanobubbles is also more effective as it has a higher density of ozone and is able to provide a more thorough surface coverage, which destroys a higher number of contaminants.
Our pure aqueous ozone product is a natural cleaner, sanitizer, and deodorizer produced through the infusion of ozone into water using electricity. The use of this ozone solution has been proven effective in eliminating germs, viruses, bacteria, allergens, and molds; and it performs better than bleach according to a research report published by PLoS One (“The microbial killing capacity of aqueous and gaseous ozone on different surfaces contaminated with dairy cattle manure,” May 14, 2018). Aqueous ozone technology has been tested and previously destroyed pathogens including E. Coli, Staphylococcus, Listeria, and Salmonella as described in Catalyst journal (“Ozone and Photocatalytic Processes for Pathogens Removal from Water: A Review,” January 5, 2019). The solution cleans hard surfaces, floors, carpets, upholstery, and food contact surfaces.
In addition, in an independent case study at Cape Coral Hospital in Florida, the aqueous ozone solution worked to significantly deodorize smells. The same internal case study notes that the aqueous ozone does not mask smells, but instead destroys the bacterium causing the smell.
1
Our aqueous ozone solution is referred to as “pure” because of its ability to keep high concentration of ozone in the solution without needing to use a stabilizer or additive. Depending on the product, the pure aqueous ozone solution contains between 0.5 to 1.5 parts per million, or ppm, of ozone for professional cleaning and up to 20 ppm of ozone for industrial cleaning. At these levels, we believe the concentration of ozone within the solution is strong enough to effectively clean and deodorize better than bleach.
Corporate History and Structure
We were incorporated in the State of Nevada on August 23, 2022 under the name CC Acquisition Corp. for the sole purpose of acquiring substantially all of the assets of CleanCore Solutions, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, or CleanCore LLC, TetraClean Systems, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, or TetraClean, and Food Safety Technology L.L.C., a Delaware limited liability company, or Food Safety. On November 21, 2022, we changed our name from CC Acquisition Corp. to CleanCore Solutions, Inc.
On October 17, 2022, we entered into an asset purchase agreement with CleanCore LLC, TetraClean, Food Safety and Burlington Capital, LLC, or Burlington, the majority owner of these entities, pursuant to which we acquired substantially all of the assets of CleanCore LLC, TetraClean and Food Safety for a total purchase price of $5,000,000, consisting of $2,000,000 in cash and the issuance of a promissory note in the principal amount of $3,000,000.
The predecessor of CleanCore LLC was CleanCore Technologies, LLC, which was formed in 2014 and was wholly owned by Center Ridge Holdings, LLC. CleanCore LLC was formed in 2019 by Burlington and Walker Water, LLC d/b/a O-Z Tech. In 2019, prior to the formation of CleanCore LLC, Center Ridge Holdings, LLC transferred substantially all of the assets of CleanCore Technologies, LLC to Burlington, which then transferred such assets to CleanCore LLC. TetraClean and Food Safety were created to focus on industrial and food safety, respectively. CleanCore LLC, TetraClean, and Food Safety were all under majority control by Burlington prior to the acquisition by CC Acquisition Corp. All discussions in this report regarding our business prior to the acquisition reflect the combined business of CleanCore LLC, TetraClean, and Food Safety, our predecessor companies. Prior to the acquisition, we had no operations other than operations relating to our incorporation and organization.
We do not have any subsidiaries.
Industry
Our market encompasses the global household cleaning market, the global food service market, the global commercial and residential laundry market, and the global health care market. According to Report Linker, the global service cleaning market is expected to reach $92.69 billion by 2027, rising at a 7.80% CAGR during the forecast period. The global household cleaners market size was valued at $33.8 billion in 2021 and is expected to expand at a CAGR of 4.9% from 2022 to 2028. We believe this can be credited to the increasing awareness regarding hygiene among consumers. The constant developments in the household cleaner sector are also likely to boost industry demand.
There is a growing demand for green cleaning and eco-friendly products that are effective, safe, and sanitary. According to a report published by Allied Market Research, the global industrial cleaning equipment market amassed revenue of $9.12 billion in 2021, and is expected to hit $14.14 billion by 2031, registering a CAGR of 4.3% from 2022 to 2031. A market report from Research and Markets noted that the global household green cleaning products market is expected to grow to $27.83 billion at a CAGR of 6.50% from 2017 to 2024.
There is also a high demand in the food and beverage cleaning industry for effective and eco-friendly cleaning suppliers and cleaning solutions. According to an article by Arizton Advisory and Intelligence (“US Food and Beverage Industry Cleaning Services Market Size to Reach Revenues USD 2.4 Billion by 2026,” March 24, 2021), the U.S. food and beverage industry cleaning services market is expected to grow at a CAGR of approximately 7% from 2020 to 2026. We believe the rising awareness in the food and beverage cleaning industry is also encouraging vendors to rely on green cleaning services, which is expected to generate incremental income. Further, driven by the COVID-19 pandemic and its impact on customer and provider expectations of cleanliness, the demand for disinfection services in the food and beverage industry is expected to grow at a CAGR of over 6% through 2022.
The cleaning, healthcare and sanitation market is also receiving interest from government agencies, such as British Columbia’s GreenCare Sustainability Strategic Framework, to develop and retain better, environmentally sustainable, and innovative cleaning solutions. Government initiatives have led some transitions into different and alternative cleaning technologies, and environmentally conscious institutions are expected to increase their demand for alternative cleaning products. While traditional disinfectants will continue to be routinely used in hospitals to sterilize and remove viruses and pathogens, we believe there is a place for aqueous ozone technology to be introduced in clinical settings. For instance, Cape Coral Hospital in Florida, along with two other hospitals, integrated aqueous ozone as room deodorizes as part of their environmental services program effort.
2
Based on the above, the demand for alternative environmentally conscious cleaning solutions is increasing, and we believe our aqueous ozone patented technology effectively cleans and reduces environmental impact, and as a result, that the demand for our products and services will continue to grow.
Products
We offer products and solutions that are marketed for janitorial and sanitation, ice machine cleaning, laundry, and industrial industries. Our products are used in many types of environments including retail establishments, distribution centers, factories, warehouses, restaurants, schools and universities, airports, healthcare, food service, and commercial buildings such as offices, malls, and stores.
Janitorial and Sanitation
Within the janitorial and sanitation sector, we currently manufacture the following products:
| ● | Fill Stations: Wall-mounted units that produce on demand aqueous ozone and can fill up spray bottles or buckets for general cleaning, including our 1.0 Fill Station, which can produce one gallon per minute of aqueous ozone for users with smaller cleaning needs, and our 3.0 Fill Station, which can produce three gallons per minute and is designed for commercial and industrial cleaning requirements. |
| ● | POWER CADDY: A 12-gallon tank that generates aqueous ozone within it, so users are able to generate on-site, on-demand aqueous ozone as they clean. These units come equipped with a spray gun and vacuum hose to properly clean all locations. The POWER CADDY includes a high-pressure spray gun with a pressure per inch boost over 100 for more intense cleaning. |
| ● | POWER MINI CADDY. A six-gallon tank that generates aqueous ozone within it, so users are able to generate on-site, on-demand aqueous ozone as they clean. This product comes equipped with a spray gun and vacuum hose to properly clean all locations. The MINI CADDY is a smaller version of the POWER CADDY that is popular in smaller areas such as restaurants. |
Ice System
The Ice Treatment System establishes a proactive ice machine cleaning program. Cleaning ice machines is a labor intensive and slow process that needs to happen often to stop the buildup of bacteria and mold in the ice machine, the buildup of which could contaminate the ice supply. Ice machines, like other water systems used within indoor environments, create ideal conditions for fostering the growth of bacteria and mold. Pure aqueous ozone is highly effective in cleaning the inside of ice machines. Our Ice System destroys bacteria by sending 0.50 ppm of aqueous ozone through the ice machine each time it makes more ice. Aqueous ozone proactively prevents the growth of Listeria, Salmonella, E. Coli, Norwalk Virus, and Shigella in the ice and keeps the ice pure while preventing respiratory and gastrointestinal illnesses.
3
Commercial and Residential Laundry
We believe that the laundry unit effectively oxidizes and deodorizes to extend the life of your laundry. When the laundry ozone unit is connected to a washing machine, the aqueous ozone is used to clean towels and linens. As a result, by avoiding harsh chemicals, the aqueous ozone may expand the life of the linens, reduce dry time, and eliminate skin irritation. The flow rate of the commercial product is five GPM on each line.
Industrial Cleaning Products
We also plan to make aqueous ozone available for industrial applications, primarily for the purpose of keeping industrial plants and production lines clean. We believe this industrial product is safe to be used on food-contact surfaces and has been used in meat packing plants to eliminate the need to stop the packaging line for cleaning. Additional applications for this product may include pet food packaging and manufacturing, canning operations, breweries, wineries, distilleries, and consumer health manufacturers.
We build customized cleaning systems to meet the required needs of our clients. Our system’s volume output ranges from 10-250 GPM of our patented solution. The concentration levels of our aqueous ozone solutions can be adjusted to suit our client’s distinctive needs. Multiple units can be placed in tandem for large volume projects. Concentration levels of ozone can be established at up to 20 ppm of ozone.
Sanitizing and Disinfectant Tablets
Branded “GreenKlean,” these chlorinated tablets kill 99.9% of viruses and bacteria on a surface. These tablets eliminate odors while disinfecting and can be used on a variety of hard non-porous surfaces. We believe each tablet is easy to use, fast dissolving in water, and each tablet provides a single, standardized cleaning dose. The solution created from the tablet when mixed with water may be applied with a spray device, cloth, wipe, sponge, brush, or mop. Each tablet is effective for up to three days in a closed container and should be prepared daily when used in open containers. Generally, there is no need to rinse off the product after cleaning, the surface just needs to fully air dry, with no remaining residue left nor harm to the surfaces’ finish. The tablets are made according to standards of the National Science Foundation, an independent agency of the United States government that supports fundamental research and education in all the non-medical fields of science and engineering, under the “D2” classification, which means these tablets may be used as an antimicrobial agent that would not need to be rinsed or qualified as a “no rinse sanitizer.”
Manufacturing
We currently source components and raw materials both domestically and overseas from vendors. The components and raw materials are shipped to our facility in Omaha, NE and assembled. We have implemented a strict quality control program which is run by our Director of Operations along with our Lead Production Supervisor. We have inventory control systems at our facilities that track each manufacturing and packaging component as we receive it from our supply sources through manufacturing and shipment of each product to customers. To facilitate this tracking, most products we sell are bar coded. We believe our distribution capabilities increase our flexibility in responding to our customers’ delivery requirements.
Our manufacturing operations are designed to allow low-cost production of a wide variety of products of different quantities, physical sizes and packaging formats, while maintaining a high level of customer service and quality. Flexible production line changeover capabilities and reduced cycle times allow us to respond quickly to changes in manufacturing schedules and customer demands.
We believe that our manufacturing facilities generally have sufficient capacity to meet our current business requirements and our currently anticipated sales.
Raw Materials and Suppliers
The primary raw materials used in the manufacture of our products are chassis, generators, various sockets, degas cylinders, and a variety of other components. The cost of these raw materials is a key factor in pricing our products.
We source raw materials from multiple regional, national and foreign suppliers. Certain of our materials come from Asian-based suppliers. Raw materials from Asian-based suppliers may be subjected to import duties, depending on various foreign policies of the US government. As such, we continue to explore partnership or supplier opportunities to optimize our costs.
4
We have historically purchased certain key raw materials from a limited number of suppliers. We purchase raw materials on the basis of purchase orders. While we believe that there is an ample supply of most of the raw materials that we need, in the absence of firm and long-term contracts, we may not be able to obtain a sufficient supply of these raw materials from our existing suppliers or alternates in a timely fashion or at a reasonable cost. If we fail to secure a sufficient supply of key raw materials in a timely fashion, it would result in a significant delay in delivering our products. Furthermore, failure to obtain a sufficient supply of these raw materials at a reasonable cost could also harm our revenue and gross profit margins. Please see Item 1A “Risk Factors—Risks Related to Our Business and Industry—We have historically depended on a limited number of third parties to supply key raw materials to us and the failure to obtain a sufficient supply of these raw materials in a timely fashion and at reasonable costs could significantly delay our delivery of products” for a description of the risks related to our supplier relationships.
Sales and Marketing
We will utilize media, websites, email lists, social media to reach industries and new potential clients. We actively participate in a variety of trade shows in health care, food service, commercial real estate, and schools and universities where we demonstrate and market our products to thousands of potential and existing customers. We will also use these marketing tactics to grow awareness for our products that we deploy in various cleaning applications. Finally, we will distribute press releases, attend industry conferences, and leverage our relationships with existing customers to grow our client base.
On September 10, 2024, we entered into a sole distributorship agreement for the distribution of our products in the European Union, United Kingdom, Bahrain, Kuwait, Oman, Qatar, Saudi Arabia and United Arab Emirates. Please see Item 7 “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Recent Developments” for a description of this agreement.
Customers
The most significant sales and distribution channels for our products are currently through distributors who then sell to the janitorial services industries relating to food services, health care, education, and commercial buildings. These distributors provide sales, marketing, product training, service and maintenance for their respective end customers.
For the year ended June 30, 2024, one customer, Pro-Link, Inc., accounted for 14% of revenue, and we had two customers, Consensus Group and Tharaldson Hospitality, that accounted for 28% each of all accounts receivable at June 30, 2024. For the year ended June 30, 2023, Pro-Link, Inc. and Sanzonate accounted for 39% and 36% of revenue, respectively, and we had two customers, Sanzonate and Pro-Link, Inc., that accounted for 43% and 12%, respectively, of all accounts receivable at June 30, 2023. We do not have a long-term contract with any of the customers mentioned. We primarily sell products to customers under individual purchase orders placed by them under their standard terms and conditions of sale. These terms and conditions generally include insurance requirements, representations by us with respect to the quality of our products and our production process, our obligations to comply with law, and indemnifications by us if we breach our representations or obligations. There is no commitment from any of these customers to purchase from us, or from us to sell to them, any minimum amount of products.
The loss of any major customer could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations. See Item 1A “Risk Factors—Risks Related to Our Business and Industry—Our major customers account for a significant portion of our revenue and the loss of any major customer could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations.”
Competition
The janitorial services industry is highly competitive and has many established, large and small global competitors. We compete against a wide range of cleaning-focused businesses. Some of our current competitors may be larger than we are, have larger customer bases, greater brand recognition and operating histories, a dominant or more secure position, broader geographic scope, volume, scale, resources, and more market share than we do, or offer products and services we do not offer. Other competitors are smaller, younger, companies that may be more agile in responding quickly to new products or changes in the market.
Our major competitors for our products are traditional cleaning companies such as Proctor and Gamble and Unilever, which are companies that develop and manufacture traditional chemical cleaning products. However, to the best of our knowledge, none of them have an aqueous ozone technology. We also compete with companies in the aqueous ozone cleaning market such as Tennant Company, Tersano Inc., and Enozo Technologies Inc and O3 Waterworks. Each of these companies also produces devices to make aqueous ozone, and Tersano Inc. and Enozo Technologies Inc. produce aqueous ozone products for both personal and professional use.
5
We also compete with a multitude of foreign, regional, and local competitors that vary by market. If our existing or future competitors seek to gain or retain market share by reducing prices, we may be required to lower our prices, which would adversely affect our operating results. Similarly, if customers or potential customers perceive the products or services offered by our existing or future competitors to be of higher quality than ours or part of a broader product mix, our revenues may decline, which would adversely affect our operating results.
Competitive Strengths
We believe that the following competitive strengths contribute to our success and differentiate us from our competitors:
| ● | We have numerous patents for our technology. We currently have 14 patents for our technology. These patents cover the functions of our products that allow our machines to produce ozone in the form of nanobubbles. |
| ● | We have experience in the cleaning industry. Our acquisition and subsequent business with aqueous ozone products have led us to maintain and uphold significant and meaningful relationships throughout the service cleaning industry with various providers of cleaning services. |
| ● | We believe that our products eliminate the need for harsh chemicals and reduce costs of labor in janitorial services. Various chemical solutions for cleaning are costly, but with the aqueous ozone solution, we believe hospitals may reduce expenditures by switching to the aqueous ozone technology. Our customers in janitorial services have reported a reduced time in cleaning and sanitizing, which saves our customers on labor costs. |
| ● | There is no chemical residue left after using our solution, and we believe it causes less irritation compared to typical cleaning agents. When cleaning with the aqueous ozone solution, it may remove and deodorize surfaces without using harsh caustic chemicals, and only water remains on the surface after cleaning, not any chemical residue that may require additional rinsing. As a result, our clients may report less eye, skin, and respiratory irritation after switching to our cleaning products. |
| ● | Our product is environmentally conscious. Our goal is to reduce packaging waste when replacing traditional cleaners and their packaging with aqueous ozone dispensers. We believe our product also reduces water consumption while cleaning. A two-year study at a major Vancouver hospital found that clients use 90% less water since the aqueous ozone technology removes the need to flush the cleaning dispensing system between various chemical cleaning agents. Overall, our products may reduce the carbon footprint of a janitorial service business when used in lieu of traditional cleaning methods. |
Growth Strategies
The key elements of our strategy to grow our business include:
| ● | Targeting key industries. Historically, we sold our products primarily through geographic and strategic distributors across the United States and Europe in the janitorial services sector. In the past twelve months, we have shifted our focus to selling direct to end users. Our focus target groups include hospitality, education, venue, and education. |
| ● | Deploy marketing strategies that raise awareness for our cleaning products. We plan to expand our marketing efforts to increase awareness of our products. Our strategy includes attending industry conferences and working with salespeople to start the use of our product in new areas. |
| ● | Create partnerships through exclusive licensing for distributors and a direct sales model. We anticipate evolving the business model into a hybrid of both traditional distributors and a direct sales model with key salespeople penetrating the health care, education, food service, and commercial buildings industries. Our goal is also to create partnerships with some of the largest sports and entertainment arenas in the world, providing end-to-end sales and service. |
6
Research and Development
We are continuing our research and development into specific product applications across our core janitorial and sanitation product line, specifically aligning our new direct sales and support strategy by evolving the existing product lines to capture new “real time” testing evaluations.
Previously, we had conducted an adenosine triphosphate study on the Clemson University Core buildings to determine the cleaning effect of aqueous ozone and our products.
We are also active in developing consumer-focused products that can be sold and marketed online and in large box retail stores across the country. We are exploring the development of our products for expanded usage in key market segments such as health care, food service, and commercial cleaning industries.
Intellectual Property
Currently, we hold 14 patents and have two patents pending, with one pending in the United States and another pending in Canada. We own 9 patents in the United States, 1 patent in Mexico, and 4 patents in Canada. These patents cover the functions of our products that allow our machines to produce the ozone in the form of nanobubbles. Each of our United States patents are utility patents, and are owned by us, either under the name “CC Acquisition Corp,” our previous name, or “CleanCore Solutions, Inc.” We do not currently license any patents. We are in the process of transferring each of the patents to our current name, “CleanCore Solutions, Inc.”
|
Patent Title |
Patent Number | Jurisdiction | Expiration Year | |||
| Ozone Cleaning System | 2680331 | Canada | 2028 | |||
| Ozone Cleaning System | 320909 | Mexico | 2028 | |||
| Ozonated Liquid Dispensing Unit | 10479683 | United States | 2028 | |||
| Reaction Vessel for an Ozone Cleaning System | 8075705 | United States | 2029 | |||
| Aqueous Ozone Solution for Ozone Cleaning System | 8071526 | United States | 2029 | |||
| Aqueous Ozone Solution for Ozone Cleaning System | 8735337 | United States | 2029 | |||
| Ozonated Liquid Dispensing Unit | 9174845 | United States | 2029 | |||
| Ozone Cleaning System | 9068149 | United States | 2030 | |||
| Ozonated Liquid Dispensing Unit | 9522348 | United States | 2030 | |||
| System for Producing and Distributing an Ozonated Fluid | 2802307 | Canada | 2031 | |||
| Ozonated Liquid Dispensing Unit | 2802311 | Canada | 2031 | |||
| Ozonated Liquid Dispensing Unit | 2896332 | Canada | 2034 | |||
| Method and Systems for Controlling Microorganisms | 9670081 | United States | 2035 | |||
| Apparatus for Generating Aqueous Ozone | 11033647 | United States | 2039 |
To protect our intellectual property, we rely on a combination of laws and regulations, as well as contractual restrictions. We rely on Federal patent laws to protect our intellectual property, including our patented technology. We also rely on the protection of laws regarding unregistered copyrights for certain content we create and trade secret laws to protect our proprietary technology. To further protect our intellectual property, we enter into confidentiality agreements with our executive officers and directors.
Employees
We seek to attract and retain quality employees in the areas of sales, marketing, and internal operations. Our salespeople will be selected to continue to identify and develop our client relationships. Our marketing staff will develop brand awareness of our products within the janitorial services market.
As of June 30, 2024, we had seven (7) full time employees, all of whom were in the United States. None of our employees are represented by labor unions, and we believe that we have an excellent relationship with our employees.
Government Regulation
As a manufacturer of ozone devices, we are subject to regulation by multiple U.S. government agencies, including the EPA. We must also comply with the Federal Insecticide, Fungicide, and Rodenticide Act, or FIFRA, which establishes procedures for registering pesticides and pesticide generating devices with the U.S. Department of Agriculture and following established labeling provisions. FIFRA mandates that the EPA regulates the use and sale of pesticides and pesticide generating devices to protect human health and preserve the environment. Under FIFRA’s definition, ozone is considered a pesticide and manufacturers of ozone generating devices are required to register with the EPA. Our EPA registration establishment number is 090379-NE-001.
7
We are also subject to regulation by the U.S. Food and Drug Administration, or the FDA, for the use of ozone for water treatment as well as its use as an antimicrobial agent for the treatment, storage, and processing of foods. In 1982, the FDA granted “GRAS” approval, meaning it is “generally recognized as safe” status for ozone treatment of bottled water. The FDA and the Center for Food Safety and Applied Nutrition announced on June 26, 2001 that ozone may be safely used in the treatment, storage, and processing of foods, including meat and poultry, when used in accordance with the specified conditions; and that ozone is approved as a secondary food additive permitted for human consumption.
Additionally, the U.S. Department of Agriculture and Food Safety and Inspection Service declared in December 2001 that ozone may be used on food labeled as “organic,” and that there are no special labeling requirements for treated raw and ready-to-eat meat and poultry products if treated with ozone just prior to packaging.
The Occupational Safety and Health Administration, or OSHA, and the American Conference of Governmental Industrial Hygienists, or ACGIH, have also issued guidelines and regulations for ozone gas exposure. OSHA regulates ozone gas exposure based on time-weighted averages, and states that ozone levels in ambient air should not exceed 0.10 ppm for an eight-hour exposure period. Similarly, ACGIH guidelines state provide for similar time weighted averages, distinguishing based on the level of exertion starting from 0.10 ppm of ozone exposure for eight hours of light work to 0.05 ppm of ozone exposure for eight hours of during heavy work.
The Hazard Communication Standard provides workers who are exposed to hazardous chemicals or alike with “the right to know” the identities and protective measures to be taken to protect themselves from adverse effect of air contaminants. Government recommendations include guidelines that if an employee is exposed to ambient ozone levels higher than permitted, to wear a respirator or other personal protective equipment until such a time when air contaminate levels are in within compliance according to the OSHA standards.
In Canada, Health Canada has issued our company a letter of no-objection to the use of our solution as a sanitizer in Canada for use as a general use sanitizer, hand disinfectant, personal hygiene cleaner, as a drain cleaner, for food packaging materials, and in use with food contacting hard surfaces. Our Health Canada reference numbers are: IS13041201/02, IS13041209 to IS13041216, and IP13101701.
The application, interpretation, and enforcement of these U.S. and foreign laws and regulations are often uncertain, particularly in the rapidly evolving industry in which we operate and may be interpreted and applied inconsistently from country to country and inconsistently with our current policies and practices. Any existing or new legislation applicable to our operations could expose us to substantial liability, including significant expenses necessary to comply with such laws and regulations, to respond to regulatory inquiries or investigations, and to defend individual or class litigation. These events could dampen growth in the use of the internet in general and cause us to divert significant resources and funds to addressing these issues, and possibly require us to change our business practices.
ITEM 1A. RISK FACTORS.
An investment in our securities involves a high degree of risk. You should carefully read and consider all of the risks described below, together with all of the other information contained or referred to in this report, before making an investment decision with respect to our securities. If any of the following events occur, our financial condition, business and results of operations (including cash flows) may be materially adversely affected. In that event, the market price of our stock could decline, and you could lose all or part of your investment.
Risks Related to Our Business and Industry
We are an early-stage company with a limited operating history.
We are an early, startup stage company with a limited history upon which you can evaluate our business and prospects. Our prospects must be considered in light of the risks encountered by companies in the early stages of development in highly competitive markets. You should consider the frequency with which early-stage businesses encounter unforeseen expenses, difficulties, complications, delays and other adverse factors. These risks are described in more detail below.
8
We have incurred losses since our inception, and we may not be able to manage our business on a profitable basis.
We have generated losses since inception and have relied on cash on-hand, sales of securities, proceeds from our initial public offering, external bank lines of credit, and issuance of third-party and related party debt to support our operations. For the year ended June 30, 2024, we generated an operating loss of $1,946,734 and a net loss of $2,281,742. The revenue and income potential of our business and market are unproven. This makes an evaluation of our company and its prospects difficult and highly speculative. There can be no assurances that we will be able to develop products or services on a timely and cost effective basis, that will be able to generate any increase in revenues, that we will have adequate financing or resources to continue operating our business and to provide products to customers, that we will earn a profit, that we can raise sufficient capital to support operations by attaining profitability, or that we can satisfy future liabilities.
Our auditors have issued a going concern opinion on our audited financial statements.
The report of our independent registered public accounting firm that accompanies our financial statements for the year ended June 30, 2024 contains a going concern qualification in which such firm expressed substantial doubt about our ability to continue as a going concern, based on the financial statements at that time. We have generated losses since inception and have relied on cash on-hand, sales of securities, proceeds from our initial public offering, external bank lines of credit, and issuance of third-party and related party debt to support cashflow from operations. As of June 30, 2024, we had cash of $2,016,611, a net loss of $2,281,742, working capital of $1,706,082, and cash used in operating activities of $1,547,880. Despite the initial public offering described below, management believes that currently available resources will not be sufficient to fund our planned expenditures over the next 12 months. These factors, individually and collectively indicate that a material uncertainty exists that raises substantial doubt about our company’s ability to continue as a going concern for 12 months from the date of issuance of the accompanying financial statements.
We will be dependent upon the raising of additional capital through equity and/or debt financing in order to implement our business plan and generate sufficient revenue in excess of costs. If we raise additional capital through the issuance of equity securities or securities convertible into equity, stockholders will experience dilution, and such securities may have rights, preferences or privileges senior to those of the holders of common stock. If we raise additional funds by issuing debt, we may be subject to limitations on its operations, through debt covenants or other restrictions. There is no assurance that we will be successful with future financing ventures, and the inability to secure such financing may have a material adverse effect on our financial condition. The accompanying financial statements have been prepared on a going concern basis under which our company is expected to be able to realize its assets and satisfy its liabilities in the normal course of business and do not include any adjustments to the amounts and classifications of assets and liabilities that might be necessary should we be unable to continue as a going concern. If we cannot continue as a going concern, our stockholders would likely lose most or all of their investment in us.
We will require additional financing to accomplish our business strategy.
We require substantial working capital to fund our business development plans, and we expect to experience significant negative cash flow from operations. Depending upon the sales volume generated by our business during that time, we also anticipate the possibility of having to raise additional funds in order to achieve our plans and accomplish our immediate and longer-term business strategy. These additional funds likely will be raised through the issuance of our securities in debt and/or equity financings. If we are unable to raise these additional funds on terms acceptable to us, we will be required to limit our expenditures for continuing our product development activities and expanding our sales and marketing operations, reduce our work force, or find alternatives to fund our business on terms that are not as favorable to us. Any such actions would impair our product development and expansion plans, reduce potential revenues, increase operating losses, and adversely affect the value of our company.
We cannot accurately predict future revenues or profitability in the emerging market for aqueous ozone technology.
The market for alternative green cleaning supplies is rapidly evolving. As is typical of a rapidly evolving industry, demand, and market acceptance for recently introduced products are subject to a high level of uncertainty. Moreover, since the market for our products is evolving, it is difficult to predict the future growth rate, if any, and size of this market. Because of our limited operating history and the emerging nature of the markets in which we compete, we are unable to accurately forecast our revenues or our profitability. The market for our products and the long-term acceptance of our products are uncertain, and our ability to attract and retain qualified personnel with industry expertise, particularly sales and marketing personnel, is uncertain. To the extent we are unsuccessful in increasing revenues, we may be required to appropriately adjust spending to compensate for any unexpected revenue shortfall, or to reduce our operating expenses, causing us to forego potential revenue generating activities, either of which could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition.
9
We may face significant challenges in obtaining market acceptance of our products, which could adversely affect our potential sales and revenues.
We do not yet have an established market or customer base for our products. Acceptance of our products in the marketplace by both potential users and potential purchasers, including hospitals, schools, universities, commercial facilities, transportation systems and other healthcare and non-healthcare providers, is uncertain, and failure to achieve sufficient market acceptance will significantly limit our ability to generate revenue and be profitable. Market acceptance will require substantial marketing efforts and the expenditure of significant funds by us to inform hospitals, schools, universities, commercial facilities, transportation systems, residential spaces and other health care and non-healthcare providers of the benefits of using our products. We may encounter significant clinical and market resistance to our products, and our products may never achieve market acceptance. We may not be able to build key relationships with physicians, education administrators, and government agencies. Product orders may be cancelled or customers that are beginning to use our products may cease their use of our products and customers expected to begin using our products may not do so.
Factors that may affect our ability to achieve acceptance of our products in the marketplace include, but are not limited, to whether:
| ● | such products will work effectively; |
| ● | the products are cost-effective for our customers; |
| ● | we are able to demonstrate product safety, efficacy, and cost-effectiveness of the products; and |
| ● | we are able to maintain customer relationships and acceptance. |
Acceptance of our products in the marketplace is also uncertain, and our failure to achieve sufficient market acceptance and any inability to sell such products at competitive prices will limit our ability to generate revenue and be profitable. Our products and technologies may not achieve expected reliability, performance, and endurance standards. Our products and technologies may also not achieve market acceptance, including among hospitals, or may not be deemed suitable for other commercial applications.
If we do not build brand awareness and brand loyalty, our business may suffer.
Due in part to the substantial resources available to many of our competitors providing aqueous ozone technology, our opportunity to achieve and maintain a significant market share may be limited. The importance of brand recognition will increase as competition in our market increases. Successfully promoting and positioning of our brand will depend largely on the effectiveness of our marketing efforts, our ability to offer reliable and desirable products at competitive rates, and customer perceptions of the value of our products. If our planned marketing efforts are ineffective or if customer perceptions change regarding the effectiveness of our cleaning machines and products, we may need to increase our financial commitment to creating and maintaining brand awareness and loyalty among customers, which could divert financial and management resources from other aspects of our business or cause our operating expenses to increase disproportionately to our revenues. This would cause our business and operating results to suffer.
If we are unable to maintain, train and build an effective international sales and marketing infrastructure, we will not be able to commercialize and grow our brand successfully.
As we grow, we may not be able to secure sales personnel or organizations that are adequate in number or expertise to successfully market and sell our brand and products on a global scale. We presently rely on individual independent sales representatives and an in-house sales team to market and sell our products. If we are unable to expand our sales and marketing capability, train our sales force effectively or provide any other capabilities necessary to commercialize our brand internationally, we will need to contract with third parties to market and sell our brand, which will be an additional expense. If we are unable to establish and maintain compliant and adequate sales and marketing capabilities, we may not be able to increase our revenue, may generate increased expenses, and may not continue to be profitable.
10
We operate in new and rapidly changing markets, which makes it difficult to evaluate our future prospects and may increase the risk that we will not be successful.
The market for cleaning products is a rapidly changing market, characterized by changing technologies, intense price competition, the introduction of new competitors and brand name cleaning products, evolving industry standards, changing and diverse regulatory environments, frequent new service announcements, and changing user demands and behaviors. Our inability to anticipate these changes and adapt our business, platform, and offerings could undermine our business strategy. Our business strategy and projections, including those related to our revenue growth and profitability, rely on a number of assumptions about the market for cleaning products, including the size and projected growth of the cleaning product markets over the next several years. Some or all of these assumptions may be incorrect. Our growth strategy is dependent, in part, on our ability to timely and effectively launch new products and services, the development of which is uncertain, complex, and costly. In addition, we may be unable successfully and efficiently to address advancements in distribution technology, marketing and pricing strategies and content breadth and availability in certain or all of these markets, which could materially and adversely affect our growth prospects and results of operations.
The limited history of some of the markets in which we operate makes it difficult to effectively assess our future prospects, and our business and prospects should be considered in light of the risks and difficulties we may encounter in these evolving markets. We cannot accurately predict whether our products and services will achieve significant acceptance by potential users in significantly larger numbers or at the same or higher price points than at present. Our historic growth rates should therefore not be relied upon as an indication of future growth, financial condition, or results of operations.
Our major customers account for a significant portion of our revenue and the loss of any major customer could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations.
For the year ended June 30, 2024, one customer, Pro-Link, Inc., accounted for 14% of revenue, and we had two customers, Consensus Group and Tharaldson Hospitality, that accounted for 28% each of all accounts receivable at June 30, 2024. For the year ended June 30, 2023, Pro-Link, Inc. and Sanzonate accounted for 39% and 36% of revenue, respectively, and we had two customers, Sanzonate and Pro-Link, Inc., that accounted for 43% and 12%, respectively, of all accounts receivable at June 30, 2023. We do not have a long-term contract with any of the customers mentioned. We do not have a long-term contract with any of the customers mentioned. We experienced a 34.26% decrease in revenues for the year ended June 30, 2024, as compared to the year ended June 30, 2023. The decline in revenue was largely driven by the termination of a distribution agreement with Sanzonate. Revenue to Sanzonate decreased by 96% during this time period and accounted for 80% of total decrease in revenue during this time period. Our results of operations and ability to service our debt obligations would also be impacted negatively to the extent that any major customer is unable to make payments to us or does not make timely payments on outstanding accounts receivable.
We have historically depended on a limited number of third parties to supply key raw materials to us and the failure to obtain a sufficient supply of these raw materials in a timely fashion and at reasonable costs could significantly delay our delivery of products.
Since our company’s inception, we have historically purchased certain key raw materials, such as chassis, generators, vacuum switches, and head sockets and other components from a limited number of suppliers. We purchased raw materials on the basis of purchase orders. In the absence of firm and long-term contracts, we may not be able to obtain a sufficient supply of these raw materials from our existing suppliers or alternates in a timely fashion or at a reasonable cost. Although we have not experienced any supply chain disruptions in the past, we cannot guarantee that we will not experience any disruptions in the future. If we fail to secure a sufficient supply of key raw materials in a timely fashion, it would result in a significant delay in our delivery of products. Furthermore, failure to obtain a sufficient supply of these raw materials at a reasonable cost could also harm our revenue and gross profit margins.
We depend on third-party delivery services, for both inbound and outbound shipping, to deliver our products to our distribution centers and subsequently to our customers on a timely and consistent basis, and any deterioration in our relationship with any one of these third parties or increases in the fees that they charge could harm our reputation and adversely affect our business and financial condition.
We rely on third parties for the shipment of our products, both inbound and outbound shipping logistics, and we cannot be sure that these relationships will continue on terms favorable to us, or at all. Shipping costs have increased from time to time, and may continue to increase, and we may not be able to pass these costs directly to our customers.
11
Any increased shipping costs could harm our business, prospects, financial condition and results of operations by increasing our costs of doing business and reducing gross margins which could negatively affect our operating results. In addition, we utilize a variety of shipping methods for both inbound and outbound logistics. For inbound logistics, we rely on trucking and ocean carriers and any increases in fees that they charge could adversely affect our business and financial condition. For outbound logistics, we rely on “Less-than-Truckload” and parcel freight based upon the product and quantities being shipped and customer delivery requirements. These outbound freight costs have increased on a year-over-year basis and may continue to increase in the future. We also ship a number of oversized products which may trigger additional shipping costs by third-party delivery services. Any increases in fees or any increased use of “Less-than-Truckload” shipping would increase our shipping costs which could negatively affect our operating results.
In addition, if our relationships with these third parties are terminated or impaired, or if these third parties are unable to deliver products for us, whether due to labor shortage, slow down or stoppage, deteriorating financial or business condition, responses to terrorist attacks or for any other reason, we would be required to use alternative carriers for the shipment of products to our customers. Changing carriers could have a negative effect on our business and operating results due to reduced visibility of order status and package tracking and delays in order processing and product delivery, and we may be unable to engage alternative carriers on a timely basis, upon terms favorable to us, or at all.
If our fulfillment operations are interrupted for any significant period of time or are not sufficient to accommodate increased demand, our sales could decline, and our reputation could be harmed.
Our success depends on our ability to successfully receive and fulfill orders and to promptly deliver our products to our customers. Most of the orders for our products are filled from our inventory in our distribution centers, where all our inventory management, packaging, labeling and product return processes are performed. Increased demand and other considerations may require us to expand our distribution centers or transfer our fulfillment operations to larger or other facilities in the future. If we do not successfully expand our fulfillment capabilities in response to increases in demand, our sales could decline.
In addition, our distribution centers are susceptible to damage or interruption from human error, pandemics, fire, flood, power loss, telecommunications failures, terrorist attacks, acts of war, break-ins, earthquakes and similar events. We do not currently maintain back-up power systems at our fulfillment centers. We do not presently have a formal disaster recovery plan and our business interruption insurance may be insufficient to compensate us for losses that may occur in the event operations at our fulfillment center are interrupted. In addition, alternative arrangements may not be available, or if they are available, may increase the cost of fulfillment. Any interruptions in our fulfillment operations for any significant period of time, including interruptions resulting from the expansion of our existing facilities or the transfer of operations to a new facility, could damage our reputation and brand and substantially harm our business and results of operations.
Failure to comply with privacy laws and regulations and failure to adequately protect customer data could harm our business, damage our reputation and result in the loss of customers.
Federal and state regulations may govern the collection, use, sharing and security of data that we receive from our customers. In addition, we have and post on our website our own privacy policies and practices concerning the collection, use and disclosure of customer data. Any failure, or perceived failure, by us to comply with our posted privacy policies or with any data-related consent orders, U.S. Federal Trade Commission requirements or other federal, state or international privacy-related laws and regulations could result in proceedings or actions against us by governmental entities or others, which could potentially harm our business. Further, failure or perceived failure to comply with our policies or applicable requirements related to the collection, use or security of personal information or other privacy-related matters could damage our reputation and result in a loss of customers. The regulatory framework for privacy issues is currently evolving and is likely to remain uncertain for the foreseeable future.
Quality problems with, and product liability claims in connection with, our aqueous ozone machines could lead to recalls or safety alerts, harm to our reputation, or adverse verdicts or costly settlements, and could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, and results of operations.
Quality is extremely important to us and our customers due to the serious and costly consequences of product failure, and our business exposes us to potential product liability risks that are inherent in the design, manufacture and marketing of cleaning devices and services. In addition, our products may be used in intensive care settings with immunocompromised and seriously ill patients. Component failures, manufacturing defects or design flaws could result in an unsafe condition or injury to, or death of, a patient or other user of our products. These problems could lead to the recall of, or issuance of a safety alert relating to, our products and could result in unfavorable judicial decisions or settlements arising out of product liability claims and lawsuits, including class actions, which could negatively affect our business, financial condition and results of operations. In particular, a material adverse event involving one of our products could result in reduced market acceptance and demand for all products offered under our brand and could harm our reputation and ability to market products in the future.
12
High quality products are critical to the success of our business. If we fail to meet the high standards that we set for ourselves and that our customers expect, and if our products are the subject of recalls, safety alerts or other material adverse events, our reputation could be damaged, we could lose customers and our revenue could decline.
Any product liability claim brought against us, with or without merit, could be costly to defend and resolve. Any of the foregoing problems, including product liability claims or product recalls in the future, regardless of their ultimate outcome, could harm our reputation and have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, and results of operations.
We may receive a significant number of warranty claims or our aqueous ozone products may require significant amounts of service after sale.
Sales of our aqueous ozone products include a product limited two-year warranty that covers any issues related to manufacturing defects, specifically relating to the CCS Caddy, POWER CADDY, MINI CADDY, CCS 3.0 Fill Station, CCS 1.0 Fill Station, CCS 1000, CCS 2000L, CCS 5000 and the NuClean Pro Residential Fill Station. If a product is provided that has a manufacturing defect, we or an authorized distributor will replace or repair the defective product as long as a claim is submitted to us within the warranty period in writing within 30 days of the failure. This warranty does not cover abuse, misuse of the products, service or unit modifications not authorized by us, or environmental hazards. As the possible number and complexity of the features and functionalities of our products increase, we may experience a higher level of warranty claims. If product returns or warranty claims are significant or exceed our expectations, we could incur unanticipated expenditures for parts and services, which could have a material adverse effect on our operating results.
We could be subject to litigation.
Product liability claims are common. Even though we have not been subject to such claims in the past, we could be a named defendant in a lawsuit alleging product liability claims including, but not limited to, defects in the design, manufacture or labeling of our aqueous ozone products and machines. Any litigation, regardless of its merit or eventual outcome, could result in significant legal costs and high damage awards or settlements. Although we currently maintain product liability insurance, the coverage is subject to deductibles and limitations, and may not be adequate to cover future claims. Additionally, we may be unable to maintain our existing product liability insurance in the future at satisfactory rates or at adequate amounts.
If we are unable to protect our intellectual property rights, our reputation and brand could be impaired, and we could lose customers.
We regard our patents, trademarks, trade secrets and similar intellectual property as important to our success. We rely on patent, trademark and copyright law, and trade secret protection, and confidentiality and/or license agreements with employees, customers, partners and others to protect our proprietary rights. We maintain 14 patents in the United States, Canada, and Mexico. We cannot be certain that we have taken adequate steps to protect our proprietary rights, especially in countries where the laws may not protect our rights as fully as in the United States. In addition, our proprietary rights may be infringed or misappropriated, and we could be required to incur significant expenses to preserve them. We may commence litigation to protect our intellectual property rights. The outcome of such litigation can be uncertain, and the cost of prosecuting such litigation may have an adverse impact on our earnings. We have patent and trademark registrations for several patents and marks. However, any registrations may not adequately cover our intellectual property or protect us against infringement by others. Effective patent, trademark, service mark, copyright and trade secret protection may not be available in every country in which our products and services may be made available online. We also currently own or control a number of Internet domain names and have invested time and money in the purchase of domain names and other intellectual property, which may be impaired if we cannot protect such intellectual property. We may be unable to protect these domain names or acquire or maintain relevant domain names in the United States and in other countries. If we are not able to protect our patents, trademarks, domain names or other intellectual property, we may experience difficulties in achieving and maintaining brand recognition and customer loyalty.
13
The loss of key personnel, an inability to attract and retain additional personnel or difficulties in the integration of new members of our management team into our company could affect our ability to successfully grow our business.
Our future success depends in large part upon the continued service of the members of our executive management team and key employees, including our Chief Executive Officer, Clayton Adams, and our Chief Financial Officer, David Enholm. All members of our executive management team are subject to employment agreements. In addition, our success also depends on our ability to attract and retain qualified technical, sales and marketing, product support, financial and accounting, legal and other managerial personnel. The competition for skilled personnel in the industries in which we operate is intense. Our personnel generally may terminate their employment at any time for any reason. We may incur significant costs to attract and retain highly skilled personnel, and we may lose new employees to our competitors before we realize the benefit of our investment in recruiting them. As we move into new geographies, we will need to attract and recruit skilled personnel across functional areas. If we fail to attract new personnel or if we suffer increases in costs or business operations interruptions as a result of a labor dispute, or fail to retain and motivate our current personnel, we might not be able to operate our businesses effectively or efficiently, serve our users properly or maintain the quality of our content and services.
We will face growing regulatory and compliance requirements in a variety of areas, which can be costly and time consuming.
Our business is, and may in the future be, subject to a variety of laws and regulations, including working conditions, labor, immigration and employment laws, and health, safety and sanitation requirements. We are unable to predict the outcome or effects of any potential legislative or regulatory proposals on our business. Any changes to the legal and regulatory framework applicable to our business could have an adverse impact on our business and results of operations. Our failure to comply with applicable governmental laws and regulations, or to maintain necessary permits or licenses, could result in liability that could have a material negative effect on our business and results of operations.
Legislation or government regulations may be adopted which may affect our products and liability.
Nanobubble technology and aqueous ozone are subject to considerable regulatory uncertainty as the law evolves to catch up with the rapidly evolving nature of the technology itself, all of which are beyond our control. Our products also may not achieve the requisite level of compatibility required for certification and rollout to consumers or satisfy changing regulatory requirements which could require us to redesign, modify or update our products.
The industry may become subject to increased legislation and regulation. Further, the legislation or regulations in different countries may impose different standards, which may be conflicting. Any legislation or regulations which impose standards, or which impose liability, is likely to increase our manufacturing cost as well as the cost of compliance.
We are subject to, and must remain in compliance with, numerous laws and governmental regulations concerning the manufacturing, use, distribution and sale of our products. Some of our customers also require that it complies with their own unique requirements relating to these matters.
We produce and sell products that contain ozone, and which may be subject to government regulation in the locations where we develop, manufacture, and assemble our products, as well as the locations where we sell our products. Among other things, certain applicable laws and regulations require or may in the future require the submission of annual reports to the certain governmental agencies certifying that such products comply with applicable performance standards, the maintenance of manufacturing, testing, and distribution records, and the reporting of certain product defects to such regulatory agency or consumers. If our products fail to comply with applicable regulations, we and/or our products could be subjected to a variety of enforcement actions or sanctions, such as product recalls, repairs or replacements, warning letters, untitled letters, safety alerts, injunctions, import alerts, administrative product detentions or seizures, or civil penalties. The occurrence of any of the foregoing could harm our business, results of operations, and financial condition.
Economic, political and other risks associated with our international operations could adversely affect our revenues and international growth prospects.
We intend to expand our international presence as part of our business strategy. As described above, on September 10, 2024, we entered into a sole distributorship agreement for the distribution of our products in the European Union, United Kingdom, Bahrain, Kuwait, Oman, Qatar, Saudi Arabia and United Arab Emirates. Our international operations are subject to a number of risks inherent to operating in foreign countries, and any expansion of our international operations will amplify the effects of these risks, which include, among others:
| ● | differences in culture, economic and labor conditions and practices; |
| ● | the policies of the U.S. and foreign governments; |
| ● | disruptions in trade relations and economic instability; |
| ● | differences in enforcement of contract and intellectual property rights; |
14
| ● | social and political unrest; |
| ● | natural disasters, terrorist attacks, pandemics or other catastrophic events; |
| ● | complex, varying and changing government regulations and legal standards and requirements, particularly with respect to tax regulations, price protection, competition practices, export control regulations and restrictions, customs and tax requirements, immigration, anti-boycott regulations, data privacy, intellectual property, anti-corruption and environmental compliance, including the Foreign Corrupt Practices Act; |
| ● | greater difficulty enforcing intellectual property rights and weaker laws protecting such rights; and |
| ● | greater difficulty in accounts receivable collections and longer collection periods. |
We are also affected by domestic and international laws and regulations applicable to companies doing business abroad or importing and exporting goods and materials. These include tax laws, laws regulating competition, anti-bribery/anti-corruption and other business practices, and trade regulations, including duties and tariffs. Compliance with these laws is costly, and future changes to these laws may require significant management attention and disrupt our operations. Additionally, while it is difficult to assess what changes may occur and the relative effect on our international tax structure, significant changes in how U.S. and foreign jurisdictions tax cross-border transactions could materially and adversely affect our results of operations and financial position.
Our results of operations and financial position are also impacted by changes in currency exchange rates. Unfavorable currency exchange rates between the US Dollar and foreign currencies could adversely affect us in the future. Fluctuations in currency exchange rates may present challenges in comparing operating performance from period to period.
There are other risks that are inherent in our international operations, including the potential for changes in socio-economic conditions, laws and regulations, including, among others, competition, import, export, labor and environmental, health and safety laws and regulations, and monetary and fiscal policies, protectionist measures that may prohibit acquisitions or joint ventures, or impact trade volumes, unsettled political conditions; government-imposed plant or other operational shutdowns, backlash from foreign labor organizations related to our restructuring actions, corruption; natural and man-made disasters, hazards and losses, violence, civil and labor unrest, and possible terrorist attacks.
To expand our operations into new international markets, we may enter into business combination transactions, make acquisitions or enter into strategic partnerships, joint ventures or alliances, any of which may be material. We may enter into these transactions to acquire other businesses or products to expand our products or take advantage of new developments and potential changes in the industry. Our lack of experience operating in new international markets and our lack of familiarity with local economic, political and regulatory systems could prevent us from achieving the results that we expect on our anticipated time frame or at all. If we are unsuccessful in expanding into new international markets, it could adversely affect our operating results and financial condition.
Our international operations require us to comply with anti-corruption laws and regulations of the U.S. government and various international jurisdictions in which we do business.
Doing business on a worldwide basis requires us to comply with the laws and regulations of the U.S. government and various international jurisdictions, and our failure to successfully comply with these rules and regulations may expose us to liabilities. These laws and regulations apply to companies, individual directors, officers, employees, and agents, and may restrict our operations, trade practices, investment decisions and partnering activities. In particular, our international operations are subject to U.S. and foreign anti-corruption laws and regulations, such as the Foreign Corrupt Practices Act, or the FCPA. The FCPA prohibits us from providing anything of value to foreign officials for the purposes of influencing official decisions or obtaining or retaining business or otherwise obtaining favorable treatment, and requires us to maintain adequate record- keeping and internal accounting practices to accurately reflect our transactions. As part of our business, we may deal with state-owned business enterprises, the employees and representatives of which may be considered foreign officials for purposes of the FCPA. In addition, some of the international locations in which we operate lack a developed legal system and have elevated levels of corruption. As a result of the above activities, we are exposed to the risk of violating anti-corruption laws. Violations of these legal requirements are punishable by criminal fines and imprisonment, civil penalties, disgorgement of profits, injunctions, debarment from government contracts as well as other remedial measures. We have established policies and procedures designed to assist us and our personnel in complying with applicable U.S. and international laws and regulations. However, there can be no assurance that our policies and procedures will effectively prevent us from violating these regulations in every transaction in which we may engage, and such a violation could adversely affect our reputation, business, financial condition and results of operations.
15
Our internal control over financial reporting currently may not meet all of the standards contemplated by Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, and failure to achieve and maintain effective internal control over financial reporting in accordance with Section 404 could impair our ability to produce timely and accurate financial statements or comply with applicable regulations and have a material adverse effect on our business.
As a public company, we have significant requirements for enhanced financial reporting and internal controls. The process of designing and implementing effective internal controls is a continuous effort that will require us to anticipate and react to changes in our business and the economic and regulatory environments and to expend significant resources to maintain a system of internal controls that is adequate to satisfy our reporting obligations as a public company. If we are unable to establish or maintain appropriate internal financial reporting controls and procedures, it could cause us to fail to meet our reporting obligations on a timely basis, result in material misstatements in our consolidated financial statements, and harm our operating results. In addition, we will be required, pursuant to Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, or the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, to furnish a report by management on, among other things, the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting in the second annual report on Form 10-K following the completion of our initial public offering. This assessment will need to include disclosure of any material weaknesses identified by our management in our internal control over financial reporting. The rules governing the standards that must be met for our management to assess our internal control over financial reporting are complex and require significant documentation, testing, and possible remediation through the implementation of new internal controls and procedures and hiring accounting or internal audit staff. Testing and maintaining internal controls may divert management’s attention from other matters that are important to our business. If we are not able to complete our initial assessment of our internal controls and otherwise implement the requirements of Section 404 in a timely manner or with adequate compliance, we may not be able to certify as to the adequacy of our internal control over financial reporting.
Matters impacting our internal controls may cause us to be unable to report our financial information on a timely basis and thereby be required to restate our financial statements or otherwise be subject to adverse regulatory consequences, including sanctions by the Securities and Exchange Commission, or the SEC, or violations of applicable stock exchange listing rules, which may result in a breach of the covenants under existing or future financing arrangements. If we fail to meet our public reporting obligations, investors could lose confidence in us and the reliability of our financial statements, which could have a negative effect on the trading price of our class B common stock. Confidence in the reliability of our financial statements also could suffer if we report a material weakness in our internal control over financial reporting. This could materially adversely affect us and lead to a decline in the market price of our class B common stock.
We will incur significant increased costs as a result of operating as a public company, and our management will be required to devote substantial time to new compliance initiatives.
As a public company, we must incur significant legal, accounting and other expenses that we did not incur as a private company. In addition, the Sarbanes-Oxley Act has imposed various requirements on public companies including requiring establishment and maintenance of effective disclosure and financial controls. Our management and other personnel will need to devote a substantial amount of time to these compliance initiatives. Moreover, these rules and regulations have increased and will continue to increase our legal and financial compliance costs and will make some activities more time-consuming and costly. We cannot predict or estimate the amount of additional costs we will incur as a public company or the timing of such costs.
The Sarbanes-Oxley Act requires, among other things, that we maintain effective internal control over financial reporting and disclosure controls and procedures. In particular, we must perform system and process evaluation and testing of our internal control over financial reporting to allow management to report on the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting, as required by Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act. In addition, we will be required to have our independent registered public accounting firm attest to the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting the later of our second annual report on Form 10-K or the first annual report on Form 10-K following the date on which we are no longer an emerging growth company or a non-accelerated filer. Our compliance with Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act will require that we incur substantial accounting expense and expend significant management efforts. We currently do not have an internal audit group, and we will need to hire additional accounting and financial staff with appropriate public company experience and technical accounting knowledge. If we are not able to comply with the requirements of Section 404 in a timely manner, or if we or our independent registered public accounting firm identify deficiencies in our internal control over financial reporting that are deemed to be material weaknesses, the value of our securities could decline and we could be subject to sanctions or investigations by the SEC or other regulatory authorities, which would require additional financial and management resources.
16
Our ability to successfully implement our business plan and comply with Section 404 requires us to be able to prepare timely and accurate financial statements. We expect that we will need to continue to improve existing, and implement new operational and financial systems, procedures and controls to manage our business effectively. Any delay in the implementation of, or disruption in the transition to, new or enhanced systems, procedures or controls, may cause our operations to suffer and we may be unable to conclude that our internal control over financial reporting is effective and to obtain an unqualified report on internal controls from our auditors if so required under Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act and the SEC’s implementing rules. This, in turn, could have an adverse impact on the value of our securities, and could adversely affect our ability to access the capital markets.
Risks Related to Ownership of Our Common Stock
The structure of our common stock has the effect of concentrating voting control with a single stockholder, which will limit or preclude your ability to influence corporate matters. It may also limit the price and liquidity of our class B common stock due to its ineligibility for inclusion in certain stock market indices.
We are authorized to issue two classes of common stock – class A common stock and class B common stock. The class A common stock is entitled to ten votes per share and the class B common stock is entitled to one vote. Clayton Adams, our Chief Executive Officer, holds stock options to purchase 2,000,000 shares of class A common stock, which are fully vested and may be exercised at any time. If Mr. Adams exercises his stock options, then he will own approximately 88% of our outstanding class A common stock and will be able to exercise approximately 67% of our total voting power. This concentrated control will limit or preclude your ability to influence corporate matters, including significant business decisions, for the foreseeable future and could harm the market value of your class B common stock.
In addition, certain index providers have announced restrictions on including companies with multiple-class share structures in certain of their indexes. For example, in July 2017, FTSE Russell and Standard & Poor’s announced that they would cease to allow most newly public companies utilizing dual or multi-class capital structures to be included in their indices. Under the announced policies, our dual class capital structure would make us ineligible for inclusion in any of these indices. Given the sustained flow of investment funds into passive strategies that seek to track certain indexes, exclusion from stock indexes would likely preclude investment by many of these funds and could make our class B common stock less attractive to other investors. As a result, fewer investors may be willing to purchase our class B common stock. In consequence, the market price and liquidity of our class B common stock could be adversely affected.
We may not be able to maintain a listing of our class B common stock on NYSE American.
We must meet certain financial and liquidity criteria to maintain the listing of our class B common stock on NYSE American. If we fail to meet any of NYSE American’s continued listing standards or we violate NYSE American listing requirements, our class B common stock may be delisted. In addition, our board of directors may determine that the cost of maintaining our listing on a national securities exchange outweighs the benefits of such a listing. A delisting of our class B common stock from NYSE American may materially impair our stockholders’ ability to buy and sell our class B common stock and could have an adverse effect on the market price of, and the efficiency of the trading market for, our class B common stock. The delisting of our class B common stock could significantly impair our ability to raise capital and the value of your investment.
The market price of our stock may be highly volatile, and you could lose all or part of your investment.
The market for our class B common stock may be characterized by significant price volatility when compared to the shares of larger, more established companies that have large public floats, and we expect that our stock price will be more volatile than the shares of such larger, more established companies for the indefinite future. The stock market in general has recently been highly volatile. Furthermore, there have been recent instances of extreme stock price run-ups followed by rapid price declines and stock price volatility following a number of recent initial public offerings, particularly among companies with relatively smaller public floats. We may also experience such volatility, which may be unrelated to our actual or expected operating performance and financial condition or prospects, making it difficult for prospective investors to assess the rapidly changing value of our class B common stock.
17
The market price of our class B common stock is likely to be volatile due to a number of factors. First, as noted above, our class B common stock is likely to be more sporadically and thinly traded compared to the shares of such larger, more established companies. The price for our class B common stock could, for example, decline precipitously in the event that a large number of shares are sold on the market without commensurate demand. Furthermore, we are a speculative or “risky” investment due to our lack of profits to date. As a consequence of this enhanced risk, more risk-adverse investors may, under the fear of losing all or most of their investment in the event of negative news or lack of progress, be more inclined to sell their shares on the market more quickly and at greater discounts than would be the case with the stock of a larger, more established company that has a large public float. Many of the foregoing factors are beyond our control and may decrease the market price of our class B common stock regardless of our operating performance. The market price of our class B common stock could also be subject to wide fluctuations in response to a broad and diverse range of factors, including the following:
| ● | actual or anticipated variations in our periodic operating results; |
| ● | increases in market interest rates that lead investors of our class B common stock to demand a higher investment return; |
| ● | changes in earnings estimates; |
| ● | changes in market valuations of similar companies; |
| ● | actions or announcements by our competitors; |
| ● | adverse market reaction to any increased indebtedness we may incur in the future; |
| ● | additions or departures of key personnel; |
| ● | actions by stockholders; |
| ● | speculation in the media, online forums, or investment community; and |
| ● | our ability to maintain the listing of our class B common stock on NYSE American. |
Volatility in the market price of our class B common stock may prevent investors from being able to sell their class B common stock at or above the price at which they purchased it. As a result, you may suffer a loss on your investment.
We do not expect to declare or pay dividends in the foreseeable future.
We do not expect to declare or pay dividends in the foreseeable future, as we anticipate that we will invest future earnings in the development and growth of our business. Therefore, holders of our class B common stock will not receive any return on their investment unless they sell their shares, and holders may be unable to sell their shares on favorable terms or at all.
If securities industry analysts do not publish research reports on us, or publish unfavorable reports on us, then the market price and market trading volume of our class B common stock could be negatively affected.
Any trading market for our class B common stock may be influenced in part by any research reports that securities industry analysts publish about us. We do not currently have and may never obtain research coverage by securities industry analysts. If no securities industry analysts commence coverage of us, the market price and market trading volume of our class B common stock could be negatively affected. In the event we are covered by analysts, and one or more of such analysts downgrade our securities, or otherwise reports on us unfavorably, or discontinues coverage of us, the market price and market trading volume of our class B common stock could be negatively affected.
18
Future issuances of our class B common stock or securities convertible into, or exercisable or exchangeable for, our class B common stock, or the expiration of lock-up agreements that restrict the issuance of new class B common stock or the trading of outstanding class B common stock, could cause the market price of our class B common stock to decline and would result in the dilution of your holdings.
Future issuances of our class B common stock or securities convertible into, or exercisable or exchangeable for, our class B common stock, or the expiration of lock-up agreements that restrict the issuance of new class B common stock or the trading of outstanding class B common stock, could cause the market price of our class B common stock to decline. We cannot predict the effect, if any, of future issuances of our securities, or the future expirations of lock-up agreements, on the price of our class B common stock. In all events, future issuances of our class B common stock would result in the dilution of your holdings. In addition, the perception that new issuances of our securities could occur, or the perception that locked-up parties will sell their securities when the lock-ups expire, could adversely affect the market price of our class B common stock. In connection with our initial public offering, all of our officers and directors agreed to be locked up for a period of twelve months from April 26, 2024, the date on which the trading of our class B common stock commenced, and the holders of 1% or greater of our outstanding class A common stock and class B common stock agreed to be locked up for a period of six months from such date; provided that the lock-up period for certain of these holders is three months. During the lock-up period, without the prior written consent of the underwriters, they shall not, directly or indirectly, (i) offer, pledge, assign, encumber, announce the intention to sell, sell, contract to sell, sell any option or contract to purchase, purchase any option or contract to sell, grant any option, right or warrant to purchase, or otherwise transfer or dispose of, any common stock or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for common stock, owned either of record or beneficially by any signatory of the lock-up agreement on the date of the prospectus or thereafter acquired; (ii) enter into any swap or other agreement that transfers, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of the common stock or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for common stock, whether any such transaction described in clauses (i) or (ii) above is to be settled by delivery of common stock or such other securities, in cash or otherwise, or publicly announce an intention to do any of the foregoing; and (iii) make any demand for or exercise any right with respect to, the registration of any common stock or any security convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for common stock. In addition to any adverse effects that may arise upon the expiration of these lock-up agreements, the lock-up provisions in these agreements may be waived, at any time and without notice. If the restrictions under the lock-up agreements are waived, our class B common stock may become available for resale, subject to applicable law, including without notice, which could reduce the market price for our class B common stock.
Future issuances of debt securities, which would rank senior to our common stock upon our bankruptcy or liquidation, and future issuances of preferred stock, which could rank senior to our common stock for the purposes of dividends and liquidating distributions, may adversely affect the level of return you may be able to achieve from an investment in our class B common stock.
In the future, we may attempt to increase our capital resources by offering debt securities. Upon bankruptcy or liquidation, holders of our debt securities, and lenders with respect to other borrowings we may make, would receive distributions of our available assets prior to any distributions being made to holders of our common stock. Moreover, if we issue preferred stock, the holders of such preferred stock could be entitled to preferences over holders of common stock in respect of the payment of dividends and the payment of liquidating distributions. Because our decision to issue debt or preferred stock in any future offering, or borrow money from lenders, will depend in part on market conditions and other factors beyond our control, we cannot predict or estimate the amount, timing or nature of any such future offerings or borrowings. Holders of our class B common stock must bear the risk that any future offerings we conduct or borrowings we make may adversely affect the level of return, if any, they may be able to achieve from an investment in our class B common stock.
If our shares of class B common stock become subject to the penny stock rules, it would become more difficult to trade our shares.
The SEC has adopted rules that regulate broker-dealer practices in connection with transactions in penny stocks. Penny stocks are generally equity securities with a price of less than $5.00, other than securities registered on certain national securities exchanges or authorized for quotation on certain automated quotation systems, provided that current price and volume information with respect to transactions in such securities is provided by the exchange or system. If we do not retain a listing on NYSE American or another national securities exchange and if the price of our class B common stock is less than $5.00, our class B common stock could be deemed a penny stock. The penny stock rules require a broker-dealer, before a transaction in a penny stock not otherwise exempt from those rules, to deliver a standardized risk disclosure document containing specified information. In addition, the penny stock rules require that before effecting any transaction in a penny stock not otherwise exempt from those rules, a broker-dealer must make a special written determination that the penny stock is a suitable investment for the purchaser and receive (i) the purchaser’s written acknowledgment of the receipt of a risk disclosure statement; (ii) a written agreement to transactions involving penny stocks; and (iii) a signed and dated copy of a written suitability statement. These disclosure requirements may have the effect of reducing the trading activity in the secondary market for our class B common stock, and therefore stockholders may have difficulty selling their shares.
19
We are subject to ongoing public reporting requirements that are less rigorous than rules for companies that are not emerging growth companies, and our stockholders could receive less information than they might expect to receive from more mature public companies.
We report on an ongoing basis as an “emerging growth company” (as defined in the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act of 2012, or the JOBS Act) under the reporting rules set forth under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or the Exchange Act. For so long as we remain an emerging growth company, we may take advantage of certain exemptions from various reporting requirements that are applicable to other Exchange Act reporting companies that are not emerging growth companies, including but not limited to:
| ● | not being required to comply with the auditor attestation requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act; |
| ● | being permitted to comply with reduced disclosure obligations regarding executive compensation in our periodic reports and proxy statements; and |
| ● | being exempt from the requirement to hold a non-binding advisory vote on executive compensation and stockholder approval of any golden parachute payments not previously approved. |
In addition, Section 107 of the JOBS Act also provides that an emerging growth company can take advantage of the extended transition period provided in Section 7(a)(2)(B) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or the Securities Act, for complying with new or revised accounting standards. In other words, an emerging growth company can delay the adoption of certain accounting standards until those standards would otherwise apply to private companies. We have elected to take advantage of the benefits of this extended transition period. Our financial statements may therefore not be comparable to those of companies that comply with such new or revised accounting standards.
We will remain an emerging growth company until the earliest of (i) the last day of the fiscal year following the fifth anniversary of our initial public offering, (ii) the last day of the first fiscal year in which our total annual gross revenues are $1.235 billion or more, (iii) the date that we become a “large accelerated filer” as defined in Rule 12b-2 under the Exchange Act, which would occur if the market value of our class B common stock that is held by non-affiliates exceeds $700 million as of the last business day of our most recently completed second fiscal quarter or (iv) the date on which we have issued more than $1 billion in non-convertible debt during the preceding three year period.
Because we are subject to ongoing public reporting requirements that are less rigorous than Exchange Act rules for companies that are not emerging growth companies, our stockholders could receive less information than they might expect to receive from more mature public companies. We cannot predict if investors will find our class B common stock less attractive if we elect to rely on these exemptions, or if taking advantage of these exemptions would result in less active trading or more volatility in the price of our class B common stock.
We are also a smaller reporting company within the meaning of the Securities Act, and if we take advantage of certain exemptions from disclosure requirements available to smaller reporting companies, this could make our securities less attractive to investors and may make it more difficult to compare our performance with other public companies.
Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act defines a “smaller reporting company” as an issuer that is not an investment company, an asset-backed issuer, or a majority-owned subsidiary of a parent that is not a smaller reporting company and that:
| ● | had a public float of less than $250 million as of the last business day of its most recently completed second fiscal quarter, computed by multiplying the aggregate worldwide number of shares of its voting and non-voting common equity held by non-affiliates by the price at which the common equity was last sold, or the average of the bid and asked prices of common equity, in the principal market for the common equity; or |
| ● | in the case of an initial registration statement under the Securities Act or the Exchange Act for shares of its common equity, had a public float of less than $250 million as of a date within 30 days of the date of the filing of the registration statement, computed by multiplying the aggregate worldwide number of such shares held by non-affiliates before the registration plus, in the case of a Securities Act registration statement, the number of such shares included in the registration statement by the estimated public offering price of the shares; or |
| ● | in the case of an issuer whose public float as calculated under paragraph (1) or (2) of this definition was zero or whose public float was less than $700 million, had annual revenues of less than $100 million during the most recently completed fiscal year for which audited financial statements are available. |
As a smaller reporting company, we are not required and may not include a compensation discussion and analysis section in our proxy statements, and we provide only two years of financial statements. We also have other “scaled” disclosure requirements that are less comprehensive than issuers that are not smaller reporting companies which could make our class B common stock less attractive to potential investors, which could make it more difficult for our stockholders to sell their shares.
20
We are a “controlled company” under the rules of NYSE American and as a result, we may choose to exempt our company from certain corporate governance requirements that could have an adverse effect on our public stockholders.
Under NYSE American rules, a company of which more than 50% of the voting power is held by an individual, group or another company is a “controlled company” and may elect not to comply with certain corporate governance requirements, including, without limitation, (i) the requirement to have a board of directors comprised of a majority of independent directors, (ii) requirement that director nominees be selected either by the independent directors or a nomination committee comprised solely of independent directors and (iii) the requirement that the compensation of officers be determined, or recommended to the board for determination, either by the independent directors or a compensation committee comprised solely of independent directors. As noted above, Clayton Adams is able to exercise more than 50% of our total voting power if he exercises his stock options. As a result, we are a “controlled company” within the meaning of NYSE American rules. Although we currently do not intend to rely on the “controlled company” exemption, we could elect to rely on this exemption in the future. If we elected to rely on the “controlled company” exemption, a majority of the members of our board of directors might not be independent and our nominating and compensation committees might not consist entirely of independent directors. Our status as a controlled company could cause our class B common stock to look less attractive to certain investors or otherwise harm our trading price.
Anti-takeover provisions in our charter documents and under Nevada law could make an acquisition of our company more difficult, and limit attempts by our stockholders to replace or remove our current management.
Provisions in our articles of incorporation and bylaws may have the effect of delaying or preventing a change of control of our company or changes in our management. As described above, we have a dual class structure which concentrates control with a single stockholder. Furthermore, neither the holders of our common stock nor the holders of our preferred stock have cumulative voting rights in the election of our directors. The combination of the present ownership by this single stockholder of a significant portion of our issued and outstanding common stock and lack of cumulative voting makes it more difficult for other stockholders to replace our board of directors or for a third party to obtain control of our company by replacing its board of directors.
In addition, our authorized but unissued shares of common stock are available for our board of directors to issue without stockholder approval, subject to NYSE American’s rules. We may use these additional shares for a variety of corporate purposes, including raising additional capital, corporate acquisitions and employee stock plans. The existence of our authorized but unissued shares of common stock could render it more difficult or discourage an attempt to obtain control of our company by means of a proxy context, tender offer, merger or other transaction since our board of directors can issue large amounts of capital stock as part of a defense to a take-over challenge. In addition, we have authorized in our articles of incorporation 50,000,000 shares of preferred stock. Our board acting alone and without approval of our stockholders, subject to NYSE American’s rules, can designate and issue one or more series of preferred stock containing super-voting provisions, enhanced economic rights, rights to elect directors, or other dilutive features, that could be utilized as part of a defense to a take-over challenge.
In addition, various provisions of our bylaws may also have an anti-takeover effect. These provisions may delay, defer or prevent a tender offer or takeover attempt of our company that a stockholder might consider in his or her best interest, including attempts that might result in a premium over the market price for the shares held by our stockholders. Our bylaws may be adopted, amended or repealed only by our board of directors. Our bylaws also contain limitations as to who may call special meetings as well as require advance notice of stockholder matters to be brought at a meeting. Additionally, our bylaws also provide that no director may be removed by less than a two-thirds vote of the issued and outstanding shares entitled to vote on the removal. Our bylaws also permit the board of directors to establish the number of directors and fill any vacancies and newly created directorships. These provisions will prevent a stockholder from increasing the size of our board of directors and gaining control of our board of directors by filling the resulting vacancies with its own nominees.
Our bylaws also establish an advance notice procedure for stockholder proposals to be brought before an annual meeting of our stockholders, including proposed nominations of persons for election to the board of directors. Stockholders at an annual meeting will only be able to consider proposals or nominations specified in the notice of meeting or brought before the meeting by or at the direction of the board of directors or by a stockholder who was a stockholder of record on the record date for the meeting, who is entitled to vote at the meeting and who has given us timely written notice, in proper form, of the stockholder’s intention to bring that business before the meeting. Although our bylaws do not give the board of directors the power to approve or disapprove stockholder nominations of candidates or proposals regarding other business to be conducted at a special or annual meeting, our bylaws may have the effect of precluding the conduct of certain business at a meeting if the proper procedures are not followed or may discourage or deter a potential acquirer from conducting a solicitation of proxies to elect its own slate of directors or otherwise attempting to obtain control of our company.
21
These provisions may frustrate or prevent any attempts by our stockholders to replace or remove our current management by making it more difficult for stockholders to replace members of our board of directors, which is responsible for appointing the members of our management.
General Risk Factors
We face significant competition.
We believe that our success will depend heavily upon achieving market acceptance of our products before our competitors introduce more advanced competing products. Current and new competitors, however, may be able to develop and introduce better or more desirable products in advance of us or at a lower cost. In addition, some of our current and potential competitors have longer and/or more established operating histories, greater industry experience, greater name recognition, established customer bases, and significantly greater financial, technical, marketing, and other resources than we do. To be competitive, we must respond promptly and effectively to the challenges of technological change, evolving standards and regulations, and our competitors’ innovations by continually working to improve the design of our products, enhancing our products, as well as improving and increasing our marketing and distribution channels. Increased competition could result in a decrease in the desirability of our products, a decrease in the use of our products by customers, loss of market share and brand recognition, and a reduction in the projected revenues from our products. We cannot assure you that we will be able to compete successfully against current and future competitors. Competitive pressures faced by us could have a material adverse effect on our business, operating results and financial condition.
Increased prices for raw materials could increase our cost of sales and decrease demand for our products, which could adversely affect our revenue or profitability.
Our profitability is affected by the prices of the raw materials used in the manufacturing and sale of our products. These prices may fluctuate based on a number of factors beyond our control, including, among others, changes in supply and demand, general economic conditions, labor costs, competition, import duties, currency exchange rates and, in some cases, government regulation. Increased prices could adversely affect our profitability or revenues. We do not have long-term supply contracts for the raw materials. Significant increases in the prices of raw materials could adversely affect our profit margins, especially if we are not able to recover these costs by increasing the prices we charge our customers for our products.
If commodity prices such as fuel, plastic and steel increase, our margins may be negatively impacted.
Our third-party delivery services have increased fuel surcharges from time to time, and such increases negatively impact our margins, as we are generally unable to pass all of these costs directly to consumers. Increasing prices of the raw materials for the products we sell may impact the availability, the quality and the price of our products, as suppliers search for alternatives to existing materials and increase the prices they charge. We cannot ensure that we can recover all the increased costs through price increases, and our suppliers may not continue to provide the consistent quality of raw materials as they may substitute lower cost materials to maintain pricing levels, all of which may have a negative impact on our business and results of operations.
If we fail to properly manage our anticipated growth, our business could suffer.
The planned growth of our commercial operations may place a significant strain on our management and on our operational and financial resources and systems. To manage growth effectively, we will need to maintain a system of management controls, and attract and retain qualified personnel, as well as develop, train and manage management-level and other employees. Failure to manage our growth effectively could cause us to over-invest or under-invest in infrastructure, and result in losses or weaknesses in our infrastructure, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations, financial condition and cash flow. Any failure by us to manage our growth effectively could have a negative effect on our ability to achieve our development and commercialization goals and strategies.
Business interruptions in our facilities may affect the distribution of our products and/or the stability of our computer systems, which may affect our business.
Weather, terrorist activities, war or other disasters, or the threat of them, may result in the closure of one or more of our facilities, or may adversely affect our ability to timely provide products to our customers, resulting in lost sales or a potential loss of customer loyalty. Most of our raw materials are imported from other countries and these goods could become difficult or impossible to bring into the United States, and we may not be able to obtain such raw materials from other sources at similar prices. Such a disruption in revenue could potentially have a negative impact on our results of operations, financial condition and cash flows.
22
We rely extensively on our computer systems to manage inventory, process transactions and timely provide products to our customers. Our systems are subject to damage or interruption from power outages, telecommunications failures, computer viruses, security breaches or other catastrophic events. If our systems are damaged or fail to function properly, we may experience loss of critical data and interruptions or delays in our ability to manage inventories or process customer transactions. Such a disruption of our systems could negatively impact revenue and potentially have a negative impact on our results of operations, financial condition and cash flows.
Security threats, such as ransomware attacks, to our IT infrastructure could expose us to liability, and damage our reputation and business.
It is essential to our business strategy that our technology and network infrastructure remain secure and is perceived by our customers to be secure. Despite security measures, however, any network infrastructure may be vulnerable to cyber-attacks. Information security risks have significantly increased in recent years in part due to the proliferation of new technologies and the increased sophistication and activities of organized crime, hackers, terrorists and other external parties, including foreign private parties and state actors. We may face cyber-attacks that attempt to penetrate our network security, including our data centers, to sabotage or otherwise disable our website, misappropriate our or our customers’ proprietary information, which may include personally identifiable information, or cause interruptions of our internal systems and services. If successful, any of these attacks could negatively affect our reputation, damage our network infrastructure and our ability to sell our products, harm our relationship with customers that are affected and expose us to financial liability.
We maintain a comprehensive system of preventive and detective controls through our security programs; however, given the rapidly evolving nature and proliferation of cyber threats, our controls may not prevent or identify all such attacks in a timely manner or otherwise prevent unauthorized access to, damage to, or interruption of our systems and operations, and we cannot eliminate the risk of human error or employee or vendor malfeasance.
In addition, any failure by us to comply with applicable privacy and information security laws and regulations could cause us to incur significant costs to protect any customers whose personal data was compromised and to restore customer confidence in us and to make changes to our information systems and administrative processes to address security issues and compliance with applicable laws and regulations. In addition, our customers could lose confidence in our ability to protect their personal information, which could cause them to stop shopping on our sites altogether. Such events could lead to lost sales and adversely affect our results of operations. We also could be exposed to government enforcement actions and private litigation.
Interruptions in deliveries of raw materials could adversely affect our revenue or profitability.
Our dependency upon regular deliveries from particular suppliers means that interruptions or stoppages in such deliveries could adversely affect our operations until arrangements with alternate suppliers could be made. If any of our suppliers were unable to deliver raw materials to us for an extended period of time, as the result of financial difficulties, catastrophic events affecting their facilities or other factors beyond our control, or if we were unable to negotiate acceptable terms for the supply of raw materials with these or alternative suppliers, our business could suffer. We may not be able to find acceptable alternatives, and any such alternatives could result in increased costs for us. Even if acceptable alternatives are found, the process of locating and securing such alternatives might be disruptive to our business. Extended unavailability of a necessary raw material could cause us to cease producing or selling one or more of our products for a period of time.
Assertions by third parties of infringement, misappropriation or other violation by us of their intellectual property rights could result in significant costs and substantially harm our business and operating results.
In recent years, there has been significant litigation involving intellectual property rights. Any infringement, misappropriation or related claims, whether or not meritorious, is time-consuming, diverts technical and management personnel and is costly to resolve. As a result of any such dispute, we may have to develop non-infringing technology, pay damages, enter into royalty or licensing agreements, cease providing our product or take other actions to resolve the claims. These actions, if required, may be costly or unavailable on terms acceptable to us. Any of these events could result in increases in operating expenses, limit our product offerings or result in a loss of business.
Industry and other market data that may be used in our periodic reports that we may file with the SEC and our other materials, including those undertaken by us or our engaged consultants, may not prove to be representative of current and future market conditions or future results.
The periodic reports that we may file with the SEC may include or refer to statistical and other industry and market data that we obtained from industry publications and research, surveys and studies conducted by third parties and surveys and studies that we may have undertaken ourselves regarding the market potential for our product candidates. Although we believe that such information has been, and will be, obtained from reliable sources, the sources of such data do not guarantee the accuracy or completeness of such information. While we believe these industry publications and third-party research, surveys and studies are reliable, we do not independently verify such data. The results of this data represent various methodologies, assumptions, research, analysis, projections, estimates, composition of respondent pool, presentation of data and adjustments, each of which may ultimately prove to be incorrect or inaccurate and may cause actual results and market viability information to differ materially from that presented in any such reports or other materials that we may prepare.
23
ITEM 1B. UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS.
Not applicable.
ITEM 1C. CYBERSECURITY.
Risk Management and Strategy
We recognize the critical importance of developing, implementing, and maintaining robust cybersecurity measures to safeguard our information systems and protect the confidentiality, integrity, and availability of our data. We have developed the following processes as part of our strategy for assessing, identifying, and managing material risks from cybersecurity threats.
Managing Material Risks & Integrated Overall Risk Management
We have integrated cybersecurity risk management into our risk management processes. This integration is intended to ensure that cybersecurity considerations are part of our decision-making processes. We continuously evaluate and address cybersecurity risks in alignment with our business objectives and operational needs.
Engaging Third-parties on Risk Management
Recognizing the complexity and evolving nature of cybersecurity threats, we plan to engage external experts, including consultants and auditors, in evaluating and testing our risk management systems. These services will enable us to leverage specialized knowledge and insights, ensuring our cybersecurity strategies and processes remain at the forefront of industry best practices. Our collaboration with these third-parties is expected to include annual audits, ongoing threat assessments, and regular consultations on security enhancements.
Overseeing Third-Party Risk
Because we are aware of the risks associated with third-party service providers, we implement processes to oversee and manage these risks. We conduct thorough security assessments of all third-party providers before engagement and maintain ongoing monitoring to ensure compliance with our cybersecurity standards. This approach is designed to mitigate risks related to data breaches or other security incidents originating from third parties.
Risks from Cybersecurity Threats
We have not encountered cybersecurity challenges that have materially affected or are reasonably likely to materially affect us, including our business strategy, results of operations, or financial condition.
Governance
Board of Directors Oversight
Our board of directors oversees the management of risks associated with cybersecurity threats.
Management’s Role Managing Risk
Management is primarily responsible for assessing, monitoring and managing our cybersecurity risks. Management must ensure that all industry standard cybersecurity measures are functioning as required to prevent or detect cybersecurity threats and related risks. Management oversees and tests our compliance with standards, remediates known risks, and leads our employee training program.
24
Monitoring Cybersecurity Incidents
Management is continually informed about the latest developments in cybersecurity, including potential threats and innovative risk management techniques. Management implements and oversees processes for the regular monitoring of our information systems. This includes the deployment of industry-standard security measures and regular system audits to identify potential vulnerabilities. In the event of a cybersecurity incident, management will implement an incident response plan. This plan includes immediate actions to mitigate the impact and long-term strategies for remediation and prevention of future incidents.
Reporting to Board of Directors
Significant cybersecurity matters, and strategic risk management decisions, will be escalated to the board of directors.
ITEM 2. PROPERTIES.
Our corporate headquarters are in Omaha, NE, which includes both our corporate offices and the warehouse and assembly functions. Our facilities are approximately 12,420 square feet and include an office bay, a manufacturing and shipping bay, and a warehouse and storage bay. We lease the building, and we are currently on a contract until the end of February 2028. We anticipate continuing assembly and warehousing at this location.
We believe that our property is adequately maintained, is in generally good condition, and adequate for our business.
ITEM 3. LEGAL PROCEEDINGS.
From time to time, we may become involved in various lawsuits and legal proceedings which arise in the ordinary course of business. However, litigation is subject to inherent uncertainties, and an adverse result in these or other matters may arise from time to time that may harm our business. Except as set forth below, we are currently not aware of any such legal proceedings or claims that we believe will have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition or operating results.
On August 20, 2024, Matthew Atkinson, our former Chief Executive Officer and a significant stockholder, filed a complaint against our company in the District Court of Douglas County, Nebraska. In his complaint, he alleges that we failed to pay him compensation in the amount of $123,625.76, unreimbursed expenses of $1,815.25, and accrued and unpaid vacation in the amount of $6,153.84, or $131,594.85 in the aggregate. He alleges that we are obligated to pay him these amounts under an executive employment agreement between him and our company, and that he had become entitled to these amounts before he resigned his employment in February 2024. Based on these allegations, Mr. Atkinson asserts in his complaint causes of action for violation of the Nebraska Wage Payment and Collection Act, or the Act, breach of contract, and promissory estoppel. His complaints asks for a judgment that: (a) awards him damages in amount to be proved at trial but no less than $131,594.85, (b) assesses a penalty against our company pursuant to the Act in the amount of $263,189.70, and (c) awards Mr. Atkinson an amount for his reasonable costs and attorney’s fees incurred in litigating this matter and pre- and post-judgment interest.
ITEM 4. MINE SAFETY DISCLOSURES.
Not applicable.
25
PART II
ITEM 5. MARKET FOR REGISTRANT’S COMMON EQUITY, RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS AND ISSUER PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES.
Market Information
Our class B common stock is listed on the NYSE American under the symbol “ZONE.”
Number of Holders of our Common Shares
As of September 19, 2024, there were approximately 29 stockholders of record of our class B common stock. In computing the number of holders of record of our class B common stock, each broker-dealer and clearing corporation holding shares on behalf of its customers is counted as a single stockholder.
Dividend Policy
We have never declared or paid cash dividends on our capital stock. We currently intend to retain all available funds and any future earnings for use in the operation of our business and do not anticipate paying any cash dividends in the near future. We may also enter into credit agreements or other borrowing arrangements in the future that will restrict our ability to declare or pay cash dividends. Any future determination to declare dividends will be made at the discretion of our board of directors and will depend on our financial condition, operating results, capital requirements, contractual restrictions, general business conditions and other factors that our board of directors may deem relevant. See also Item 1A “Risk Factors—Risks Related to Ownership of Our Common Stock—We do not expect to declare or pay dividends in the foreseeable future.”
Securities Authorized for Issuance under Equity Compensation Plans
See Item 12 “Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters.”
Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities
We have not sold any equity securities during the 2024 fiscal year that were not previously disclosed in a quarterly report on Form 10-Q or a current report on Form 8-K that was filed during the 2024 fiscal year.
Purchases of Equity Securities
No repurchases of our common stock were made during the fourth quarter of fiscal year 2024.
ITEM 6. [RESERVED]
ITEM 7. MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS.
The following discussion and analysis summarizes the significant factors affecting our operating results, financial condition, liquidity and cash flows as of and for the periods presented below. The following discussion and analysis should be read in conjunction with our financial statements and the related notes thereto included elsewhere in this report. The discussion contains forward-looking statements that are based on the beliefs of management, as well as assumptions made by, and information currently available to, management. Actual results could differ materially from those discussed in or implied by forward-looking statements as a result of various factors, including those discussed below and elsewhere in this report, particularly in the sections titled “Risk Factors” and “Special Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements.”
All periods presented on or prior to October 16, 2022 represent the operations of CleanCore, TetraClean and Food Safety, our predecessors companies, and all references to “predecessor” refer to the combined financial position and results of operations of CleanCore, TetraClean and Food Safety on and before such date. References to “successor” refer to the financial position and results of operations of our company subsequent to October 16, 2022.
Overview
We specialize in the development and production of cleaning products that produce pure aqueous ozone for professional, industrial, or home use. We have a patented nanobubble technology using aqueous ozone that we believe is highly effective in cleaning, sanitizing, and deodorizing surfaces and high-touch areas.
We offer products and solutions that are marketed for janitorial and sanitation, ice machine cleaning, laundry, and industrial industries. Our products are used in many types of environments including retail establishments, distribution centers, factories, warehouses, restaurants, schools and universities, airports, healthcare, food service, and commercial buildings such as offices, malls, and stores.
Our mission is to become a leader in creating safe, clean spaces that are free from any chemical residue or skin irritants. We are currently expanding our distributor network, improving our production processes, and proving the effectiveness of our products in restaurants, airports, and hotels.
26
Recent Developments
Product Development Proposal
On August 20, 2024, we entered into a product development proposal with E-Business International Incorporation, pursuant to which Business International Incorporation, an engineering company, will look for more efficient ways to assemble some of our units, and will then take over assembly of certain products using overseas facilities.
Distributor Agreement
On September 10, 2024, we entered into a sole distributorship agreement with Consensus B.V., pursuant to which Consensus B.V. will act as sole distributor of our products in the European Union, United Kingdom, Bahrain, Kuwait, Oman, Qatar, Saudi Arabia and United Arab Emirates. The agreement is for a term of five years and may be terminated by either party upon not less than four months’ notice; provided that either party may terminate the agreement immediately upon a substantial breach of the agreement, as more particularly described in the agreement.
Principal Factors Affecting Our Financial Performance
Our operating results are primarily affected by the following factors:
| ● | our ability to acquire new customers or retain existing customers; |
| ● | our ability to stay ahead of our value-proposition to end consumers; |
| ● | our ability to continue innovating our technology to meet consumer demand; |
| ● | industry demand and competition; and |
| ● | market conditions and our market position. |
Emerging Growth Company
We qualify as an “emerging growth company” under the JOBS Act. As a result, we are permitted to, and intend to, rely on exemptions from certain disclosure requirements. For so long as we are an emerging growth company, we will not be required to:
| ● | have an auditor report on our internal controls over financial reporting pursuant to Section 404(b) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act; |
| ● | comply with any requirement that may be adopted by the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board regarding mandatory audit firm rotation or a supplement to the auditor’s report providing additional information about the audit and the financial statements (i.e., an auditor discussion and analysis); |
| ● | submit certain executive compensation matters to stockholder advisory votes, such as “say-on-pay” and “say-on-frequency;” and |
| ● | disclose certain executive compensation related items such as the correlation between executive compensation and performance and comparisons of the chief executive officer’s compensation to median employee compensation. |
In addition, Section 107 of the JOBS Act also provides that an emerging growth company can take advantage of the extended transition period provided in Section 7(a)(2)(B) of the Securities Act for complying with new or revised accounting standards. In other words, an emerging growth company can delay the adoption of certain accounting standards until those standards would otherwise apply to private companies. We have elected to take advantage of the benefits of this extended transition period. Our financial statements may therefore not be comparable to those of companies that comply with such new or revised accounting standards.
We will remain an emerging growth company until the earliest of (i) the last day of the fiscal year following the fifth anniversary of our initial public offering, (ii) the last day of the first fiscal year in which our total annual gross revenues are $1.235 billion or more, (iii) the date that we become a “large accelerated filer” as defined in Rule 12b-2 under the Exchange Act, which would occur if the market value of our class B common stock that is held by non-affiliates exceeds $700 million as of the last business day of our most recently completed second fiscal quarter or (iv) the date on which we have issued more than $1 billion in non-convertible debt during the preceding three year period.
27
Results of Operations
The following table sets forth key components of our results of operations for the period from July 1, 2022 to October 16, 2022 (Predecessor), from October 17, 2022 to June 30, 2023 (Successor), and for the year ended June 30, 2024 (Successor).
For the (Successor) | Period from 2022 to June 30, 2023 | Period from July 1, 2022 to October 16, 2022 (Predecessor) | ||||||||||
| Revenue | $ | 1,604,973 | $ | 1,938,366 | $ | 502,990 | ||||||
| Cost of sales | 809,161 | 1,359,401 | 351,740 | |||||||||
| Gross profit | 795,812 | 578,965 | 151,250 | |||||||||
| Operating expenses: | ||||||||||||
| General and administrative | 2,471,480 | 5,310,961 | 334,535 | |||||||||
| Advertising expense | 116,007 | 14,944 | 4,621 | |||||||||
| Depreciation and amortization expense | 155,059 | 109,144 | 6,420 | |||||||||
| Loss from operations | (1,946,734 | ) | (4,856,084 | ) | (194,326 | ) | ||||||
| Interest expense | 335,008 | 167,123 | 125,738 | |||||||||
| Net loss | $ | (2,281,742 | ) | $ | (5,023,207 | ) | $ | (320,064 | ) | |||
We believe that reviewing our operating results for the year ended June 30, 2023, by combining the results of the successor period (October 17, 2022 to June 30, 2023) and the predecessor period (July 1, 2022 to October 16, 2022) is more useful in discussing our overall operating performance compared to the results of the year ended June 30, 2024 (successor). We do not see any potential risks associated with utilizing this combined presentation.
Following are the combined results for the years ended June 30, 2024 and 2023, both in dollars and as a percentage of our revenues.
Year Ended June 30, 2024 (Successor) | Pro
Forma | Period from October 17, 2022 to June 30, | Period from July 1, 2022 to October 16, | |||||||||||||||||||||
| Amount | % of Revenue | Amount | % of Revenue | 2023 (Successor) | 2022 (Predecessor) | |||||||||||||||||||
| Revenue | $ | 1,604,973 | 100.00 | % | $ | 2,441,356 | 100.00 | % | $ | 1,938,366 | $ | 502,990 | ||||||||||||
| Cost of sales | 809,161 | 50.42 | % | 1,711,141 | 70.09 | % | 1,359,401 | 351,740 | ||||||||||||||||
| Gross profit | 795,812 | 49.58 | % | 730,215 | 29.91 | % | 578,965 | 151,250 | ||||||||||||||||
| Operating expenses: | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
| General and administrative | 2,471,480 | 153.99 | % | 5,645,496 | 231.24 | % | 5,310,961 | 334,535 | ||||||||||||||||
| Advertising expense | 116,007 | 7.23 | % | 19,565 | 0.80 | % | 14,944 | 4,621 | ||||||||||||||||
| Depreciation and amortization expense | 155,059 | 9.66 | % | 115,564 | 4.73 | % | 109,144 | 6,420 | ||||||||||||||||
| Loss from operations | (1,946,734 | ) | (121.29 | )% | (5,050,410 | ) | (206.87 | )% | (4,856,084 | ) | (194,326 | ) | ||||||||||||
| Interest expense | 335,008 | 20.87 | % | 292,861 | 12.00 | % | 167,123 | 125,738 | ||||||||||||||||
| Net loss | $ | (2,281,742 | ) | (142.17 | )% | $ | (5,343,271 | ) | (218.86 | )% | $ | (5,023,207 | ) | $ | (320,064 | ) | ||||||||
Revenue. We generate revenue from sales of our cleaning products. Our revenue decreased by $836,383, or 34.26%, to $1,604,973 for the year ended June 30, 2024 from $2,441,356 for the year ended June 30, 2023. This reduction in revenue was primarily due to the fact that our previous largest customer decided to make its own units instead of ordering from us commencing at the start of calendar year 2023. Revenue to this customer declined by 96% during the fiscal year, which represented over 80% of total revenue decline. The remaining decline is the result of management’s strategy of shifting focus to selling at higher margins direct to end users instead of selling through regional distribution groups at lower margins.
28
Cost of sales. Our cost of sales consists of raw materials, components and labor. Our cost of sales decreased by $901,980, or 52.71%, to $809,161 for the year ended June 30, 2024 from $1,711,141 for the year ended June 30, 2023. As a percentage of revenue, cost of sales decreased from 70.09% for the year ended June 30, 2023 to 50.42% for the year ended June 30, 2024. This decrease was primarily due to our strategy of selling direct to end users instead of selling via regional distribution groups.
Gross profit. As a result of the foregoing, our gross profit increased by $65,597, or 8.98%, to $795,812 for the year ended June 30, 2024 from $730,215 for the year ended June 30, 2023. As a percentage of revenue, gross profit increased from 29.91% for the year ended June 30, 2023 to 49.58% for the year ended June 30, 2024.
General and administrative expenses. Our general and administrative expenses consist primarily of personnel expenses, including employee salaries and bonuses plus related payroll taxes, professional advisor fees, bad debts, rent expense, insurance and other expenses incurred in connection with general operations. Our general and administrative expenses decreased by $3,174,016, or 56.22%, to $2,471,480 for the year ended June 30, 2024 from $5,645,496 for the year ended June 30, 2023. As a percentage of revenue, our general and administrative expenses decreased from 231.24% for the year ended June 30, 2023 to 153.99% for the year ended June 30, 2024. This decrease was primarily due to a reduction in stock option expense.
Advertising expenses. Our advertising expenses consist of vendor trade shows and various trade publications. Our advertising expenses increased by $96,442, or 492.93%, to $116,007 for the year ended June 30, 2024 from $19,565 for the year ended June 30, 2023. As a percentage of revenue, our advertising expenses increased from 0.80% for the year ended June 30, 2023 to 7.23% for the year ended June 30, 2024. Such an increase was primarily due to an increase in trade show sponsorship expenses.
Depreciation and amortization expense. We incurred depreciation and amortization expense of $155,059, or 9.66% of revenue, for the year ended June 30, 2024, as compared to $115,564, or 4.73% of revenue, for the year ended June 30, 2023.
Interest expense. We incurred interest expense of $335,008, or 20.87% of revenue, for the year ended June 30, 2024, as compared to $292,861, or 12.00% of revenue, for the year ended June 30, 2023.
Net loss. As a result of the cumulative effect of the factors described above, we had a net loss of $2,281,742 for the year ended June 30, 2024, as compared to $5,343,271 for the year ended June 30, 2023, a decrease of $3,061,529, or 57.30%.
Liquidity and Capital Resources
Our company has incurred losses and negative cash flows from operations. From acquisition through June 30, 2024, we have financed our operations primarily through private investor funding and an initial public offering. As of June 30, 2024, we had cash and cash equivalents of $2,016,611, a net loss for the year ended June 30, 2024 of $2,281,742 and cash used in operating activities of $1,547,880.
Despite the initial public offering described below, management believes that currently available resources will not be sufficient to fund our planned expenditures over the next 12 months. These factors, individually and collectively indicate that a material uncertainty exists that raises substantial doubt about our company’s ability to continue as a going concern for 12 months from the date of issuance of the accompanying financial statements.
We will be dependent upon the raising of additional capital through equity and/or debt financing in order to implement our business plan and generate sufficient revenue in excess of costs. If we raise additional capital through the issuance of equity securities or securities convertible into equity, stockholders will experience dilution, and such securities may have rights, preferences or privileges senior to those of the holders of common stock. If we raise additional funds by issuing debt, we may be subject to limitations on its operations, through debt covenants or other restrictions. There is no assurance that we will be successful with future financing ventures, and the inability to secure such financing may have a material adverse effect on our financial condition. Thes accompanying financial statements do not include any adjustments to the amounts and classifications of assets and liabilities that might be necessary should we be unable to continue as a going concern.
The accompanying financial statements have been prepared on a going concern basis under which our company is expected to be able to realize its assets and satisfy its liabilities in the normal course of business.
29
Summary of Cash Flow
The following table provides detailed information about our net cash flow for the years ended June 30, 2024 and 2023.
| Combined Year Ended June 30, 2023 | ||||||||||||||||
| Year Ended June 30, 2024 | 2023 Total | Period from October 17, 2022 to June 30, 2023 (Successor) | Period from July 1, 2022 to October 16, 2022 (Predecessor) | |||||||||||||
| Net cash used in operating activities | $ | (1,547,880 | ) | $ | (354,121 | ) | $ | (236,870 | ) | $ | (117,251 | ) | ||||
| Net cash used in investing activities | (10,438 | ) | (2,009,142 | ) | (2,001,260 | ) | (7,882 | ) | ||||||||
| Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities | 3,181,735 | 2,506,102 | 2,631,324 | (125,222 | ) | |||||||||||
| Net increase (decrease) in cash | 1,623,417 | 142,839 | 393,194 | (250,355 | ) | |||||||||||
| Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period | 393,194 | 263,506 | - | 263,506 | ||||||||||||
| Cash and cash equivalents at end of period | $ | 2,016,611 | $ | 406,345 | $ | 393,194 | $ | 13,151 | ||||||||
Net cash used in operating activities was $1,547,880 for the year ended June 30, 2024, as compared to $354,121 for the year ended June 30, 2023. For the year ended June 30, 2024, our net loss of $2,281,741, offset by stock-based compensation of $670,958, were the primary drivers of net cash used in operating activities. For the year ended June 30, 2023, our net loss of $5,343,271, offset by stock-based compensation of $4,119,321, were the primary drivers of the net cash used in operating activities.
Net cash used in investing activities was $10,438 for the year ended June 30, 2024, as compared to $2,009,142 for the year ended June 30, 2023. The net cash used in investing activities for the year ended June 30, 2024 consisted entirely of purchases of property and equipment, while the net cash used in investing activities for the year ended June 30, 2023 consisted of cash used in connection with the acquisition of the assets of CleanCore LLC, TetraClean and Food Safety of $2,007,882 and purchases of property and equipment of $1,260.
Net cash provided by financing activities was $3,181,735 for the year ended June 30, 2024, as compared to $2,506,102 for the year ended June 30, 2023. Net cash provided by financing activities for the year ended June 30, 2024 consisted of proceeds from the issuance of class B common stock pursuant to the initial public offering of $4,233,875 (net of offering costs), proceeds from the issuance of convertible notes of $225,000, offset by payments for deferred offering costs of $587,573, repayment of notes of $480,667 and repayment of related party loans of $208,900, while net cash provided by financing activities for the year ended June 30, 2023 consisted of proceeds from the issuance of class B common stock of $1,650,000, proceeds from the issuance of series seed preferred stock of $1,000,000, proceeds from related party loans of $373,817 and proceeds from the issuance of class A common stock of $100, offset by repayments of related party loans of $288,861, payments for deferred operating costs of $227,676 and repayments of long term debt of $1,278.
Initial Public Offering
On April 25, 2024, we entered into an underwriting agreement with Boustead Securities, LLC, as the representative of the several underwriters named on Schedule 1 thereto, relating to our initial public offering of class B common stock. Under the underwriting agreement, we agreed to sell 1,250,000 shares of class B common stock to the underwriters, at a purchase price per share of $3.72 (the offering price to the public of $4.00 per share of class B common stock minus the underwriters’ discount), and also agreed to grant to the underwriters a 45-day option to purchase up to 187,500 additional shares of class B common stock, at a purchase price of $3.72, pursuant to our registration statement on Form S-1 (File No. 333-274928) under the Securities Act.
On April 30, 2024, the closing of the initial public offering was completed. We sold 1,250,000 shares of class B common stock for total gross proceeds of $5,000,000. After deducting the underwriting commission and expenses, we received net proceeds of approximately $4,239,500.
On April 30, 2024, we also issued a class B common stock purchase warrant to the representative for the purchase of 87,500 shares of class B common stock at an exercise price of $5.00, subject to adjustments. The warrant will be exercisable at any time and from time to time, in whole or in part, during the period commencing on April 30, 2024 and ending on April 25, 2029 and may be exercised on a cashless basis under certain circumstances.
Private Placement
Between October 14, 2022 and November 29, 2022, we issued an aggregate of 660,921 shares of class B common stock for total gross proceeds of $1,150,000 and net proceeds of approximately $1,035,000 in a private placement transaction.
30
Promissory Notes
On October 17, 2022, we issued a promissory note in the principal amount of $3,000,000 to Burlington, which amended by an extension agreement dated September 13, 2023, a second extension agreement dated December 17, 2023, a third extension agreement dated April 30, 2024, and a fourth extension agreement dated May 20, 2024. The note bore interest at a rate of 7% per annum; provided that such interest rate increased to 10% per annum on September 13, 2023. The note was due on the earlier of (a) the closing of a firm commitment initial public offering and concurrent listing on a national securities exchange or (b) April 4, 2024.
On May 31, 2024, Burlington and Walker Water LLC, or WW, entered into an allonge, assignment and agreement, or the Assignment Agreement, pursuant to which Burlington agreed to transfer $633,840 of the note to WW. The Assignment Agreement also provided that we would make a payment of $900,000 to Burlington on May 31, 2024, of which $480,667 will reduce the principal amount of the note, and $419,333 will pay outstanding interest. On May 31, 2024, we issued an amended and restated promissory note to Burlington to reduce the outstanding principal of the note due to Burlington’s assignment of a portion of the note to WW and due to the foregoing payment. The note has a new principal amount of $2,366,160, accrues interest at 8.5% per annum from October 17, 2022 (the date of the original note), which shall increase to 10% upon an event of default, and requires quarterly payments in the amount of $100,000 over the course of the next two and a half years, with a final payment of $1,396,881 due on April 1, 2027. The note may be prepaid at any time with no pre-payment penalty and contains customary events of default for a note of this type. As of June 30, 2024, the outstanding principal balance of this note is $1,885,493 and it has accrued interest of $13,673.
Pursuant to the Assignment Agreement, we also issued a new promissory note to WW in the principal amount of $633,840. The note accrues interest at 8.5% per annum from October 17, 2022 (the date of the original note), which shall increase to 10% upon an event of default and is due on December 31, 2024. The note may be prepaid at any time with no pre-payment penalty and contains customary events of default for a note of this type. As of June 30, 2024, the outstanding principal balance of this note is $633,840 and it has accrued interest of $4,490.
Both notes are unsecured and are pari passu in right of payment to any other unsecured indebtedness incurred in favor of any third party.
Related Party Revolving Loan
On March 26, 2024, we entered into a loan agreement with Clayton Adams, a significant stockholder at such time and our current Chief Executive Officer, pursuant to which we issued a revolving credit note to Mr. Adams in the principal amount of up to $500,000. Pursuant to the loan agreement and note, Mr. Adams agreed to provide advances to us upon request during the period commencing on the effective date of the registration statement relating to our initial public offering (April 25, 2024) and continuing until the second anniversary of such date, which is referred to as the maturity date. This note accrues simple interest on the outstanding principal amount at the rate of 8% per annum, with all principal and interest due on the maturity date; provided that upon an event of default (as defined in the note), such rate shall increase to 13%. We may prepay the note at any time without penalty or premium. The note is unsecured and contains customary events of default for a loan of this type. As of June 30, 2024, no advances have been made and the principal amount of this note is $0.
Contractual Obligations
Our principal commitments consist mostly of obligations under the loans described above. Other than indicated above, at June 30, 2024, we did not have other long-term debt obligations, capital (finance) lease obligations, operating lease obligations, purchase obligations or other long-term liabilities reflected on our statements of financial position.
Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements
We have no off-balance sheet arrangements that have or are reasonably likely to have a current or future effect on our financial condition, changes in financial condition, revenues or expenses, results of operations, liquidity, capital expenditures or capital resources.
31
Critical Accounting Policies
The following discussion relates to critical accounting policies for our company. The preparation of financial statements in conformity with United States generally accepted accounting principles, or U.S. GAAP, requires our management to make assumptions, estimates and judgments that affect the amounts reported, including the notes thereto, and related disclosures of commitments and contingencies, if any. We have identified certain accounting policies that are significant to the preparation of our financial statements. These accounting policies are important for an understanding of our financial condition and results of operation. Critical accounting policies are those that are most important to the portrayal of our financial condition and results of operations and require management’s difficult, subjective, or complex judgment, often as a result of the need to make estimates about the effect of matters that are inherently uncertain and may change in subsequent periods. Certain accounting estimates are particularly sensitive because of their significance to financial statements and because of the possibility that future events affecting the estimate may differ significantly from management’s current judgments. We believe the following critical accounting policies involve the most significant estimates and judgments used in the preparation of our financial statements:
Business Combinations. Business combinations are accounted for using the acquisition method. The fair value of total purchase consideration is allocated to the fair values of identifiable tangible and intangible assets acquired and liabilities assumed, with the remaining amount being classified as goodwill. All assets, liabilities and contingent liabilities acquired or assumed in a business combination are recorded at their fair values at the date of acquisition. Determining the fair value of assets acquired and liabilities assumed requires management to use significant judgment and estimates including the selection of valuation methodologies, estimates of future revenue and cash flows, discount rates, and selection of comparable companies. Estimates of fair value are based on assumptions believed to be reasonable, but are inherently uncertain and unpredictable and, as a result, actual results may differ from those estimates. During the measurement period, not to exceed one year from the date of acquisition, we may record adjustments to the assets acquired and liabilities assumed, with a corresponding offset to goodwill. At the conclusion of the measurement period, any subsequent adjustments are reflected in the statements of operations. Transaction costs associated with business combinations are expensed as incurred and are included in general and administrative expenses in our statements of operations.
Intangible Assets. Intangible assets primarily consist of existing technology, customer relationships, and trademarks obtained as a result of the acquisition on October 17, 2022. Intangible assets with definite lives are amortized based on their pattern of economic benefit over their estimated useful lives and reviewed periodically for impairment. Our trademarks are deemed to have an indefinite life. The estimated useful life of the acquired technology is 15 years while the estimated useful life of the customer relationships is 5 years.
Impairment of Goodwill. We evaluate goodwill for impairment annually, as of June 30, or more frequently when indicators of impairment exist. We consider qualitative factors including market conditions, legal factors, operating performance indicators, and competition, among others, to determine whether it is more likely than not that the fair value of the reporting unit is less than its carrying amount, including goodwill. If we conclude that it is more likely than not that the fair value of the reporting unit is less than its carrying amount, we perform a quantitative impairment test. In performing the quantitative impairment test, we compare the fair value of its reporting unit to the carrying amount including the goodwill of the reporting unit. If the carrying value, including goodwill, exceeds the reporting unit’s fair value, we will recognize an impairment loss for the amount by which the carrying amount exceeds the reporting unit’s fair value. We performed our annual evaluation of goodwill on June 30, 2024. Based on the analysis, we did not recognize an impairment loss during the year ended June 30, 2024. Subsequent evaluations will be performed annually on June 30, per our policy.
Stock-based Compensation. Compensation expense is recognized for all share-based payments to employees and nonemployees, including stock options, restricted stock awards, and warrants, in the statements of operation based on the fair value of the awards that are granted. As necessary, our stock price at the date of grant was estimated using an acceptable valuation technique such as the probability-weighted expected return model. The fair value of stock options and warrants are estimated at the date of grant using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model. The fair value of restricted stock awards is based on the fair market value of our class B common stock on the date of grant. Compensation expense for restricted stock awards with performance-based vesting conditions is calculated based on the number of awards that are expected to vest during the performance period if it is probable that the performance metrics will be achieved. Generally, measured compensation cost, net of actual forfeitures, is recognized on a straight-line basis over the vesting period of the related share-based compensation award. We account for forfeitures of stock-based awards as they occur.
Revenue Recognition. We generate revenues from sales of our products and recognize revenue as control of the products is transferred to customers, which is generally at the time of shipment based on the contractual terms with our customers. We provide customer programs and incentive offerings, including growth incentives and volume-based incentives. These customer programs and incentives are considered variable consideration. We include in revenue variable consideration only to the extent that it is probable that a significant reversal in the amount of cumulative revenue recognized will not occur when the variable consideration is resolved. This determination is made based upon known customer program and incentive offerings at the time of sale, and expected sales volume forecasts as it relates to our volume-based incentives. This determination is updated every reporting period. For the years ended June 30, 2024 and 2023, customer growth and volume-based incentives were minimal. Certain product sales include a 2-year manufacturer’s warranty that provides the customer with assurance that the product performs as intended. Such warranties are assurance-type warranties and are accounted for as contingencies under ASC 460-10.
32
ITEM 7A. QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK.
Not applicable.
ITEM 8. FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA.
The full text of our audited consolidated financial statements begins on page F-1 of this annual report.
ITEM 9. CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE.
None.
ITEM 9A. CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES.
Evaluation of Disclosure Controls and Procedures
We maintain “disclosure controls and procedures,” as such term is defined in Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e) under the Exchange Act, that are designed to ensure information required to be disclosed in our reports that we file or furnish pursuant to the Exchange Act is recorded, processed, summarized, and reported within the time periods specified in the SEC’s rules and forms, and that such information is accumulated and communicated to our management, including our Chief Executive Officer (our principal executive officer) and Chief Financial Officer (our principal financial officer), as appropriate to allow for timely decisions regarding required disclosure. Our management, with the participation of our principal executive officer and principal financial officer, has evaluated the effectiveness of our disclosure controls and procedures as of the end of the period covered by this report. Based on such evaluation, our principal executive officer and principal financial officer have concluded that, as of such date, our disclosure controls and procedures were not effective at a reasonable assurance level due to material weaknesses identified related to (1) the lack of a sufficient number of trained professionals with the expertise to design, implement, and execute a formal risk assessment process and formal accounting policies, procedures, and controls over accounting and financial reporting to ensure the timely and accurate recording of financial transactions while maintaining a segregation of duties; and (2) the lack of a sufficient number of trained professionals with the appropriate U.S. GAAP technical expertise to identify, evaluate, and account for complex transactions, including identification of related party transactions, and review valuation reports prepared by external specialists.
Management’s Annual Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting
This annual report does not include a report of management’s assessment regarding internal control over financial reporting or an attestation report of our registered public accounting firm due to a transition period established by rules of the SEC for newly public companies.
Changes in Internal Controls over Financial Reporting
In preparing our financial statements as of and for the year ended June 30, 2024, management identified material weaknesses in our internal control over financial reporting. The material weaknesses we identified related to (1) the lack of a sufficient number of trained professionals with the expertise to design, implement, and execute a formal risk assessment process and formal accounting policies, procedures, and controls over accounting and financial reporting to ensure the timely and accurate recording of financial transactions while maintaining a segregation of duties; and (2) the lack of a sufficient number of trained professionals with the appropriate U.S. GAAP technical expertise to identify, evaluate, and account for complex transactions and review valuation reports prepared by external specialists.
We are planning on implementing measures designed to improve our internal control over financial reporting to remediate these material weaknesses, including formalizing our processes and internal control documentation and strengthening supervisory reviews by our financial management and hiring additional qualified accounting and finance personnel and engaging financial consultants to enable the implementation of internal control over financial reporting and segregating duties amongst accounting and finance personnel.
While we are implementing these measures, we cannot assure you that these efforts will remediate our material weaknesses and significant deficiencies in a timely manner, or at all, or prevent restatements of our financial statements in the future. If we are unable to successfully remediate our material weaknesses, or identify any future significant deficiencies or material weaknesses, the accuracy and timing of our financial reporting may be adversely affected, we may be unable to maintain compliance with securities law requirements regarding timely filing of periodic reports, and the market price of our common stock may decline as a result.
33
In accordance with the provisions of the JOBS Act, we and our independent registered public accounting firm were not required to, and did not, perform an evaluation of our internal control over financial reporting as of June 30, 2024, nor any period subsequent in accordance with the provisions of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act. Accordingly, we cannot assure you that we have identified all, or that we will not in the future have additional, material weaknesses. Material weaknesses may still exist when we report on the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting as required under Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act.
Inherent Limitations on Effectiveness of Controls
Our management, including our principal executive officer and principal financial officer, do not expect that our disclosure controls and procedures or our internal control over financial reporting will prevent all errors and all fraud. Our management recognizes that any controls and procedures, no matter how well designed and operated, can provide only reasonable assurance of achieving the desired control objectives, and management necessarily is required to apply its judgment in evaluating the cost-benefit relationship of possible controls and procedures. Further, the design of a control system must reflect the fact that there are resource constraints, and the benefits of controls must be considered relative to their costs. Because of the inherent limitations in all control systems, no evaluation of controls can provide absolute assurance that all control issues and instances of fraud, if any, have been detected. These inherent limitations include the realities that judgments in decision-making can be faulty, and that breakdowns can occur because of a simple error or mistake. Additionally, controls can be circumvented by the individual acts of some persons, by collusion of two or more people, or by management override of the controls. The design of any system of controls is also based in part upon certain assumptions about the likelihood of future events, and there can be no assurance that any design will succeed in achieving its stated goals under all potential future conditions; over time, controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or the degree of compliance with policies or procedures may deteriorate. Due to inherent limitations in a cost-effective control system, misstatements due to error or fraud may occur and not be detected.
ITEM 9B. OTHER INFORMATION.
ITEM 9C. DISCLOSURE REGARDING FOREIGN JURISDICTIONS THAT PREVENT INSPECTIONS.
Not applicable.
34
PART III
ITEM 10. DIRECTORS, EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE.
Directors and Executive Officers
Set forth below is information regarding our directors and executive officers as of the date of this report.
|
Name |
Age | Position | ||
| Clayton Adams | 35 | Chairman, Chief Executive Officer and President | ||
| David Enholm | 60 | Chief Financial Officer and Director | ||
| Gary Hollst | 39 | Chief Revenue Officer | ||
| Brent Cox | 41 | Director | ||
| James M. Grisham | 55 | Director | ||
| Larry Goldman | 67 | Director |
Clayton Adams. Mr. Adams has served as our Chairman, Chief Executive Officer and President since June 2024 and previously served as our President, Chief Financial Officer and as a member of our board of directors from September 2022 until July 2023. Since January 2020, Mr. Adams has served as Principal at Bird Dog Capital LLC, where he leads various investments. Mr. Adams gained experience developing the growth of small companies as Chief Executive Officer of Carson Enterprises, Inc., a company engaged in landscaping and construction, from March 2009 to February 2019. At Carson Enterprises, Inc., Mr. Adams expanded the company and successfully sold the company in February 2019. Mr. Adams is also a member of the board of directors and serves on the audit, compensation and nominating committees of Signing Day Sports, Inc. Mr. Adams graduated from Red Oak High School in 2007. We believe that Mr. Adams is qualified to serve on our board of directors due to his experience in small-cap companies, scaling operations, and financial background.
David Enholm. Mr. Enholm has served as our Chief Financial Officer since March 2023 and was appointed to our board of directors in July 2023. Mr. Enholm is a senior executive with over 35 years of experience in finance, including budgeting, forecasting, treasury and cash flow operations, acquisitions and dispositions, and company restructuring. Mr. Enholm worked with Monroe Capital, a private equity firm located in Chicago, Illinois, to assist their portfolio companies with their financial reporting and accounting needs from October 2018 through September 2022. As a result, from March 2020 to September 2022, Mr. Enholm served as the Interim Chief Financial Officer, and subsequently Chief Financial Officer, at Nelbud Services, a service company specializing in fire protection located in Indianapolis, Indiana. From October 2019 to March 2020, Mr. Enholm was primarily engaged as a consultant for Nelbud Services. During his tenure as Chief Financial Officer, Mr. Enholm led two acquisitions and worked with a senior executive team to develop new revenue sources for the company. From October 2018 to August 2021, Mr. Enholm was the Chief Financial Officer at Complete Nutrition, a private company in Omaha, Nebraska, that specialized in the sale of health supplements. As Chief Financial Officer at Complete Nutrition, Mr. Enholm developed a restructuring plan to transition the company from a traditional physical store to an e-commerce retailer. Both Nelbud Services and Complete Nutrition were wholly owned by Monroe Capital. Prior to 2018, Mr. Enholm has also served as Chief Financial Officer at FRGC LLC, Corporate Controller at CoSentry LLC, and Vice President Corporate Controller at Pamida Operating Stores LLC. Mr. Enholm graduated from the University of Nebraska-Omaha with a Bachelor of Science in Business Administration, with a major in Accounting. We believe that Mr. Enholm is qualified to serve on our board of directors due to his extensive finance experience.
Gary Hollst. Mr. Hollst has served as our Chief Revenue Officer since November 1, 2022 and previously served as President of CleanCore LLC from April 19, 2019 to October 17, 2023. Mr. Hollst has an extensive background in the janitorial, sanitation and refrigeration industry. From 2015 to April 19, 2021, Mr. Hollst served as the President of Walker Water, LLC d/b/a O-Z Tech, an ice machine and laundry cleaning company based out of Omaha, Nebraska, that also specializes in the usage of aqueous ozone water. Mr. Hollst also serves on the Yutan Board of Education in Yutan, NE. Mr. Hollst earned his high school degree in 2003 from Yutan High School.
Brent Cox. Mr. Cox has served as a member of our board of directors since April 2024. Mr. Cox currently serves as the co-founder and managing partner of The Inception Companies, a private investment firm, a position he has held since 2016. From September 2008 to April 2016, Mr. Cox served as a principal investor of the Yucaipa Companies, a Los Angeles, California based private equity firm where he was responsible for sourcing, analyzing and executing investment opportunities, structuring financing for investments and monitoring the performance and strategic initiatives of its portfolio companies. From 2006 to 2008, Mr. Cox served as an investment banking analyst in the Leveraged Finance Group of Jefferies & Co., a multinational independent investment bank. Mr. Cox received a Bachelor of Science degree from the University of Southern California. We believe Mr. Cox is well-qualified to serve as a member of our board of directors due to his experience in investment banking and prior corporate governance experience having served on corporate boards of directors.
James M. Grisham. Mr. Grisham has served as a member of our board of directors since April 2024. Mr. Grisham has worked in the telecommunications industry for over 25 years and has almost a decade of experience as an executive officer. Since December 2013, Mr. Grisham has served as the President and Chief Executive Officer of Shawnee Communications Inc., an Illinois telecommunications company. Prior to his tenure as the President and Chief Executive Officer as Shawnee Communications, Mr. Grisham spent 15 years, from August 1998 to December 2013, as its Chief Financial Officer. Mr. Grisham holds a Bachelor of Science in Accounting from Southern Illinois University, Carbondale. Our board of directors believes Mr. Grisham is qualified to serve on the board due to his financial background and his extensive experience as an executive.
35
Larry Goldman. Mr. Goldman has served as a member of our board of directors since April 2024. Since September 2018, Mr. Goldman has served as the Chief Financial Officer of Lightbridge Corporation, a Nasdaq-listed nuclear fuel technology company. Prior to that, he worked with Lightbridge Corporation as a consultant from 2006 until 2015, and from 2015 until September 2018 served as its Chief Accounting Officer. From 1985 to 2004, Mr. Goldman was an Audit Assurance Partner for Livingston Wachtell & Co., LLP, a New York City CPA firm, with over 20 years’ experience in assurance, tax and advisory services. Since September 2004, Mr. Goldman had also provided consulting services to numerous public companies on various financial projects and has government contracting accounting experience. Mr. Goldman has an M.S. degree in Taxation from Pace University. Mr. Goldman also holds a Bachelor’s degree in Business Administration with a concentration in Accounting from the State University College at Oswego, NY. Mr. Goldman is a member of the New York State Society of CPAs and serves on its CFO Committee. He has also served on the SEC Practice Committee and the Management Consulting Committee. He is a member of the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants. We believe that Mr. Goldman is qualified to serve on our board of directors due to his extensive accounting experience and his prior corporate governance experience with numerous public companies.
Our directors currently have terms which will end at our next annual meeting of the stockholders or until their successors are elected and qualify, subject to their prior death, resignation or removal. Officers serve at the discretion of the board of directors. There is no arrangement or understanding between any director or executive officer and any other person pursuant to which he was or is to be selected as a director, nominee or officer.
Family Relationships
There are no family relationships among any of our officers or directors.
Involvement in Certain Legal Proceedings
To the best of our knowledge, except as described below, none of our directors or executive officers has, during the past ten years:
| ● | been convicted in a criminal proceeding or been subject to a pending criminal proceeding (excluding traffic violations and other minor offences); |
| ● | had any bankruptcy petition filed by or against the business or property of the person, or of any partnership, corporation or business association of which he was a general partner or executive officer, either at the time of the bankruptcy filing or within two years prior to that time; |
| ● | been subject to any order, judgment, or decree, not subsequently reversed, suspended or vacated, of any court of competent jurisdiction or federal or state authority, permanently or temporarily enjoining, barring, suspending or otherwise limiting, his involvement in any type of business, securities, futures, commodities, investment, banking, savings and loan, or insurance activities, or to be associated with persons engaged in any such activity; |
| ● | been found by a court of competent jurisdiction in a civil action or by the Securities and Exchange Commission or the Commodity Futures Trading Commission to have violated a federal or state securities or commodities law, and the judgment has not been reversed, suspended, or vacated; |
| ● | been the subject of, or a party to, any federal or state judicial or administrative order, judgment, decree, or finding, not subsequently reversed, suspended or vacated (not including any settlement of a civil proceeding among private litigants), relating to an alleged violation of any federal or state securities or commodities law or regulation, any law or regulation respecting financial institutions or insurance companies including, but not limited to, a temporary or permanent injunction, order of disgorgement or restitution, civil money penalty or temporary or permanent cease-and-desist order, or removal or prohibition order, or any law or regulation prohibiting mail or wire fraud or fraud in connection with any business entity; or |
| ● | been the subject of, or a party to, any sanction or order, not subsequently reversed, suspended or vacated, of any self-regulatory organization (as defined in Section 3(a)(26) of the Exchange Act (15 U.S.C. 78c(a)(26))), any registered entity (as defined in Section 1(a)(29) of the Commodity Exchange Act (7 U.S.C. 1(a)(29))), or any equivalent exchange, association, entity or organization that has disciplinary authority over its members or persons associated with a member. |
Corporate Governance
Governance Structure
Currently, our Chief Executive Officer is also our Chairman of the Board. Our board believes that, at this time, having a combined Chief Executive Officer and Chairman is the appropriate leadership structure for our company. In making this determination, the board considered, among other matters, Mr. Adams’ experience in small-cap companies, scaling operations, and financial background and believed that Mr. Adams is highly qualified to act as both Chairman and Chief Executive Officer due to his experience, knowledge, and personality. Among the benefits of a combined Chairman/Chief Executive Officer considered by the board is that such structure promotes clearer leadership and direction for our company and allows for a single, focused chain of command to execute our strategic initiatives and business plans.
36
The Board’s Role in Risk Oversight
The board of directors oversees that the assets of our company are properly safeguarded, that the appropriate financial and other controls are maintained, and that our business is conducted wisely and in compliance with applicable laws and regulations and proper governance. Included in these responsibilities is the board’s oversight of the various risks facing our company. In this regard, our board seeks to understand and oversee critical business risks. Our board does not view risk in isolation. Risks are considered in virtually every business decision and as part of our business strategy. Our board recognizes that it is neither possible nor prudent to eliminate all risk. Indeed, purposeful and appropriate risk-taking is essential for our company to be competitive on a global basis and to achieve its objectives.
While the board oversees risk management, company management is charged with managing risk. Management communicates routinely with the board and individual directors on the significant risks identified and how they are being managed. Directors are free to, and indeed often do, communicate directly with senior management.
Our board administers its risk oversight function as a whole by making risk oversight a matter of collective consideration; however, much of the work is delegated to committees, which will meet regularly and report back to the full board. We have established a standing audit committee, compensation committee and nominating and corporate governance committee of our board of directors. The audit committee will oversee risks related to our financial statements, the financial reporting process, accounting and legal matters, the compensation committee will evaluate the risks and rewards associated with our compensation philosophy and programs, and the nominating and corporate governance committee will evaluate risk associated with management decisions and strategic direction.
Independent Directors
Our board of directors has determined that all of our directors, other than Messrs. Adams and Enholm, qualify as “independent” directors in accordance with the rules and regulations of NYSE American. Messrs. Adams and Enholm are not considered independent because they are employees of our company. In making its independence determinations, the board considered, among other things, relevant transactions between our company and entities associated with the independent directors, as described under the heading Item 13 “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions, and Director Independence,” and determined that none have any relationship with our company or other relationships that would impair the directors’ independence.
Committees of the Board of Directors
Our board has established an audit committee, a compensation committee and a nominating and corporate governance committee, each with its own charter approved by the board. Each committee’s charter is available on our website at www.cleancoresol.com. In addition, our board of directors may, from time to time, designate one or more additional committees, which shall have the duties and powers granted to it by our board of directors.
Audit Committee
Brent Cox, James M. Grisham, and Larry Goldman, each of whom satisfies the “independence” requirements of Rule 10A-3 under the Exchange Act and NYSE American’s rules, serve on our audit committee, with Mr. Goldman serving as the chair. Mr. Goldman qualifies as “audit committee financial expert.” The audit committee oversees our accounting and financial reporting processes and the audits of the financial statements of our company.
The audit committee is responsible for, among other things: (i) retaining and overseeing our independent accountants; (ii) assisting the board in its oversight of the integrity of our financial statements, the qualifications, independence and performance of our independent auditors and our compliance with legal and regulatory requirements; (iii) reviewing and approving the plan and scope of the internal and external audit; (iv) pre-approving any audit and non-audit services provided by our independent auditors; (v) approving the fees to be paid to our independent auditors; (vi) reviewing with our chief executive officer and chief financial officer and independent auditors the adequacy and effectiveness of our internal controls; (vii) reviewing hedging transactions; and (viii) reviewing and approving related party transactions.
37
Compensation Committee
Brent Cox, James M. Grisham, and Larry Goldman, each of whom satisfies the “independence” requirements of NYSE American’s rules, serve on our compensation committee, with Mr. Grisham serving as the chair. The members of the compensation committee are also “non-employee directors” within the meaning of Section 16 of the Exchange Act. The compensation committee assists the board in reviewing and approving the compensation structure, including all forms of compensation relating to our directors and executive officers.
The compensation committee is responsible for, among other things: (i) reviewing and approving the remuneration of our executive officers; (ii) determining the compensation of our independent directors; and (iii) making recommendations to the board regarding equity-based and incentive compensation plans, policies and programs.
Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee
Brent Cox, James M. Grisham, and Larry Goldman, each of whom satisfies the “independence” requirements of NYSE American’s rules, serve on our nominating and corporate governance committee, with Mr. Cox serving as the chair. The nominating and corporate governance committee assists the board of directors in selecting individuals qualified to become our directors and in determining the composition of the board and its committees.
The nominating and corporate governance committee is responsible for, among other things: (i) recommending the number of directors to comprise our board; (ii) identifying and evaluating individuals qualified to become members of the board and soliciting recommendations for director nominees from our Chief Executive Officer and Board Chair; (iii) recommending to the board the director nominees for each annual stockholders’ meeting; (iv) recommending to the board the candidates for filling vacancies that may occur between annual stockholders’ meetings; (v) reviewing independent director compensation and board processes, self-evaluations and policies; (vi) overseeing compliance with our code of ethics; and (vii) monitoring developments in the law and practice of corporate governance.
The nominating and corporate governance committee’s methods for identifying candidates for election to our board of directors (other than those proposed by our stockholders, as discussed below) will include the solicitation of ideas for possible candidates from a number of sources - members of our board of directors, our executives, individuals personally known to the members of our board of directors, and other research. The nominating and corporate governance committee may also, from time-to-time, retain one or more third-party search firms to identify suitable candidates.
In making director recommendations, the nominating and corporate governance committee may consider some or all of the following factors: (i) the candidate’s judgment, skill, experience with other organizations of comparable purpose, complexity and size, and subject to similar legal restrictions and oversight; (ii) the interplay of the candidate’s experience with the experience of other board members; (iii) the extent to which the candidate would be a desirable addition to the board and any committee thereof; (iv) whether or not the person has any relationships that might impair his or her independence; and (v) the candidate’s ability to contribute to the effective management of our company, taking into account the needs of our company and such factors as the individual’s experience, perspective, skills and knowledge of the industry in which we operate.
A stockholder may nominate one or more persons for election as a director at an annual meeting of stockholders if the stockholder complies with the notice and information provisions contained in our bylaws. Such notice must be in writing to our company not less than 120 days and not more than 150 days prior to the anniversary date of the preceding year’s annual meeting of stockholders or as otherwise required by the requirements of the Exchange Act. In addition, stockholders furnishing such notice must be a holder of record on both (i) the date of delivering such notice and (ii) the record date for the determination of stockholders entitled to vote at such meeting.
Code of Ethics
We have adopted a code of ethics that applies to all of our directors, officers and employees, including our principal executive officer, principal financial officer and principal accounting officer. Such code of ethics addresses, among other things, honesty and ethical conduct, conflicts of interest, compliance with laws, regulations and policies, including disclosure requirements under the federal securities laws, and reporting of violations of the code.
We are required to disclose any amendment to, or waiver from, a provision of our code of ethics applicable to our principal executive officer, principal financial officer, principal accounting officer, controller, or persons performing similar functions. We intend to use our website as a method of disseminating this disclosure, as permitted by applicable SEC rules. Any such disclosure will be posted to our website within four (4) business days following the date of any such amendment to, or waiver from, a provision of our code of ethics.
38
Insider Trading Policy
We have adopted an insider trading policy which prohibits our directors, officers and employees from engaging in transactions in our common stock while in the possession of material non-public information; engaging in transactions in the stock of other companies while in possession of material non-public information that they become aware of in performing their duties; and disclosing material non-public information to unauthorized persons outside our company.
Our insider trading policy restricts trading by directors, officers and certain key employees during blackout periods, which generally begin 15 calendar days before the end of each fiscal quarter and end two business days after the issuance of our earnings release for the quarter. Additional blackout periods may be imposed with or without notice, as the circumstances require.
Our insider trading policy also prohibits our directors, officers and employees from purchasing financial instruments (such as prepaid variable forward contracts, equity swaps, collars and exchange funds) designed to hedge or offset any decrease in the market value of our common stock they hold, directly or indirectly. In addition, directors, officers and employees are expressly prohibited from pledging our common stock to secure personal loans or other obligations, including by holding their common stock in a margin account, unless such arrangement is specifically approved in advance by the administrator of our insider trading policy, or making short-sale transactions in our common stock.
Section 16(a) Beneficial Ownership Reporting Compliance
Section 16(a) of the Exchange Act requires our directors and executive officers, and persons who own more than 10% of a registered class of our equity securities, to file with the SEC initial reports of ownership and reports of changes in ownership of common stock and other equity securities of the company. Officers, directors and greater than 10% stockholders are required by SEC regulations to furnish us with copies of all Section 16(a) forms they file. We believe, based solely on a review of the copies of such reports furnished to us and representations of these persons, that all reports were timely filed for the year ended June 30, 2024.
ITEM 11. EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION.
Summary Compensation Table - Years Ended June 30, 2024 and 2023
The following table sets forth information concerning all cash and non-cash compensation awarded to, earned by or paid to the named persons for services rendered in all capacities during the noted periods. No other executive officers received total annual salary and bonus compensation in excess of $100,000.
Name and Principal Position | Year | Salary ($) | Bonus ($) | Stock Awards ($)(1) | Option Awards ($)(1) | All Other Compensation ($)(2) | Total ($) | |||||||||||||||||||
| Clayton Adams, | 2024 | - | - | - | - | 110,000 | 110,000 | |||||||||||||||||||
| Chief Executive Officer(3) | 2023 | - | - | - | 1,540,000 | 110,000 | 1,650,000 | |||||||||||||||||||
| David Enholm, | 2024 | 191,555 | - | - | - | 12,480 | 204,035 | |||||||||||||||||||
| Chief Financial Officer(4) | 2023 | 42,692 | - | - | 179,725 | 1,920 | 224,337 | |||||||||||||||||||
| Gary Hollst, | 2024 | 129,807 | - | - | - | - | 129,807 | |||||||||||||||||||
| Chief Revenue Officer | 2023 | 118,654 | - | - | 133,350 | - | 252,004 | |||||||||||||||||||
| Douglas T. Moore, | 2024 | 101,399 | 22,400 | 326,565 | - | - | 348,965 | |||||||||||||||||||
| former Chief Executive Officer(5) | 2023 | - | - | - | - | - | - | |||||||||||||||||||
| Matthew Atkinson, | 2024 | 12,000 | - | - | - | - | 12,000 | |||||||||||||||||||
| former Chief Executive Officer(6) | 2023 | 51,200 | - | - | 1,540,000 | 48,000 | 1,639,200 | |||||||||||||||||||
| (1) | The amount is equal to the aggregate grant-date fair value with respect to the awards, computed in accordance with Financial Accounting Standards Board Accounting Standards Codification Topic 718. |
| (2) | Other compensation includes the compensation received for consulting services, as described below. |
| (3) | Mr. Adams has served as our Chief Executive Officer since June 7, 2024 and served as our President from August 24, 2022 to July 13, 2023. |
| (4) | Mr. Enholm has served as our Chief Financial Officer since March 27, 2023. |
| (5) | Mr. Moore served as our Chief Executive Officer from February 5, 2024 to June 7, 2024. |
| (6) | Mr. Atkinson served as our Chief Executive Officer from August 24, 2022 to February 5, 2024, and as our President from July 13, 2023 to February 5, 2024. |
39
Employment, Consulting and Separation Agreements
On October 17, 2022, we entered into a consulting agreement with Birddog Capital, LLC, or Birddog, a limited liability company owned by Clayton Adams, pursuant to which we engaged Birddog to provide management services to our company. Pursuant to the consulting agreement, we agreed to pay Birddog a monthly fee of $6,000 commencing on October 17, 2022. We also agreed to reimburse Birddog for all pre-approved business expenses. The term of the consulting agreement was for one (1) year. On April 1, 2024, we entered into a new consulting agreement with Birddog which provides for a monthly fee of $22,000. In addition, we agreed to pay Birddog $175,000 upon completion of our initial public offering and grant Birddog 500,000 restricted stock units, with 250,000 shares vesting immediately and 250,000 shares vesting eighteen months after issuance. The consulting agreement expires on October 23, 2025. Birddog subsequently forfeited its right to receive the payment upon completion of our initial public offering and the restricted stock units.
On March 27, 2023, we entered into an employment agreement with David Enholm, our Chief Financial Officer, setting forth the terms of Mr. Enholm’s employment. Pursuant to the terms of the employment agreement, as amended, we agreed to pay Mr. Enholm an annual base salary of $185,000 and he is eligible for an annual incentive bonus of up to $55,000, as determined by our board of directors and subject to certain criteria set forth in the employment agreement. Mr. Enholm will also receive 325,000 shares of class B common stock options, with vesting as follows: 10% of the total options granted becoming vested on June 25, 2023, (ii) another 10% of the total options granted vesting on September 23, 2023, and (iii) the remaining amount of the total unvested options vesting in equal amounts monthly over 36 months. The term of the employment agreement is indefinite and may be terminated by us at any time upon fourteen (14) days’ notice or by Mr. Enholm upon thirty (30) days’ written notice. We may also terminate the employment agreement immediately for just cause (as defined in the employment agreement). If we terminate the employment agreement without cause, then Mr. Enholm is entitled to severance in an amount equal to the base salary for three (3) months, payable in a lump sum on the termination date, and all previously earned, accrued, and unpaid benefits. The employment agreement contains customary confidentiality and invention assignment provisions and restrictive covenants prohibiting Mr. Enholm from (i) directly or indirectly, as employee, owner, sole proprietor, partner, director, member, consultant, agent, founder, co-venturer or otherwise, solely or jointly with others, engaging in, or giving advice or lending money to, any business that completes with our company or (ii) soliciting our employees, in each case for a period of twelve (12) months following termination of his employment.
On November 1, 2022, we entered into an employment agreement with Gary Hollst, our Chief Revenue Officer, setting forth the terms of Mr. Hollst’s employment. Pursuant to the terms of the employment agreement, as amended, we agreed to pay Mr. Hollst an annual base salary of $120,000 and he is eligible to be considered for an annual incentive bonus, as determined by our board of directors and subject to certain criteria set forth in the employment agreement. The term of the employment agreement is indefinite and may be terminated by us at any time upon fourteen (14) days’ notice or by Mr. Hollst upon fourteen (14) days’ written notice. We may also terminate the employment agreement immediately for just cause (as defined in the employment agreement). The employment agreement contains customary confidentiality and invention assignment provisions and restrictive covenants prohibiting Mr. Hollst from (i) working as an employee, consultant, contractor or in any other capacity, for a business that competes with our company for a period of two (2) years, and from (ii) soliciting our employees, for period of twelve (12) months, in each case following termination of his employment.
On February 5, 2024, we entered into an employment agreement with Douglas T. Moore, our former Chief Executive Officer, setting forth the terms of Mr. Moore’s employment. Pursuant to the terms of the employment agreement, we agreed to pay Mr. Moore an annual base salary of $250,000 and he was eligible for an annual incentive bonus of up to $125,000, as determined by our board of directors. On June 10, 2024, we entered into a separation agreement and release of claims with Mr. Moore providing for the separation of his employment with our company effective as of June 7, 2024. Under the separation agreement and release of claims, we agreed to pay Mr. Moore a severance payment in the amount of $80,000, payable in $10,000 installments every two weeks consistent with our existing payroll practices, and agreed to pay all previously earned, accrued, and unpaid benefits from our company and its employee benefit plans. We also agreed to issue 20,000 shares of class B common stock to Mr. Moore on January 2, 2025.
40
On July 18, 2023, we entered into an employment agreement with Matthew Atkinson, our former Chief Executive Officer, setting forth the terms of Mr. Atkinson’s employment. Pursuant to the terms of the employment agreement, we agreed to pay Mr. Atkinson an annual base salary of $200,000 and he is eligible for an annual incentive bonus of up to $200,000, as determined by our board of directors. The term of the employment agreement is indefinite and may be terminated by us at any time or by Mr. Atkinson upon 14 days’ written notice. If Mr. Atkinson’s employment is terminated by us without just cause (as defined in the employment agreement), then, subject to Mr. Atkinson’s execution of a release in favor of our company and his compliance with all obligations set forth in the employment agreement, he will be entitled to severance equal to his base salary for a period equal to six (6) months following the date of termination. The employment agreement contains customary confidentiality and invention assignment provisions and restrictive covenants prohibiting Mr. Atkinson from (i) providing services in any capacity (as an employee, consultant, independent contractor, partner, principal, agent or advisor), or having any financial interest in, any business that competes with our company for a period of one (1) year following termination of his employment or (ii) soliciting any person employed or engaged by our company and its affiliates, or any customers, clients or other business relationships of our company and its affiliates, for a period of twelve (12) months following the termination of his employment. Prior to entering into the employment agreement, Mr. Atkinson provided full-time consulting and management services through Elev8 Marketing, LLC, or Elev8. On February 5, 2024, pursuant to Mr. Atkinson’s resignation, we terminated Mr. Atkinson’s employment agreement and previous consulting agreement with Elev8.
On October 17, 2022, we entered into a consulting agreement with Elev8, a business consulting company owned by Matthew Atkinson, pursuant to which we engaged Elev8 to provide management services to our company. Pursuant to the consulting agreement, we agreed to pay Elev8 a monthly fee of $6,000 commencing on October 17, 2022. We also agreed to reimburse Elev8 for all pre-approved business expenses.
Retirement Benefits
We have not maintained, and do not currently maintain, a defined benefit pension plan, nonqualified deferred compensation plan, defined contribution plan, or other retirement plan.
Potential Payments Upon Termination or Change in Control
As described under “—Employment and Consulting Agreements” above, Mr. Enholm will be entitled to severance if his employment is terminated without cause.
Outstanding Equity Awards at Fiscal Year-End
The following table includes certain information with respect to the value of all unexercised options and unvested shares of restricted stock previously awarded to the executive officers named above at the fiscal year ended June 30, 2024.
| Option Awards | ||||||||||||||||||
| Name | Number of Securities Underlying Unexercised Options (#) Exercisable | Number of Securities Underlying Unexercised Options (#) Unexercisable | Equity
Incentive | Option Exercise Price ($) | Option Expiration Date | |||||||||||||
| Clayton Adams | 2,000,000 | - | - | $ | 0.25 | 09/16/2032 | ||||||||||||
| David Enholm | 137,222 | 187,778 | - | $ | 2.50 | 03/27/2028 | ||||||||||||
| Gary Hollst | 101,111 | 73,889 | - | $ | 1.74 | 02/21/2028 | ||||||||||||
Director Compensation
On April 30, 2024, each of our independent directors, Brent Cox, Larry Goldman and James M. Grisham, was granted a stock option for the purchase of 150,000 shares of class B common stock at an exercise price of $4.00 per share under our 2022 Equity Incentive Plan. The options are subject to vesting, with 10% of the option vesting immediately upon its grant and the remaining 90% of the option vesting in equal installments each month over the next twenty-four (24) months. Except for these stock option grants, no member of our board of directors received compensation for services as a director the fiscal year ended June 30, 2024.
41
2022 Equity Incentive Plan
On September 16, 2022, our board of directors adopted our 2022 Equity Incentive Plan, or the Plan, which was adopted by stockholders on November 18, 2022, and our board of directors and our stockholders adopted an amendment to the Plan on January 3, 2024. The following is a summary of certain significant features of the Plan. The information which follows is subject to, and qualified in its entirety by reference to, the Plan document itself, which is filed as an exhibit to this report.
Purposes of Plan: The purposes of the Plan are to advance our interests and the interests of our stockholders by providing an incentive to attract, retain and reward persons performing services for us and by motivating such persons to contribute to our growth and profitability.
Types of Awards: Awards that may be granted include: (a) incentive stock options, (b) non-qualified stock options, (c) stock appreciation rights, (d) restricted awards, (e) performance share awards, and (f) performance compensation awards. These awards offer our officers, employees, consultants and directors the possibility of future value, depending on the long-term price appreciation of our common stock and the award holder’s continuing service with our company.
Administration of the Plan: The Plan is currently administered by our board of directors and will be administered by our compensation committee upon its establishment. Among other things, the administrator has the authority to select persons who will receive awards, determine the types of awards and the number of shares to be covered by awards, and to establish the terms, conditions, performance criteria, restrictions and other provisions of awards. The administrator has authority to establish, amend and rescind rules and regulations relating to the Plan.
Eligible Recipients: Persons eligible to receive awards under the Plan will be those employees, consultants, and directors of our company and its subsidiaries who are selected by the administrator.
Shares Available Under the Plan: The maximum number of shares of our class B common stock that may be delivered to participants under the Plan is 3,240,000, subject to adjustment for certain corporate changes affecting the shares, such as stock splits. In addition, the number of shares of class B common stock available for issuance under the Plan will automatically increase on January 1 of each calendar year during the term of the Plan by an amount equal to five percent (5%) of the total number of shares of class B common stock issued and outstanding on December 31 of the immediately preceding calendar year. Shares subject to an award under the Plan for which the award is canceled, forfeited or expires again become available for grants under the Plan. Shares subject to an award that is settled in cash will not again be made available for grants under the Plan.
Stock Options:
General. Stock options give the option holder the right to acquire from us a designated number of shares at a purchase price that is fixed at the time of the grant of the option. Stock options granted may be tax-qualified stock options (so-called “incentive stock options”) or non-qualified stock options. Subject to the provisions of the Plan, the administrator has the authority to determine all grants of stock options. That determination will include: (i) the number of shares subject to any option; (ii) the exercise price per share; (iii) the expiration date of the option; (iv) the manner, time and date of permitted exercise; (v) other restrictions, if any, on the option or the shares underlying the option; and (vi) any other terms and conditions as the administrator may determine.
Option Price. The exercise price for stock options will be determined at the time of grant. Normally, the exercise price will not be less than the fair market value on the date of the grant. As a matter of tax law, the exercise price for any incentive stock option awarded may not be less than the fair market value of the shares on the date of grant. However, incentive stock option grants to any person owning more than 10% of our voting stock must have an exercise price of not less than 110% of the fair market value on the grant date.
Exercise of Options. An option may be exercised only in accordance with the terms and conditions for the option agreement as established by the administrator at the time of the grant. The option must be exercised by notice to us, accompanied by payment of the exercise price. Payments may be made in cash or, at the option of the administrator, by actual or constructive delivery of shares of common stock to the holder of the option based upon the fair market value of the shares on the date of exercise.
Expiration or Termination. Options, if not previously exercised, will expire on the expiration date established by the administrator at the time of grant. In the case of incentive stock options, such term cannot exceed ten years provided that in the case of holders of more than 10% of our voting stock, such term cannot exceed five years. Options will terminate before their expiration date if the holder’s service with our company or a subsidiary terminates before the expiration date. The option may remain exercisable for specified periods after certain terminations of employment, including terminations as a result of death, disability or retirement, with the precise period during which the option may be exercised to be established by the administrator and reflected in the grant evidencing the award.
42
Incentive and Non-Qualified Options. An incentive stock option is an option that is intended to qualify under certain provisions of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, or the Code, for more favorable tax treatment than applies to non-qualified stock options. Any option that does not qualify as an incentive stock option will be a non-qualified stock option. Under the Code, certain restrictions apply to incentive stock options. For example, the exercise price for incentive stock options may not be less than the fair market value of the shares on the grant date and the term of the option may not exceed ten years. In addition, an incentive stock option may not be transferred, other than by will or the laws of descent and distribution and is exercisable during the holder’s lifetime only by the holder. In addition, no incentive stock options may be granted to a holder that is first exercisable in a single year if that option, together with all incentive stock options previously granted to the holder that also first become exercisable in that year, relate to shares having an aggregate fair market value in excess of $100,000, measured at the grant date.
Stock Appreciation Rights: Stock appreciation rights, or SARs, which may be granted alone or in tandem with options, have an economic value similar to that of options. When an SAR for a particular number of shares is exercised, the holder receives a payment equal to the difference between the market price of the shares on the date of exercise and the exercise price of the shares under the SAR. Again, the exercise price for SARs normally is the market price of the shares on the date the SAR is granted. Under the Plan, holders of SARs may receive this payment - the appreciation value - either in cash or shares valued at the fair market value on the date of exercise. The form of payment will be determined by us.
Restricted Awards: Restricted awards are shares awarded to participants at no cost. Restricted awards can take the form of awards of restricted stock, which represent issued and outstanding shares subject to vesting criteria, or restricted stock units, which represent the right to receive shares subject to satisfaction of the vesting criteria. Restricted stock awards are forfeitable and non-transferable until the shares vest. The vesting date or dates and other conditions for vesting are established when the shares are awarded. These awards will be subject to such conditions, restrictions and contingencies as the administrator shall determine at the date of grant. Those may include requirements for continuous service and/or the achievement of specified performance goals.
Performance Awards: A performance award is an award that may be in the form of cash or shares or a combination, based on the attainment of pre-established performance goals and other conditions, restrictions and contingencies identified by the administrator.
Performance Criteria: Under the Plan, one or more performance criteria will be used by the administrator in establishing performance goals. Any one or more of the performance criteria may be used on an absolute or relative basis to measure the performance of our company, as the administrator may deem appropriate, or as compared to the performance of a group of comparable companies, or published or special index that the administrator deems appropriate. In determining the actual size of an individual performance compensation award, the administrator may reduce or eliminate the amount of the award through the use of negative discretion if, in its sole judgment, such reduction or elimination is appropriate. The administrator shall not have the discretion to (i) grant or provide payment in respect of performance compensation awards if the performance goals have not been attained or (ii) increase a performance compensation award above the maximum amount payable under the Plan.
Other Material Provisions: Awards will be evidenced by a written agreement, in such form as may be approved by the administrator. In the event of various changes to the capitalization of our company, such as stock splits, stock dividends and similar re-capitalizations, an appropriate adjustment will be made by the administrator to the number of shares covered by outstanding awards or to the exercise price of such awards. The administrator is also permitted to include in the written agreement provisions that provide for certain changes in the award in the event of a change of control of our company, including acceleration of vesting. Except as otherwise determined by the administrator at the date of grant, awards will not be transferable, other than by will or the laws of descent and distribution. Prior to any award distribution, we are permitted to deduct or withhold amounts sufficient to satisfy any employee withholding tax requirements. Our board also has the authority, at any time, to discontinue the granting of awards. The board also has the authority to alter or amend the Plan or any outstanding award or may terminate the Plan as to further grants, provided that no amendment will, without the approval of our stockholders, to the extent that such approval is required by law or the rules of an applicable exchange, increase the number of shares available under the Plan, change the persons eligible for awards under the Plan, extend the time within which awards may be made, or amend the provisions of the Plan related to amendments. No amendment that would adversely affect any outstanding award made under the Plan can be made without the consent of the holder of such award.
43
ITEM 12. SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT AND RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS.
Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management
The following table sets forth certain information with respect to the beneficial ownership of our common stock as of September 19, 2024 for (i) each of our named executive officers and directors; (ii) all of our named executive officers and directors as a group; and (iii) each other stockholder known by us to be the beneficial owner of more than 5% of our outstanding common stock. Unless otherwise indicated, the address of each beneficial owner listed in the table below is c/o our company, 5920 S 118th Circle, Omaha, NE 68137.
Beneficial ownership is determined in accordance with SEC rules and generally includes voting or investment power with respect to securities. For purposes of this table, a person or group of persons is deemed to have “beneficial ownership” of any shares that such person or any member of such group has the right to acquire within sixty (60) days. For purposes of computing the percentage of outstanding shares of our common stock held by each person or group of persons named below, any shares that such person or persons has the right to acquire within sixty (60) days of September 19, 2024 are deemed to be outstanding for such person, but not deemed to be outstanding for the purpose of computing the percentage ownership of any other person. The inclusion herein of any shares listed as beneficially owned does not constitute an admission of beneficial ownership by any person.
Name and Address of Beneficial Owner | Class A Common Stock | Percent of Class A Common Stock(1) | Class B Common Stock | Percent of Class B Common Stock(1) | Percent of Total Voting Power(2) | |||||||||||||||
| Clayton Adams, Chairman & Chief Executive Officer(3) | 2,000,000 | 88.11 | % | 481,000 | 6.04 | % | 66.79 | % | ||||||||||||
| David Enholm, Chief Financial Officer(4) | - | - | 166,111 | 2.04 | % | 1.53 | % | |||||||||||||
| Gary Hollst, Chief Revenue Officer(5) | - | - | 116,667 | 1.44 | % | 1.08 | % | |||||||||||||
| Brent Cox, Director(6) | - | - | 928,750 | 11.59 | % | 8.67 | % | |||||||||||||
| Larry Goldman, Director(7) | - | - | 48,750 | * | * | |||||||||||||||
| James M. Grisham, Director(8) | - | - | 348,750 | 4.35 | % | 3.25 | % | |||||||||||||
| All directors and executive officers as a group (6 persons named above) | 2,000,000 | 88.11 | % | 2,090,028 | 26.07 | % | 81.77 | % | ||||||||||||
| Matthew Atkinson(9) | 270,000 | 100.00 | % | - | - | 25.31 | % | |||||||||||||
| Mohammad Ansari(10) | - | - | 1,461,207 | 18.34 | % | 13.70 | % | |||||||||||||
| Lisa Roskens(11) | - | - | 792,146 | 9.94 | % | 7.43 | % | |||||||||||||
| Chris Etherington(12) | - | - | 649,879 | 8.16 | % | 6.09 | % | |||||||||||||
| Mark Olivier(13) | - | - | 464,868 | 5.84 | % | 4.36 | % | |||||||||||||
| Benjamin Lee Adams(14) | - | - | 470,000 | 5.90 | % | 4.41 | % | |||||||||||||
| Michael K. Webb(15) | - | - | 470,000 | 5.90 | % | 4.41 | % | |||||||||||||
| * | Less than 1% |
| (1) | Based on 270,000 shares of class A common stock and 7,965,919 shares of class B common stock issued and outstanding as of September 19, 2024. |
| (2) | Percentage of total voting power represents voting power with respect to all shares of our class A common stock and class B common stock, as a single class. The holders of our class A common stock are entitled to ten votes per share and holders of our class B common stock are entitled to one vote per share. |
| (3) | Consists of 481,000 shares of class B common stock and 2,000,000 shares of class A common stock which Mr. Adams has the right to acquire within 60 days through the exercise of vested stock options. The address of Mr. Adams is 1904 S. 183rd Circle, Omaha, NE 68130. |
| (4) | Consists of 166,111 shares of class B common stock which Mr. Enholm has the right to acquire within 60 days through the exercise of vested stock options. |
| (5) | Consists of 116,667 shares of class B common stock which Mr. Hollst has the right to acquire within 60 days through the exercise of vested stock options. |
44
| (6) | Consists of 880,000 shares of class B common stock and 48,750 shares of class B common stock which Mr. Cox has the right to acquire within 60 days through the exercise of vested stock options. |
| (7) | Consists of 48,750 shares of class B common stock which Mr. Goldman has the right to acquire within 60 days through the exercise of vested stock options. |
| (8) | Consists of 100,000 shares of class B common stock held directly, 100,000 shares of class B common stock held by Shawnee Communications Inc., 100,000 shares of class B common stock held by James T. Coyle Legacy Trust and 48,750 shares of class B common stock which Mr. Grisham has the right to acquire within 60 days through the exercise of vested stock options. Mr. Grisham is the Chief Executive Officer of Shawnee Communications Inc. and the Trustee of the James T. Coyle Legacy Trust and has voting and investment power over the shares held by them. Mr. Grisham disclaims beneficial ownership of such shares except to the extent of his pecuniary interest, if any, in such shares. |
| (9) | The address of Mr. Atkinson is 255 Calamus Circle, Medina MN, 55340. |
| (10) | Consists of 1,250,000 shares of class B common stock held by Bethor Limited and 211,207 shares of class B common stock held by Basestones, Inc. Mohammad Ansari is the Director and President of Bethor Limited and the President of Basestones, Inc. and has voting and investment power over the shares held by them. Mr. Ansari disclaims beneficial ownership of such shares except to the extent of his pecuniary interest, if any in such shares. The address of Bethor Limited is Nerine Chamber, P.O. Box 905, Road Town, Tortola, British Virgin Islands and the address of Basestones, Inc. is 1901 Avenue of the Stars, Los Angeles, CA 90067. |
| (11) | Consists of 14,368 shares of class B common stock held directly and 777,778 shares of class B common stock held by Burlington Capital, LLC. Lisa Roskens is the Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of Burlington Capital, LLC and has voting and investment power over the shares held by it. Ms. Roskens disclaims beneficial ownership of such shares except to the extent of her pecuniary interest, if any, in such shares. The address of Burlington Capital, LLC is 1004 Farnam Street, Suite 400, Omaha NE 68102. |
| (12) | Consists of 67,977 shares of class B common stock held directly and 581,902 shares of class B Common stock held by Oleta Investments, LLC. Chris Etherington is the Managing Director of Oleta Investments, LLC, and has sole voting and investment power over the shares held by it. Mr. Etherington disclaims beneficial ownership of such shares except to the extent of his pecuniary interest, if any, in such shares. The address of Oleta Investments, LLC is 318 North Carson Street, Carson City, NV 89701. |
| (13) | The address of Mr. Olivier is 10882 Coronel Road, Santa Ana, CA 92705. |
| (14) | The address of Mr. Adams is 724 West 3rd, Maryville, MO 64468. |
| (15) | The address of Mr. Webb is 1900 Forest Ave., Red Oak, IA 50166. |
Changes in Control
As noted elsewhere in this report, if Mr. Adams exercises his stock options to purchase 2,000,000 shares of class A common stock, then Mr. Adams will own more than 50% of our total voting power. Except for the foregoing, we do not currently have any arrangements which if consummated may result in a change of control of our company.
Securities Authorized for Issuance Under Equity Compensation Plans
The following table sets forth certain information about the securities authorized for issuance under our incentive plans as of June 30, 2024.
Plan Category | Number of securities to be issued upon exercise of outstanding options, warrants and rights (a) | Weighted-average exercise price of outstanding options, warrants and rights (b) | Number of securities remaining available for future issuance under equity compensation plans (excluding securities reflected in column (a)) (c) | |||||||||
| Equity compensation plans approved by security holders | 1,295,000 | $ | 2.93 | 1,504,500 | ||||||||
| Equity compensation plans not approved by security holders | - | - | - | |||||||||
| Total | 1,295,000 | $ | 2.93 | 1,504,500 | ||||||||
45
ITEM 13. CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS, AND DIRECTOR INDEPENDENCE.
Transactions with Related Persons
The following includes a summary of transactions since the beginning of our 2023 fiscal year, or any currently proposed transaction, in which we were or are to be a participant and the amount involved exceeded or exceeds the lesser of $120,000 or one percent of the average of our total assets at year-end for the last two completed fiscal years, and in which any related person had or will have a direct or indirect material interest (other than compensation described under Item 11 “Executive Compensation” above). We believe the terms obtained or consideration that we paid or received, as applicable, in connection with the transactions described below were comparable to terms available or the amounts that would be paid or received, as applicable, in arm’s-length transactions.
Please see the descriptions of the related party loans from Burlington, Matthew Atkinson and Clayton Adams under Item 7 “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Liquidity and Capital Resources.”
On July 27, 2023, we agreed to purchase approximately $105,607 worth of inventory from Nebraska C. Ozone, LLC, a related party business owned by Lisa Roskens, a significant stockholder and the principal officer of Burlington, due to an open purchase order that our predecessor had with an inventory vendor that was not included in the liabilities assumed from our predecessor per the terms of the acquisition purchase agreement. The inventory is to be purchased as needed, consistent with other inventory purchases. However, if the entire $105,000 amount is not purchased by March 31, 2024, the balance at that date begins accruing interest at a rate of seven percent (7%) per annum until it is paid in full. As of June 30, 2024, we have not purchased any of the inventory and as such, have accrued interest of $2,471.
Director Independence
Our board of directors has determined that Brent Cox, Larry Goldman and James M. Grisham are independent within the meaning of the rules of NYSE American.
ITEM 14. PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTING FEES AND SERVICES.
Independent Auditors’ Fees
The following is a summary of the fees billed to us for professional services rendered for the fiscal years ended June 30, 2024 and 2023:
| Years Ended June 30, | ||||||||
| 2024 | 2023 | |||||||
| Audit Fees | $ | 158,399 | $ | 103,712 | ||||
| Audit-Related Fees | - | - | ||||||
| Tax Fees | - | - | ||||||
| All Other Fees | 65,708 | - | ||||||
| TOTAL | $ | 224,107 | $ | 103,712 | ||||
“Audit Fees” consisted of fees billed for professional services rendered by the principal accountant for the audit of our annual financial statements and review of the financial statements included in our registration statement or services that are normally provided by the accountant in connection with statutory and regulatory filings or engagements.
“Audit-Related Fees” consisted of fees billed for assurance and related services by the principal accountant that were reasonably related to the performance of the audit or review of our financial statements and are not reported under the paragraph captioned “Audit Fees” above.
“Tax Fees” consisted of fees billed for professional services rendered by the principal accountant for tax returns preparation.
“All Other Fees” consisted of fees billed for products and services provided by the principal accountant, other than the services reported above under other captions of this Item 14.
Pre-Approval Policies and Procedures
Under
the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, all audit and non-audit services performed by our auditors must be approved in advance by our board of directors
to assure that such services do not impair the auditors’ independence from us. In accordance with its policies and procedures,
our board of directors pre-approved the audit service performed by
46
PART IV
ITEM 15. EXHIBIT AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES.
(a) List of Documents Filed as a Part of This Report:
(1) Index to Financial Statements:
(2) Index to Financial Statement Schedules:
All schedules have been omitted because the required information is included in the financial statements or the notes thereto, or because it is not required.
(3) Index to Exhibits:
See exhibits listed under Part (b) below.
47
(b) Exhibits:
48
| * | Filed herewith |
| † | Executive compensation plan or arrangement |
ITEM 16. FORM 10-K SUMMARY.
None.
49
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
F-1
REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
To the Board of Directors and
Stockholders of CleanCore Solutions, Inc.
Opinion on the Financial Statements
We have audited the accompanying balance sheets of CleanCore Solutions, Inc. (the Company) as of June 30, 2024 and 2023, and the related statements of operations, stockholders’ equity, and cash flows for each of the two years in the period ended June 30, 2024, and the related notes (collectively referred to as the financial statements). In our opinion, the financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company as of June 30, 2024 and 2023, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the two years in the period ended June 30, 2024 in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.
Going Concern
The accompanying financial statements have been prepared assuming that the Company will continue as a going concern. As discussed in Note 1 to the financial statements, the Company has an accumulated deficit and negative cash flows from operations. These factors, among others, raise substantial doubt about the Company’s ability to continue as a going concern. Management’s plans in regard to these matters are also described in Note 1. The financial statements do not include any adjustments that might result from the outcome of this uncertainty.
Basis for Opinion
These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company’s financial statements based on our audits. We are a public accounting firm registered with the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (PCAOB) and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.
We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement, whether due to error or fraud. The Company is not required to have, nor were we engaged to perform, an audit of its internal control over financial reporting. As part of our audits, we are required to obtain an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion.
Our audits included performing procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement of the financial statements, whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures that respond to those risks. Such procedures included examining, on a test basis, evidence regarding the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. Our audits also included evaluating the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the financial statements. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.
We have served as the Company’s auditor since 2022
September 20, 2024
F-2
CLEANCORE SOLUTIONS, INC.
BALANCE SHEETS
| As of June 30, | ||||||||
| 2024 | 2023 | |||||||
| Assets | ||||||||
| Current assets: | ||||||||
| Cash and cash equivalents | $ | $ | ||||||
| Accounts receivable, net | ||||||||
| Inventory, net | ||||||||
| Deferred offering costs | ||||||||
| Prepaid expenses and other current assets | ||||||||
| Total current assets | ||||||||
| Property and equipment, net | ||||||||
| Right of use assets | ||||||||
| Intangibles, net | ||||||||
| Goodwill | ||||||||
| Other assets | ||||||||
| Total assets | $ | $ | ||||||
| Liabilities and Stockholders’ Equity | ||||||||
| Current liabilities: | ||||||||
| Accounts payable and accrued expenses | $ | $ | ||||||
| Deferred revenue | - | |||||||
| Lease liability - current | ||||||||
| Note payable - current | ||||||||
| Due to related parties | ||||||||
| Total current liabilities | ||||||||
| Lease liability – non current | ||||||||
| Note payable – non current | ||||||||
| Total liabilities | ||||||||
| Commitments and contingencies (Note 16) | ||||||||
| Stockholders’ Equity | ||||||||
| Class A Common Stock; $ | ||||||||
| Class B Common Stock; $ | ||||||||
| Additional paid-in capital | ||||||||
| Accumulated deficit | ( | ) | ( | ) | ||||
| Total stockholders’ equity | ||||||||
| Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity | $ | $ | ||||||
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.
F-3
CLEANCORE SOLUTIONS, INC.
STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
| Year Ended June 30, 2024 | Period from October 17, 2022 to June 30, 2023 (Successor) | Period from July 1, 2022 to October 16, 2022 (Predecessor) | ||||||||||
| Revenue, net | $ | $ | $ | |||||||||
| Cost of sales (exclusive of depreciation shown separately below) | ||||||||||||
| Gross profit | ||||||||||||
| Operating expenses: | ||||||||||||
| General and administrative | ||||||||||||
| Advertising expense | ||||||||||||
| Depreciation and amortization expense | ||||||||||||
| Loss from operations | ( | ) | ( | ) | ( | ) | ||||||
| Interest expense | ||||||||||||
| Net loss | $ | ( | ) | $ | ( | ) | $ | ( | ) | |||
| $ | ( | ) | $ | ( | ) | |||||||
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.
F-4
CLEANCORE SOLUTIONS, INC.
STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY (DEFICIT)
Series
Seed | Class
A | Class
B | Additional Paid in | Members’ Capital | Accumulated | Total Stockholders’ Equity | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Shares | Amount | Shares | Amount | Shares | Amount | Capital | Amount | Deficit | (Deficit) | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Predecessor | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Balance at July 1, 2022 | ( | ) | ( | ) | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Imputed interest | - | - | - | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Net loss for the period | - | - | - | ( | ) | ( | ) | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Balance at October 16, 2022 | $ | - | $ | - | $ | $ | $ | $ | ( | ) | $ | ( | ) | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Successor | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Balance at October 17, 2022 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Issuance of series seed preferred stock | $ | - | $ | - | $ | $ | $ | $ | $ | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Issuance of class A common stock | - | - | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Issuance of class B common stock | - | - | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Conversion of class A common stock into class B common stock | - | ( | ) | ( | ) | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Issuance of class B common stock upon exercise of warrants | - | - | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Warrants issued to consultants for services | - | - | - | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Stock based compensation – officers | - | - | - | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Stock based compensation – third party | - | - | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Sock based compensation - 2022 Equity Incentive Plan | - | - | - | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Net loss for the period | - | - | - | ( | ) | ( | ) | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Balance at June 30, 2023 | $ | $ | $ | $ | $ | $ | ( | ) | $ | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Conversion of class A common stock into class B common stock | - | ( | ) | ( | ) | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Conversion of series seed preferred stock into class A common stock | ( | ) | ( | ) | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Stock based compensation – 2022 Equity incentive plan | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Issuance of class B common stock pursuant to initial public offering, net of issuance and deferred offering costs of $ | - | - | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Issuance of common stock pursuant to convertible notes | - | - | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Issuance of Non-qualified stock options | - | - | - | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Issuance of restrictive stock units | - | - | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Issuance of restrictive stock awards | - | - | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Net loss for the period | - | - | - | ( | ) | ( | ) | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Balance at June 30, 2024 | $ | $ | $ | $ | $ | $ | ( | ) | $ | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.
F-5
CLEANCORE SOLUTIONS, INC.
STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS
For
the | October
17, | June
30, | ||||||||||
| Cash flows from operating activities | ||||||||||||
| Net loss | $ | ( | ) | $ | ( | ) | $ | ( | ) | |||
| Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash used in operating activities: | ||||||||||||
| Depreciation and amortization | ||||||||||||
| Accretion of note payable discount | ||||||||||||
| Non cash interest expense | ||||||||||||
| Stock based compensation | ||||||||||||
| Non cash lease expense | ||||||||||||
| Imputed interest | ||||||||||||
| Provision for bad debt and write-off of on uncollectable accounts | ||||||||||||
| Changes in operating assets and liabilities: | ||||||||||||
| Accounts receivable | ( | ) | ( | ) | ||||||||
| Inventory | ( | ) | ( | ) | ||||||||
| Due from related parties, net | ||||||||||||
| Prepaid expenses | ( | ) | ||||||||||
| Deferred revenue | ||||||||||||
| Accounts payable and accrued liabilities | ( | ) | ||||||||||
| Net cash used in operating activities | ( | ) | ( | ) | ( | ) | ||||||
| Investing activities | ||||||||||||
| Purchase of property and equipment | ( | ) | ( | ) | ||||||||
| Cash used in acquisition | ( | ) | ( | ) | ||||||||
| Net cash used in investing activities | ( | ) | ( | ) | ( | ) | ||||||
| Financing activities | ||||||||||||
| Proceeds from issuance of series seed preferred stock | ||||||||||||
| Proceeds from issuance of class A common stock | ||||||||||||
| Proceeds from issuance of class B common stock | ||||||||||||
| Proceeds from issuance of class B common stock pursuant to Initial Public Offering, net of issuance costs | ||||||||||||
| Proceeds from issuance of convertible notes | ||||||||||||
| Payments from issuance of loans from related parties | ||||||||||||
| Payments for deferred offering costs | ( | ) | ( | ) | ||||||||
| Repayments of long term debt | ( | ) | ||||||||||
| Payment on note payable | ( | ) | ||||||||||
| Repayments of loans due to related parties | ( | ) | ( | ) | ||||||||
| Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities | ( | ) | ||||||||||
| Net increase (decrease) in cash | ( | ) | ||||||||||
| Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year | ||||||||||||
| Cash and cash equivalents at the end of year | $ | $ | $ | |||||||||
| Supplementary cash flow disclosure | ||||||||||||
| Interest paid | $ | $ | $ | |||||||||
| Unpaid deferred offering costs | $ | $ | $ | |||||||||
| Shares issued for conversion from convertible note payable | $ | $ | $ | |||||||||
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.
F-6
CLEANCORE SOLUTIONS, INC.
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
JUNE 30, 2024 AND 2023
1. Organization and Business
CC Acquisition Corp. was incorporated in the State of Nevada on August 23, 2022 for the sole purpose of acquiring substantially all of the assets of CleanCore Solutions, LLC, TetraClean Systems, LLC, and Food Safety Technologies, LLC, pursuant to an asset purchase agreement entered into by CC Acquisition Corp. with these three entities and their owners on October 17, 2022. On November 21, 2022, CC Acquisition Corp. changed its name to CleanCore Solutions, Inc. (the Company” or “Successor”). Since the Company acquired substantially all of the assets of each of CleanCore Solutions, LLC, TetraClean Systems, LLC, and Food Safety Technologies, LLC, the business of these three entities is now operated by the Company, with no subsidiaries. The combined results of CleanCore Solutions, LLC, TetraClean Systems, LLC and Food Safety Technologies, LLC presented in these financial statements represent the predecessor entity of the Company (the “Predecessor”).
The Company specializes in the development and production of cleaning products that produce pure aqueous ozone products for professional, industrial, or home use. The Company has a patented nanobubble technology using aqueous ozone that it believes is highly effective in cleaning, sanitizing, and deodorizing surfaces and high-touch areas.
The Company offers products and solutions that are marketed for janitorial and sanitation, ice machine cleaning, laundry, and industrial industries. Its products are used in many types of environments including retail establishments, distribution centers, factories, warehouses, restaurants, schools and universities, airports, healthcare, food service, and commercial buildings such as offices, malls, and stores.
The headquarters, principal address and records of the Company are located at 5920 South 118th Circle, Suite 2, Omaha, Nebraska.
Initial Public Offering
On April 30, 2024, the Company closed its initial public offering of
Liquidity
The
Company has incurred losses and negative cash flows from operations. From acquisition through June 30, 2024, the Company has financed
its operations primarily through investor funding. As of June 30, 2024, the Company had cash of $
Despite the initial public offering described above, management believes that currently available resources will not be sufficient to fund the Company’s planned expenditures over the next 12 months. These factors, individually and collectively indicate that a material uncertainty exists that raises substantial doubt about the Company’s ability to continue as a going concern for 12 months from the date of issuance of these financial statements.
The Company will be dependent upon the raising of additional capital through equity and/or debt financing in order to implement its business plan and generate sufficient revenue in excess of costs. If the Company raises additional capital through the issuance of equity securities or securities convertible into equity, stockholders will experience dilution, and such securities may have rights, preferences or privileges senior to those of the holders of common stock. If the Company raises additional funds by issuing debt, the Company may be subject to limitations on its operations, through debt covenants or other restrictions. There is no assurance that the Company will be successful with future financing ventures, and the inability to secure such financing may have a material adverse effect on the Company’s financial condition. These financial statements do not include any adjustments to the amounts and classifications of assets and liabilities that might be necessary should the Company be unable to continue as a going concern.
The accompanying financial statements have been prepared on a going concern basis under which the Company is expected to be able to realize its assets and satisfy its liabilities in the normal course of business.
F-7
CLEANCORE SOLUTIONS, INC.
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
JUNE 30, 2024 AND 2023
2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies
Basis of Presentation and Consolidation
The accompanying condensed financial statements have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“U.S. GAAP”) and pursuant to the rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”). In the opinion of management, all adjustments considered necessary for a fair presentation have been included. The financial statements of the Company (Successor) are presented since the date of acquisition (October 17, 2022) through the period ended June 30, 2023.
The results of the Predecessor represent the combined financial statements of the accounts of CleanCore Solutions, LLC, TetraClean Systems, LLC and Food Safety Technologies, LLC. These combined financial statements include the accompanying combined statements of operation, combined statement of members’ equity and combined statement of cash flows for the period July 1, 2022 through October 16, 2022. All intercompany balances and transactions among the combined entities have been eliminated. In the opinion of predecessor management, all adjustments considered necessary for a fair presentation have been included.
Use of Estimates
The preparation of the Company’s and Predecessor’s financial statements require management to make estimates and assumptions that impact the reported amounts of assets, liabilities and expenses and the disclosure in the Company’s combined financial statements and accompanying notes. The Company bases its estimates on historical experience and on various other assumptions that are believed to be reasonable under the circumstances. By their nature, estimates are subject to an inherent degree of uncertainty and, as such, actual results may differ from management’s estimates. Significant estimates and assumptions made by the Company are allowance for bad debt, useful lives of fixed assets, warranty liabilities, accrued contingent liabilities, and allowance for inventory obsolescence.
Risks and Uncertainties
The Company is subject to a number of risks similar to other early-stage companies including, but not limited to, profitability, the need for additional financing to achieve its business strategy, ability to obtain regulatory approval, significant competition, and dependence on key individuals.
Cash and Cash Equivalents
Cash consists of cash in readily available checking and money market accounts. Cash is recorded at cost, which approximates fair value. As of June 30, 2024 and 2023, cash balances were deposited at a major financial institution. Cash balances are subject to minimal credit risk as the balances are with high credit quality financial institutions.
Concentration of Credit Risk
Financial instruments, which potentially subject the Company to significant concentration of credit risk, consist of cash. The Company maintains deposits in federally insured financial institutions in excess of respective insured limits. The Company has not experienced any losses in such accounts and management believes that the Company is not exposed to significant credit risk due to the financial position of the depository institutions in which those deposits are held.
Major Customers
The
Company had one customer that accounted for of
Major Vendors
The Company has one vendor each that it exclusively purchases a major component of its two main products. The Company expects to maintain this relationship with the vendor; however, it does have a contingency plan in place to use other vendors if necessary, which would result in minor production delays.
F-8
CLEANCORE SOLUTIONS, INC.
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
JUNE 30, 2024 AND 2023
Accounts Receivable
Accounts
receivable is comprised of trade accounts receivables from the Company’s customers. Accounts receivable are recorded at the invoiced
amount and do not bear interest. The Company established an allowance for bad debt of accounts receivables based on a percentage assigned
to aged days outstanding categories. The Predecessor established the allowance for bad debt based on various factors including credit
profiles of the Company’s customers, historical payments, outstanding balances and current economic trends, and performed this
analysis periodically. The Company recorded an allowance for doubtful accounts of $
Inventory
Inventory
consists of parts, work in progress and finished goods. The Company values parts and finished goods at the lower of the actual costs
or net realizable value. The Company values work in progress at cost. The Company periodically reviews inventory for obsolete and potentially
impaired items. As of June 30, 2024 and 2023, the Company had an allowance for inventory obsolescence of $
Leases
The Company accounts for leases in accordance with ASC Topic 842 (Topic 842), Leases. Right-of-use assets represent the Company’s right to use an underlying asset for the lease term, and lease liabilities represent the Company’s obligation to make lease payments arising from the lease. The lease liability is measured as the present value of the unpaid lease payments, and the right-of-use asset value is derived from the calculation of the lease liability. Operating leases are included in right-of-use assets, current lease liabilities, and noncurrent lease liabilities in the balance sheet.
Lease payments include fixed and in-substance fixed payments, variable payments based on an index or rate, reasonably certain purchase options, termination penalties, and probable amounts the lessee will owe under a residual value guarantee. Variable lease payments are recognized as lease expenses as incurred, and generally relate to variable payments made based on the level of services provided by the landlords of our leases. Lease expense for operating lease payments is recognized on a straight-line basis over the lease term within general and administrative expenses in the statement of operations.
The Company uses its estimated incremental borrowing rate, which is derived from information available at the lease commencement date, in determining the present value of lease payments because the Company does not have the information necessary to determine the rate implicit in the lease. The Company’s lease term includes any option to extend the lease when it is reasonably certain to be exercised based on consideration of all relevant factors. Leases with an initial term of 12 months or less are not recorded on the balance sheets and the Company recognizes lease expense for these leases on a straight-line basis over the lease term.
Business Combinations
Business combinations are accounted for using the acquisition method. The fair value of total purchase consideration is allocated to the fair values of identifiable tangible and intangible assets acquired and liabilities assumed, with the remaining amount being classified as goodwill. All assets, liabilities and contingent liabilities acquired or assumed in a business combination are recorded at their fair values at the date of acquisition. Determining the fair value of assets acquired and liabilities assumed requires management to use significant judgment and estimates including the selection of valuation methodologies, estimates of future revenue and cash flows, discount rates, and selection of comparable companies. Estimates of fair value are based on assumptions believed to be reasonable, but are inherently uncertain and unpredictable and, as a result, actual results may differ from those estimates. During the measurement period, not to exceed one year from the date of acquisition, the Company may record adjustments to the assets acquired and liabilities assumed, with a corresponding offset to goodwill. At the conclusion of the measurement period, any subsequent adjustments are reflected in the statements of operations. Transaction costs associated with business combinations are expensed as incurred and are included in general and administrative expenses in the Company’s statements of operations.
F-9
CLEANCORE SOLUTIONS, INC.
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
JUNE 30, 2024 AND 2023
Intangible Assets
Intangible
assets primarily consist of existing technology, customer relationships, and trademarks obtained as a result of the acquisition on October
17, 2022. Intangible assets with definite lives are amortized based on their pattern of economic benefit over their estimated useful
lives and reviewed periodically for impairment. The Company’s trademarks are deemed to have an indefinite life. The estimated useful
life of the acquired technology is
Impairment of Goodwill
The Company evaluates goodwill for impairment annually, as of June 30, or more frequently when indicators of impairment exist. The Company considers qualitative factors including market conditions, legal factors, operating performance indicators, and competition, among others, to determine whether it is more likely than not that the fair value of the reporting unit is less than its carrying amount, including goodwill. If the Company concludes that it is more likely than not that the fair value of the reporting unit is less than its carrying amount, the Company performs a quantitative impairment test. In performing the quantitative impairment test, the Company compares the fair value of its reporting unit to the carrying amount including the goodwill of the reporting unit. If the carrying value, including goodwill, exceeds the reporting unit’s fair value, the Company will recognize an impairment loss for the amount by which the carrying amount exceeds the reporting unit’s fair value.
The Company performed its annual evaluation of goodwill on June 30, 2024. Based on the analysis, the Company did not recognize an impairment loss during the year ended June 30, 2024. Subsequent evaluations will be performed annually on June 30, per the Company’s policy.
Impairment of Long-Lived Assets
Long-lived assets consist primarily of property and equipment and intangible assets. Long-lived assets are tested for impairment when events and circumstances indicate the assets might be impaired by first comparing the estimated future undiscounted cash flows of the asset or asset group to the carrying value. If the carrying value exceeds the estimated future undiscounted cash flows, an impairment loss is recognized based on the amount that the carrying value exceeds the fair value of the asset or asset group. The Company did not recognize impairment losses during the periods ended June 30, 2024 and 2023.
Deferred Offering Costs
In
accordance with ASC 340-10-S99-1 and SEC Accounting Bulletin Topic 5A, specific incremental costs incurred by the Company directly attributable
to a proposed offering of securities were deferred. As the initial public offering closed on April 30, 2024, a total of $
Patent Costs
Costs related to filing and pursuing patent applications are expensed as incurred, as recoverability of such expenditures is uncertain. These costs are included in general and administrative expenses.
Advertising Costs
The
Company reports as expense the cost of advertising and promoting its services as incurred. Such amounts totaled $
F-10
CLEANCORE SOLUTIONS, INC.
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
JUNE 30, 2024 AND 2023
Stock-based Compensation
Compensation expense is recognized for all share-based payments to employees and nonemployees, including stock options, restricted stock awards, and warrants, in the statements of operation based on the fair value of the awards that are granted. As necessary, the Company’s stock price at the date of grant was estimated using an acceptable valuation technique such as the probability-weighted expected return model. The fair value of stock options and warrants are estimated at the date of grant using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model. The fair value of restricted stock awards is based on the fair market value of the Company’s class B common stock on the date of grant. Compensation expense for restricted stock awards with performance-based vesting conditions is calculated based on the number of awards that are expected to vest during the performance period if it is probable that the performance metrics will be achieved. Generally, measured compensation cost, net of actual forfeitures, is recognized on a straight-line basis over the vesting period of the related share-based compensation award. The Company accounts for forfeitures of stock-based awards as they occur.
Revenue Recognition
The Company generates revenues from sales of its products and recognizes revenue as control of its products is transferred to its customers, which is generally at the time of shipment based on the contractual terms with the Company’s customers.
The Company provides customer programs and incentive offerings, including growth incentives and volume-based incentives. These customer programs and incentives are considered variable consideration. The Company includes in revenue variable consideration only to the extent that it is probable that a significant reversal in the amount of cumulative revenue recognized will not occur when the variable consideration is resolved. This determination is made based upon known customer program and incentive offerings at the time of sale and expected sales volume forecasts as it relates to the Company’s volume-based incentives. This determination is updated every reporting period. For the years ended June 30, 2024 and 2023, customer growth and volume-based incentives were minimal.
Certain product sales include a 2-year manufacturer’s warranty that provides the customer with assurance that the product performs as intended. Such warranties are assurance-type warranties and are accounted for as contingencies under ASC 460-10. Refer to Note 10 for warranty reserve.
Income Taxes
The Company accounts for income tax on the basis of the tax laws enacted at the balance sheet date in accordance with FASB ASC 740, Income Taxes. The income tax accounting guidance results in two components of income tax expense: current and deferred. Current income tax expense reflects taxes to be paid or refunded for the current period by applying the provisions of the enacted tax law to the taxable income or excess of deductions over revenues. The Company determines deferred income taxes using the liability (or balance sheet) method. Under this method, the net deferred tax asset or liability is based on the tax effects of the differences between the book and tax bases of assets and liabilities, and enacted changes in tax rates and laws are recognized in the period in which they occur. Deferred income tax expense results from changes in deferred tax assets and liabilities between periods. Deferred tax assets are reduced by a valuation allowance if, based on the weight of evidence available, it is more-likely-than-not that some portion or all of a deferred tax asset will not be realized.
Tax
positions are recognized if it is more-likely-than-not, based on technical merits, that the tax position will be realized or sustained
upon examination. The term “more-likely-than-not” means a likelihood of more than
F-11
CLEANCORE SOLUTIONS, INC.
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
JUNE 30, 2024 AND 2023
Net Loss per Share of Common Stock
Basic
net loss per class A and class B common share is calculated by dividing the net loss distributed to class A and class B, respectively,
by the weighted-average number of common shares of each respective class outstanding during the period, without consideration for potentially
dilutive securities. Diluted net loss per share is computed by dividing the net loss attributable to common stockholders by the weighted-average
number of common shares and potentially dilutive securities outstanding for the period. For purposes of the diluted net loss per share
calculation, stock options and warrants are considered to be potentially dilutive securities. As of June 30, 2024 and 2023, there were
New Accounting Pronouncements
In December 2023, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”) 2023-09, “Income Taxes (Topic 740): Improvements to Income Tax Disclosures”, which requires greater disaggregation of income tax disclosures related to the income tax rate reconciliation and income taxes paid and effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2024. Early adoption is permitted for annual financial statements that have not yet been issued. The amendments should be applied on a prospective basis although retrospective application is permitted. The Company is currently evaluating the effects of this pronouncement on its financial statements and disclosures.
In November 2023, the FASB issued ASU 2023-07, “Segment Reporting (Topic 280): Improvements to Reportable Segment Disclosures,” which improves reportable segment disclosure requirements, primarily through enhanced disclosures about significant segment expenses. The guidance in this update is effective for all public entities for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2023, with early adoption permitted. The Company is currently evaluating the effects of this pronouncement on its financial statements and disclosures.
3. Disaggregated Revenue
Year
Ended | October 17, 2022 through June 30, 2023 (Successor) | July 1, 2022 through October 16, 2022 (Predecessor) | ||||||||||
| Janitorial & Sanitation | $ | $ | $ | |||||||||
| Ice System | ||||||||||||
| Commercial and Residential Laundry | ||||||||||||
| Sanitizing & Disinfecting Tablets | ||||||||||||
| Other | ||||||||||||
| Total revenue | $ | $ | $ | |||||||||
The “Other” category of revenue consists primarily of sales of parts, accessories, shipping and handling, and equipment rental income.
4. Accounts Receivable, net
| June 30, 2024 | June 30, 2023 | |||||||
| Trade accounts receivable | $ | $ | ||||||
| Allowance for doubtful accounts | ( | ) | ( | ) | ||||
| Total accounts receivable, net | $ | $ | ||||||
F-12
CLEANCORE SOLUTIONS, INC.
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
JUNE 30, 2024 AND 2023
5. Business Combinations
On
October 17, 2022, the Company acquired substantially all of the assets of the Predecessor and accounted for this transaction as a business
combination under ASC 805 as it falls under the definition. The purpose of the transaction was to acquire and further develop and manufacture
patented cleaning products. Total consideration for the acquisition consisted of a $
| Consideration | ||||
| Total payments at closing | $ | |||
| Note payable to seller at fair value | ||||
| Contingent consideration at fair value | ||||
| Fair value of total consideration | $ | |||
| Recognized amounts of identifiable assets acquired and liabilities assumed | ||||
| Accounts receivable | $ | |||
| Inventory | ||||
| Prepaids assets | ||||
| Existing technology | ||||
| Customer relationships | ||||
| Tradenames/trademarks | ||||
| Accounts payable and current liabilities | ( | ) | ||
| Total identifiable net assets | $ | |||
| Goodwill | ||||
| $ | ||||
The acquired technology consisted of patented nanobubble technology that produces an aqueous ozone solution that requires no additives, filters, or advanced chemicals. The pure aqueous ozone product is a natural cleaner, sanitizer, and deodorizer produced through the infusion of ozone into water using electricity. The technology was valued using the multi-period excess earnings method. Under this method, the fair value of the asset reflects the present value of the projected stream of net cash flows that will be generated by the asset over the projection period. Key inputs and assumptions in determining the fair value include projected cash flows and the discount rate used to calculate the present value of such cash flows. The developed technology will be amortized over a useful life of 15 years. Customer relationships relate to contracts with distributors that were acquired while the trademarks refer to the predecessor’s trademarks that continue to be used. The trademarks are deemed to have an indefinite life.
The
goodwill of $
The
Company incurred $
6. Fair Value Measurements
ASC Topic 820, Fair Value Measurement, establishes a fair value hierarchy for instruments measured at fair value that distinguishes between assumptions based on market data (observable inputs) and the Company’s own assumptions (unobservable inputs). Observable inputs are inputs that market participants would use in pricing an asset or liability based on market data obtained from sources independent of the Company. Unobservable inputs are inputs that reflect the Company’s assumptions about the inputs that market participants would use in pricing the asset or liability and are developed based on the best information available in the circumstances.
F-13
CLEANCORE SOLUTIONS, INC.
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
JUNE 30, 2024 AND 2023
ASC 820 identifies fair value as the exit price, representing the amount that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants. As a basis for considering market participant assumptions in fair value measurements, ASC 820 establishes a three-tier fair value hierarchy that distinguishes between the following:
| Level 1 | – | Observable inputs such as quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities. | |
| Level 2 | – | Inputs, other than quoted prices in active markets, that are observable for the asset or liability, either directly or indirectly. | |
| Level 3 | – | Unobservable inputs in which there is little or no market data, which requires the Company to develop its own assumptions. |
Assets and liabilities measured at fair value are classified in their entirety based on the lowest level of input that is significant to the fair value measurement. The Company’s assessment of the significance of a particular input to the fair value measurement in its entirety requires management to make judgments and consider factors specific to the asset or liability. The Company’s financial assets are subject to fair value measurements on a recurring basis. The Company’s remaining carrying amounts reported in the combined balance sheets of these financial assets are a reasonable estimate of fair value due to their short-term nature.
7. Inventory
| June 30, 2024 | June 30, 2023 | |||||||
| Parts | $ | $ | ||||||
| Finished goods | ||||||||
| Inventory reserve | ( | ) | ( | ) | ||||
| Total inventory, net | $ | $ | ||||||
The
Company values inventory at the balance sheet date using the weighted average method. The Company recorded an inventory reserve of $
8. Property and Equipment, Net
| June 30, 2024 | June 30, 2023 | |||||||
| Equipment | $ | $ | ||||||
| Vehicles | ||||||||
| Furniture and fixtures | ||||||||
| Leasehold improvements | ||||||||
| Total | ||||||||
| Less: accumulated depreciation | ( | ) | ( | ) | ||||
| Total property and equipment, net | $ | $ | ||||||
Depreciation
expense related to property and equipment was $
F-14
CLEANCORE SOLUTIONS, INC.
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
JUNE 30, 2024 AND 2023
9. Intangible Assets
| June 30, 2024 | June 30, 2023 | |||||||
| Technology | $ | $ | ||||||
| Customer relationships | ||||||||
| Trademarks | ||||||||
| Total | ||||||||
| Less: accumulated amortization | ( | ) | ( | ) | ||||
| Total intangible assets, net | $ | $ | ||||||
The Company holds 14 patents, which are included in technology. These patents cover the functions of the Company’s products that allow its machines to produce the ozone in the form of nanobubbles.
Amortization
expense related to intangibles was $
10. Accounts Payable and Accrued Expenses
| June 30, 2024 | June 30, 2023 | |||||||
| Accounts payable | $ | $ | ||||||
| Accrued interest | ||||||||
| Accrued payroll and related expenses | ||||||||
| Accrued pending litigation (Note 17) | ||||||||
| Warranty reserve | ||||||||
| Accrued severance | ||||||||
| Other accrued expenses | ||||||||
| Total accounts payable and other accrued expenses | $ | $ | ||||||
11. Debt
Burlington Promissory Note
In
connection with the acquisition of the Predecessor on October 17, 2022, the Company issued a promissory note in the principal amount
of $
On
May 31, 2024, Burlington and Walker Water LLC (“WW”) entered into an allonge, assignment and agreement (the “Assignment
Agreement”), pursuant to which Burlington agreed to transfer $
F-15
CLEANCORE SOLUTIONS, INC.
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
JUNE 30, 2024 AND 2023
Pursuant
to the Assignment Agreement, the Company also issued a promissory note to WW in the principal amount of $
Convertible Promissory Notes
On
January 30, 2024, the Company issued three
Line of Credit
On
June 28, 2024, the Company entered into a loan agreement with Arbor Bank for a revolving line of credit in the amount of $
12. Related Party Transactions
| June 30, 2024 | June 30, 2023 | |||||||
| Due to founder – credit card | $ | $ | ||||||
| Due to founders | ||||||||
| Total due to related parties | $ | $ | ||||||
At
June 30, 2024, the Company had a short term amount due to Clayton Adams, its Chief Executive Officer and founder, in the amount of $
On
October 4, 2022, the Company issued a promissory note to each of Matthew Atkinson, the Company’s Chief Executive Officer at such
time, and Clayton Adams, the Company’s President at such time, in the principal amount of $
On
October 17, 2022, the Company entered into a consulting agreement with Birddog Capital, LLC (“Birddog”), a limited liability
company owned by Clayton Adams, a significant security holder at such time and the Company’s current Chief Executive Officer, pursuant
to which the Company engaged Birddog to provide management services to the Company. Pursuant to the consulting agreement, the Company
agreed to pay Birddog a monthly fee of $
On
October 17, 2022, the Company entered into a consulting agreement with Elev8, a business consulting company owned by Matthew Atkinson,
the Company’s President and a significant security holder at such time, pursuant to which the Company engaged Elev8 to provide
management services to the Company. Pursuant to the consulting agreement, the Company agreed to pay Elev8 a monthly fee of $
F-16
CLEANCORE SOLUTIONS, INC.
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
JUNE 30, 2024 AND 2023
On
July 27, 2023, the Company agreed to purchase approximately $
On
March 26, 2024, the Company entered into a loan agreement with Clayton Adams, a significant stockholder, pursuant to which the Company
issued a revolving credit note to Mr. Adams in the principal amount of up to $
13. Stockholders’ Equity
The
Company’s authorized capital stock as of June 30, 2024 consists of
Series Seed Preferred Stock
Below is a summary of the terms of the series seed preferred stock.
Ranking. The series seed preferred stock ranks, as to the payment of dividends and the distribution of assets upon liquidation, dissolution or winding up, senior to the common stock.
Liquidation
Rights. In the event of any voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Company or any deemed liquidation
event (as defined in the certificate of designation), before any payment shall be made to the holders of common stock by reason of their
ownership thereof, the holders of shares of series seed preferred stock shall be entitled to be paid out of the funds and assets available
for distribution to its stockholders, an amount per share equal to the greater of (a) $
Dividends. All dividends shall be declared pro rata on the common stock and series seed preferred stock on a pari passu basis according to the number of shares of common stock held by such holders. For this purpose, each holder of shares of series seed preferred stock is to be treated as holding the greatest whole number of shares of common stock then issuable upon conversion of all shares of series seed preferred stock held by such holder.
Voting
Rights. The holders of series seed preferred stock shall have the right to
F-17
CLEANCORE SOLUTIONS, INC.
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
JUNE 30, 2024 AND 2023
Conversion
Rights. Each share of series seed preferred stock shall be convertible at the option of the holder thereof into such number of
shares of class A common stock as is determined by dividing $
For the Year Ended June 30, 2023
In
September 2022, the Company issued an aggregate of
As
of June 30, 2023,
For the Year Ended June 30, 2024
During
the year ended June 30, 2024, a total of
As of June 30, 2024, no shares of series seed preferred stock were issued and outstanding.
Common Stock
The Company has two classes of authorized common stock — class A common stock and class B common stock. The rights of the holders of the class A common stock and class B common stock are identical, except with respect to voting and conversion. Each share of class A common stock is entitled to ten votes per share and is convertible into one share of class B common stock. Each share of class B common stock is entitled to one vote per share. As of June 30, 2024, all of the outstanding class A common stock was held by one of the Company’s founders, which is also the current Chief Executive Officer.
For the Year Ended June 30, 2023
On
August 26, 2022, the Company issued an aggregate of
As
of June 30, 2023, there were
F-18
CLEANCORE SOLUTIONS, INC.
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
JUNE 30, 2024 AND 2023
For the Year Ended June 30, 2024
In
July 2023, the Company issued
As
of June 30, 2024, there were
2022 Equity Incentive Plan
On
September 16, 2022, the Company’s board of directors adopted the Company’s 2022 Equity Incentive Plan (as amended, the “2022
Plan”), which was adopted by stockholders on November 18, 2022, which reserved a total of
Incentive awards authorized under the 2022 Plan include, but are not limited to, nonqualified stock options, incentive stock options, restricted stock awards, restricted stock units, performance grants intended to comply with Section 162(m) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”), and stock appreciation rights. If an incentive award granted under the 2022 Plan expires, terminates, is unexercised or forfeited, the surrendered shares will become available for future awards under the 2022 Plan.
The Company’s employees and advisors were granted awards under the 2022 Plan. Therefore, an allocation of the share-based compensation was made to the Company.
Stock Options
During the year ended June 30, 2023, the Company had issued options to purchase an aggregate of
During
the year ended June 30, 2024, the Company issued additional options to purchase
All
of the class A options and
F-19
CLEANCORE SOLUTIONS, INC.
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
JUNE 30, 2024 AND 2023
Warrants
On
October 14, 2022 and November 29, 2022, the Company issued warrants for the purchase of
On
October 17, 2022, the Company issued a warrant for the purchase of
On
April 30, 2024, the Company issued a warrant for the purchase of
Restricted Stock Awards
On
April 30, 2024, the Company granted a restricted stock award under the 2022 Plan for
On
April 30, 2024, the Company granted a restricted stock unit award under the 2022 Plan for
On
June 12, 2024, the Company granted a restricted stock unit award under the 2022 Plan for
| Performance- Based Restricted Shares | Service-Based Restricted Shares | Weighted Average Grant Date Fair Value | ||||||||||
| Beginning balance | $ | |||||||||||
| Granted | ||||||||||||
| Forfeited | ||||||||||||
| Vested | ||||||||||||
| Outstanding, unvested grants at June 30, 2023 | ||||||||||||
| Granted | ||||||||||||
| Granted | ||||||||||||
| Forfeited | ( | ) | ||||||||||
| Vested | ( | ) | ||||||||||
| Outstanding, unvested grants at June 30, 2024 | $ | |||||||||||
Stock-based Compensation
Stock options and warrants are granted at the fair market value of the underlying common stock on the date of grant. The Company recognizes compensation expense for these awards using the straight-line recognition method over the vesting period.
F-20
CLEANCORE SOLUTIONS, INC.
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
JUNE 30, 2024 AND 2023
| June 30, 2024 | June 30, 2023 | |||||||
| Risk-free interest rate | % | % | ||||||
| Dividend yield | % | % | ||||||
| Expected volatility | % | % | ||||||
| Expected life of awards | ||||||||
| Fair value of awards granted during the year | $ | $ | ||||||
The
risk-free interest rate is based on U.S. government issues with a remaining term equal to the expected life of the awards. The determination
of expected volatility is based on historical volatility of an appropriate industry sector index. The weighted average expected term
was estimated for options using the average of the vesting term and contractual term of the awards.
| Warrants | Stock Options | Weighted Average Remaining Life (years) | Weighted Average Exercise Price | |||||||||||||
| Beginning balance | $ | |||||||||||||||
| Granted | - | |||||||||||||||
| Granted | - | |||||||||||||||
| Cancelled | ||||||||||||||||
| Forfeited | ||||||||||||||||
| Exercised | ( | ) | ||||||||||||||
| Outstanding, June 30, 2023 ( | $ | |||||||||||||||
| Granted | - | |||||||||||||||
| Granted | ||||||||||||||||
| Cancelled | ( | ) | ||||||||||||||
| Forfeited | ||||||||||||||||
| Exercised | ||||||||||||||||
| Outstanding, June 30, 2024 ( | $ | |||||||||||||||
The aggregate intrinsic value of the 2,738,472 shares exercisable at June 30, 2024 was $3,668,019. The intrinsic value and total cash received of awards exercised for the period ending June 30, 2023 was $855,556 and $500,000, respectively. No cash awards were exercised during the year ended June 30, 2024.
Total stock compensation expense for the year ended June 30, 2024 was $
14. Net Loss Per Share
| Year Ended June 30, 2024 | ||||||||
| Class A | Class B | |||||||
| Basic and diluted net loss per share: | ||||||||
| Numerator | ||||||||
| Allocation of undistributed loss | $ | ( | ) | $ | ( | ) | ||
| Denominator | ||||||||
| Weighted average number of shares used in per share computation | ||||||||
| $ | ( | ) | $ | ( | ) | |||
F-21
CLEANCORE SOLUTIONS, INC.
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
JUNE 30, 2024 AND 2023
| Period Ended June 30, 2023 (Successor) | ||||||||
| Class A | Class B | |||||||
| Basic and diluted net loss per share: | ||||||||
| Numerator | ||||||||
| Allocation of undistributed loss | $ | ( | ) | $ | ( | ) | ||
| Denominator | ||||||||
| Weighted average number of shares used in per share computation | ||||||||
| $ | ( | ) | $ | ( | ) | |||
15. Income Taxes
The Company files income tax returns in the U.S. federal and applicable state jurisdictions.
Management is required to analyze all open tax years, as defined by the statute of limitations, for all major jurisdictions, which includes federal and certain states. The fiscal year ended June 30, 2023 was the entity’s initial year of existence, and is not subject to federal or state tax examinations prior to this period.
| Years Ended | ||||||||
| 6/30/2024 | 6/30/2023 | |||||||
| Current Tax Expense (Benefit) | ||||||||
| Federal | ||||||||
| State | ||||||||
| Current Tax Expense (Benefit) | $ | $ | ||||||
| Deferred Tax Expense (Benefit) | ||||||||
| Federal | ||||||||
| State | ||||||||
| Deferred Tax Expense (Benefit) | ||||||||
| Total Income Tax Expense (Benefit) | $ | $ | ||||||
| Pre-Tax Book Income | $ | ( | ) |
| Years Ended | ||||||||||||||||
| 6/30/2024 | 6/30/2023 | |||||||||||||||
| Amount | Percent | Amount | Percent | |||||||||||||
| Rate Reconciliation | ||||||||||||||||
| Federal tax (benefit) at a statutory rate | $ | ( | ) | % | $ | ( | ) | % | ||||||||
| State tax expense (benefit) | ( | ) | % | ( | ) | % | ||||||||||
| Other Permanent Differences | ( | )% | ( | )% | ||||||||||||
| Increase (Decrease) in valuation allowance related to current period P&L activity | ( | )% | ( | )% | ||||||||||||
| Total tax expense | $ | % | $ | % | ||||||||||||
F-22
CLEANCORE SOLUTIONS, INC.
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
JUNE 30, 2024 AND 2023
| Years Ended | ||||||||
| 6/30/2024 | 6/30/2023 | |||||||
| Deferred Tax Assets | ||||||||
| Accrued Expenses | $ | $ | ||||||
| Equity Compensation | ||||||||
| Lease Liabilities | ||||||||
| NOL Carryforwards | ||||||||
| Valuation Allowance | ( | ) | ( | ) | ||||
| Total Deferred Tax Assets | $ | $ | ||||||
| Deferred Tax Liabilities | ||||||||
| Property and equipment | $ | $ | ( | ) | ||||
| Intangible Assets | ( | ) | ( | ) | ||||
| Prepaid Expenses | ( | ) | ( | ) | ||||
| ASC 842 Right of Use Asset | ( | ) | ( | ) | ||||
| Valuation Allowance | ||||||||
| Total Deferred Tax Liabilities | $ | ( | ) | $ | ( | ) | ||
| Net Deferred Tax Asset (Liability) | $ | $ | ||||||
In assessing the realizability of deferred tax assets, management considers whether it is more-likely-than-not that some portion of the deferred tax asset will not be realized. The ultimate realization of deferred tax assets is dependent upon the generation of future taxable income during the periods in which those temporary differences become deductible.
| Years Ended | ||||||||
| 6/30/2024 | 6/30/2023 | |||||||
| Other Items – All Gross | ||||||||
| Federal NOL Carryovers | $ | $ | ||||||
| State NOL Carryovers | $ | $ | ||||||
At
June 30, 2024 and 2023, the Company had net operating loss carryforwards for Federal income tax purposes of $
16. Commitments and Contingencies
Legal Proceedings
From
time to time, the Company may become involved in various lawsuits and legal proceedings which arise in the ordinary course of business.
However, litigation is subject to inherent uncertainties and an adverse result in these or other matters may arise from time to time
that may harm our business. The Company is aware of one legal claim and has accrued approximately $
Retirement Plans
The Successor does not maintain a defined contribution plan or any other type of retirement plan for its employees.
F-23
CLEANCORE SOLUTIONS, INC.
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
JUNE 30, 2024 AND 2023
For
the period of July 1, 2022 through October 16, 2022, the Predecessor maintained a defined contribution 401(k) plan available to eligible
employees. Employee contributions are voluntary and are determined on an individual basis, limited to the maximum amount allowable under
federal tax regulations. Matching contributions to the 401(k) plan are made for certain eligible employees to meet the non- discrimination
provisions of the plan. During this period, the Predecessor made a contribution of $
Leases
The
Company has a non-cancellable operating lease commitment for its office facility expiring in 2028. Rent expense totaled $
| June 30, 2024 | June 30, 2023 | |||||||
| Operating lease cost | $ | $ | ||||||
| Remaining lease term | ||||||||
| Discount rate | % | % | ||||||
The discount rate was determined using the Company’s external debt and was adjusted for collateralization, term and lease amount.
Year Ended June 30, | ||||
| 2025 | $ | |||
| 2026 | ||||
| 2027 | ||||
| 2028 | ||||
| 2029 | ||||
| Total undiscounted cash flows | ||||
| Less amount representing interest | ( | ) | ||
| Present value of lease liabilities | ||||
| Less current portion | ( | ) | ||
| Noncurrent lease liabilities | $ | |||
17. Subsequent Events
The Company has evaluated events subsequent to June 30, 2024, to assess the need for potential recognition or disclosure. Such events were evaluated through September 20, 2024, the date the financial statements were available to be issued. The following were noted:
Lawsuit
On
August 20, 2024, the Company’s former Chief Executive Officer, Matthew Atkinson, filed a lawsuit against the Company in the State
of Nebraska claiming compensation, unreimbursed expenses and accrued and unpaid vacation owed to him prior to his resignation in February
2024. The Company has accrued approximately $
Product Development Proposal
On August 20, 2024, the Company entered into a product development proposal with E-Business International Incorporation, pursuant to which Business International Incorporation, an engineering company, will look for more efficient ways to assemble some of the Company’s units, and will then take over assembly of certain products using overseas facilities.
Distributor Agreement
On
September 10, 2024, the Company entered into a sole distributorship agreement with Consensus B.V., pursuant to which Consensus B.V. will
act as sole distributor of the Company’s products in the European Union, United Kingdom, Bahrain, Kuwait, Oman, Qatar, Saudi Arabia
and United Arab Emirates. The agreement is for a term of
F-24
SIGNATURES
Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.
|
Date: September 20, 2024 |
CLEANCORE SOLUTIONS, INC. | |
| /s/ Clayton Adams | ||
| Name: | Clayton Adams | |
| Title: | Chief Executive Officer | |
| (Principal Executive Officer) | ||
| /s/ David Enholm | ||
| Name: | David Enholm | |
| Title: | Chief Financial Officer | |
| (Principal Financial and Accounting Officer) | ||
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated.
|
SIGNATURE |
TITLE | DATE | ||
| /s/ Clayton Adams | Chairman and Chief Executive Officer (principal executive officer) | September 20, 2024 | ||
| Clayton Adams | ||||
| /s/ David Enholm | Chief Financial Officer (principal financial and accounting officer) | September 20, 2024 | ||
| David Enholm | ||||
| /s/ Brent Cox | Director | September 20, 2024 | ||
| Brent Cox | ||||
| /s/ James M. Grisham | Director | September 20, 2024 | ||
| James M. Grisham | ||||
| /s/ Larry Goldman | Director | September 20, 2024 | ||
| Larry Goldman |
50
Exhibit 4.1
DESCRIPTION OF SECURITIES
General
The following description summarizes important terms of the classes of our capital stock as of June 30, 2024. This summary does not purport to be complete and is qualified in its entirety by the provisions of our articles of incorporation and our bylaws, which have been filed as exhibits to this report.
Our authorized capital stock consists of 350,000,000 shares, consisting of (i) 300,000,000 shares of common stock, par value $0.0001 per share, of which 50,000,000 shares are designated class A common stock and 250,000,000 shares are designated as class B common stock; and (ii) 50,000,000 shares of “blank check” preferred stock, par value $0.0001 per share.
As of June 30, 2024, there were issued and outstanding 270,000 shares of class A common and 7,960,919 shares of class B common stock.
Common Stock
The holders of class A common stock are entitled to ten (10) votes for each share of class A common stock held of record and the holders of class B common stock are entitled to one (1) vote for each share of class B common stock held of record on all matters submitted to a vote of the stockholders. A share of class A common stock may be voluntarily converted into a share of class B common stock. A transfer of a share of class A common stock will result in its automatic conversion into a share of class B common stock upon such transfer, subject to certain exceptions for (i) transfers to immediate family members, or to trusts for the exclusive benefit of immediate family members, for no consideration, including by will or laws of succession, (ii) a transfer to another holder of class A common stock, or (iii) transfers approved by a majority of disinterest directors. The class B common stock is not convertible. Other than as to voting and conversion rights, our class A common stock and class B common stock have the same rights and preferences and rank equally, share ratably and are identical in all respects as to all matters.
Under our articles of incorporation and bylaws, any corporate action to be taken by vote of stockholders other than for election of directors shall be authorized by the affirmative vote of the majority of votes cast. Directors are elected by a plurality of votes. Stockholders do not have cumulative voting rights.
Subject to preferences that may be applicable to any then-outstanding preferred stock, holders of common stock are entitled to receive ratably those dividends, if any, as may be declared from time to time by the board of directors out of legally available funds. In the event of our liquidation, dissolution or winding up, holders of common stock will be entitled to share ratably in the net assets legally available for distribution to stockholders after the payment of all of our debts and other liabilities and the satisfaction of any liquidation preference granted to the holders of any then-outstanding shares of preferred stock.
Holders of common stock have no preemptive, conversion or subscription rights and there are no redemption or sinking fund provisions applicable to the common stock. The rights, preferences and privileges of the holders of common stock are subject to, and may be adversely affected by, the rights of the holders of shares of any series of preferred stock.
Preferred Stock
Our articles of incorporation authorize our board to issue up to 50,000,000 shares of preferred stock in one or more series, to determine the designations and the powers, preferences and rights and the qualifications, limitations and restrictions thereof, including the dividend rights, conversion or exchange rights, voting rights (including the number of votes per share), redemption rights and terms, liquidation preferences, sinking fund provisions and the number of shares constituting the series. Our board of directors could, without stockholder approval, issue preferred stock with voting and other rights that could adversely affect the voting power and other rights of the holders of common stock and which could have the effect of making it more difficult for a third party to acquire, or of discouraging a third party from attempting to acquire, a majority of our outstanding voting stock.
Stock Options
As of June 30, 2024, we have issued options to purchase an aggregate of 2,000,000 shares of class A common stock at an exercise price of $0.25 per share and options to purchase 1,295,000 shares of class B common stock at a weighted average exercise price of $2.93 per share.
Warrants
As of June 30, 2024, we have issued a warrant for the purchase of 87,500 shares of class B common stock at an exercise price of $5.00 (subject to adjustments). The warrant is exercisable at any time and from time to time, in whole or in part, during the period commencing on April 30, 2024 and ending on April 25, 2029 and may be exercised on a cashless basis under certain circumstances.
Anti-Takeover Provisions
Provisions of the Nevada Revised Statutes, our articles of incorporation and our bylaws could have the effect of delaying or preventing a third-party from acquiring us, even if the acquisition would benefit our stockholders. Such provisions of the Nevada Revised Statutes, our articles of incorporation and our bylaws are intended to enhance the likelihood of continuity and stability in the composition of our board of directors and in the policies formulated by the board of directors and to discourage certain types of transactions that may involve an actual or threatened change of control of our company. These provisions are designed to reduce our vulnerability to an unsolicited proposal for a takeover that does not contemplate the acquisition of all of our outstanding shares, or an unsolicited proposal for the restructuring or sale of all or part of our company.
Dual Class Structure
Under our articles of incorporation, we are authorized to issue two classes of common stock – class A common stock and class B common stock. The class A common stock is entitled to ten votes per share and the class B common stock is entitled to one vote per share on any proposals requiring or requesting stockholder approval.
Authorized but Unissued Shares
Our authorized but unissued shares of common stock are available for our board of directors to issue without stockholder approval, subject to NYSE American’s rules. We may use these additional shares for a variety of corporate purposes, including raising additional capital, corporate acquisitions and employee stock plans. The existence of our authorized but unissued shares of common stock could render it more difficult or discourage an attempt to obtain control of our company by means of a proxy context, tender offer, merger or other transaction since our board of directors can issue large amounts of capital stock as part of a defense to a take-over challenge. In addition, we have authorized in our articles of incorporation 50,000,000 shares of preferred stock. Our board acting alone and without approval of our stockholders, subject to NYSE American’s rules, can designate and issue one or more series of preferred stock containing super-voting provisions, enhanced economic rights, rights to elect directors, or other dilutive features, that could be utilized as part of a defense to a take-over challenge.
Bylaws
In addition, various provisions of our bylaws may also have an anti-takeover effect. These provisions may delay, defer or prevent a tender offer or takeover attempt of our company that a stockholder might consider in his or her best interest, including attempts that might result in a premium over the market price for the shares held by our stockholders. Our bylaws may be adopted, amended or repealed only by our board of directors. Our bylaws also contain limitations as to who may call special meetings as well as require advance notice of stockholder matters to be brought at a meeting. Additionally, our bylaws also provide that no director may be removed by less than a two-thirds vote of the issued and outstanding shares entitled to vote on the removal. Our bylaws also permit the board of directors to establish the number of directors and fill any vacancies and newly created directorships. These provisions will prevent a stockholder from increasing the size of our board of directors and gaining control of our board of directors by filling the resulting vacancies with its own nominees.
2
Our bylaws also establish an advance notice procedure for stockholder proposals to be brought before an annual meeting of our stockholders, including proposed nominations of persons for election to the board of directors. Stockholders at an annual meeting will only be able to consider proposals or nominations specified in the notice of meeting or brought before the meeting by or at the direction of the board of directors or by a stockholder who was a stockholder of record on the record date for the meeting, who is entitled to vote at the meeting and who has given us timely written notice, in proper form, of the stockholder’s intention to bring that business before the meeting. Although our bylaws do not give the board of directors the power to approve or disapprove stockholder nominations of candidates or proposals regarding other business to be conducted at a special or annual meeting, our bylaws may have the effect of precluding the conduct of certain business at a meeting if the proper procedures are not followed or may discourage or deter a potential acquirer from conducting a solicitation of proxies to elect its own slate of directors or otherwise attempting to obtain control of our company.
Cumulative Voting
Furthermore, neither the holders of our common stock nor the holders of our preferred stock have cumulative voting rights in the election of our directors. The combination of the present ownership by a few stockholders of a significant portion of our issued and outstanding common stock and lack of cumulative voting makes it more difficult for other stockholders to replace our board of directors or for a third party to obtain control of our company by replacing its board of directors.
Nevada Anti-Takeover Statutes
Pursuant to our articles of incorporation, we have elected not to be governed by the terms and provisions of Nevada’s control share acquisition laws (Nevada Revised Statutes 78.378 – 78.3793), which prohibit an acquirer, under certain circumstances, from voting shares of a corporation’s stock after crossing specific threshold ownership percentages, unless the acquirer obtains the approval of the issuing corporation’s stockholders. The first such threshold is the acquisition of at least one-fifth but less than one-third of the outstanding voting power.
Pursuant to our articles of incorporation, we have also elected not to be governed by the terms and provisions of Nevada’s combination with interested stockholders statute (Nevada Revised Statutes 78.411 – 78.444) which prohibits an “interested stockholder” from entering into a “combination” with the corporation, unless certain conditions are met. An “interested stockholder” is a person who, together with affiliates and associates, beneficially owns (or within the prior two years, did beneficially own) 10% or more of the corporation’s voting stock, or otherwise has the ability to influence or control such corporation’s management or policies.
Transfer Agent and Registrar
The transfer agent for our class B common stock is Securities Transfer Corporation. The address for Securities Transfer Corporation is 2901 N Dallas Parkway, Suite 380, Plano, Texas 75093, and the telephone number is (469) 633-0101.
3
Exhibit 10.1
ICC MODEL CONTRACT | DISTRIBUTORSHIP
Model Form of International
Sole5 Distributorship Contract
ICC Distributorship Contract (Sole Importer-Distributor)
| Between | CleanCore
Solutions, Inc whose
registered office is at |
| and | Consensus
B.V. whose
registered office is at |
| IT IS AGREED AS FOLLOWS:13 |
| Article 1 | TERRITORY AND PRODUCTS |
| 1.1 | The Supplier grants and the Distributor accepts the exclusive right to market the products listed in Annex I, § 1 (hereinafter called “the Products”) in the territory defined in Annex I, § 2 (hereinafter called “the Territory”) to the customers (hereinafter called “Contractual Customers”), as defined in Annex I, § 3. Contractual Customers are all customers, except the Excluded Customers (if any) listed in Annex I, § 3. |
| 1.2 | If the Supplier decides to market any other products in the Territory, it shall so inform the Distributor in order to discuss the possibility of including such other products within the Products defined under Article 1.1. However, the above obligation to inform the Distributor does not apply if, in consideration of the characteristics of the new products and the specialization of the Distributor, it is not to be expected that such products may be marketed by the Distributor (e.g. products of a completely different range). |
| Article 2 | GOOD FAITH AND FAIR DEALING |
| 2.1 | In carrying out their obligations under this Contract the parties will act in accordance with good faith and fair dealing. |
| 2.2 | The provisions of this Contract, as well as any statements made by the parties in connection with this distributorship relationship, shall be interpreted in good faith. |
| Article 3 | DISTRIBUTOR’S FUNCTIONS |
| 3.1 | The Distributor sells in its own name and for its own account, the Products supplied by the Supplier. Distributor receives the first stock of the Products from Supplier on consignment. Supplier shall pay the succeeding deliveries within 45 days after receipt. An extra test stock can be arranged and delivered on consignment by mutual agreement. |
| 3.2 | The Distributor agrees to efficiently promote the sale of the Products in the Territory in accordance with the Supplier’s policy and shall protect the Supplier’s interests with the diligence of a responsible businessperson. |
| 3.3 | The Distributor has no authority to act in the name or on behalf of the Supplier or in any way to bind the Supplier towards third parties, unless previously and specifically authorized in writing to do so by the Supplier. |
| 13 | Parties may wish to include certain introductory paragraphs describing the history of their relationship, for example to state that the contract continues a prior relationship. |
1 | INTERNATIONAL CHAMBER OF COMMERCE (ICC)
MODEL FORM OF INTERNATIONAL SOLE DISTRIBUTORSHIP CONTRACT
| 3.4 | The Distributor may, in exceptional cases in which it is not in a position to buy and resell, propose such business to the Supplier for a direct sale to the customer. For such activity as intermediary the Distributor will receive a commission as set out in Annex II, § 1 (if completed) or otherwise to be agreed upon case by case, to be calculated and paid according to Annex II, § 3. It is expressly agreed that such activity as intermediary, to the extent it remains of an accessory character, does not modify the legal status of the Distributor as a trader acting in its own name and for its own account. |
| Article 4 | UNDERTAKING NOT TO COMPETE |
| 4.1 | Distributor is granted non-exclusive right to market, sell and support business opportunities outside of the “exclusive territory” in a manner consistent with good-faith communication and verbal or written approval from Supplier. Supplier acknowledges that Distributor sells, markets, develops and manufactures ozone technology based products on a global scale. Supplier agrees not to compete nor copy products developed and or sold by Distributor. Distributor agrees not to compete nor copy existing products of Supplier. Distributor may or may not have future product engineering, R & D, manufacturing, and sales of additional ozone and sustainability technologies. If the Distributor business model changes and Distributor begins developing new solutions, Parties are responsible to keep informed and provide transparency to Parties of developments as part of this “good-faith”contractual agreement. |
| 4.2 | The Distributor is entitled to represent, manufacture, market or sell any products which are not competitive15 with the Products, provided he informs the Supplier in advance of such activity and provided the exercise of such activity does not prejudice the fulfilment of its obligations under this contract. |
| 4.3 | The Distributor declares that it represents (and/or manufactures, markets or sells, directly or indirectly) on the date on which this contract is signed the products listed in Annex III. |
| Article 5 | SALES ORGANIZATION |
| The Distributor shall set up and maintain an adequate organization for sales and, where appropriate, after-sales service, with all means and personnel as are reasonably necessary in order to ensure the fulfilment of its obligations under this Contract for all Products and throughout the Territory.16 |
| Article 6 | MARKETING STRATEGIES — ADVERTISING AND FAIRS |
| 6.1 | The parties shall discuss in advance the marketing programme for each year. All advertising materials, including digital, must be approved by the Supplier in advance. The costs of agreed advertising and other marketing activities shall be shared between the parties in accordance with Annex IV, § 1 (if completed); otherwise each party will bear the marketing expenses it has incurred. Each year Supplier pays the distributor a contribution in the costs for Advertising & Promotion of 5 % paid annually based off of gross sales. |
| 6.2 | The Supplier shall provide Distributor, at Supplier’s discretion, with brochures, leaflets, technical and commercial information on the Products, as a support for its marketing activity. Parties shall agree on sharing possible costs of translation and adaptation of such materials. All promotional materials delivered shall remain the exclusive property of Supplier, undertaking Distributor to return them to Supplier upon contract termination. |
| 6.3 | The parties shall agree on their participation in fairs, exhibitions, and other promotional activities within the Territory. The costs of the Distributor’s participation in such fairs, exhibitions and other promotional activities shall be apportioned between the parties as indicated in Annex IV, § 2. |
| 6.4 | The parties may agree on a detailed marketing strategy on the basis of the indications contained in Annex V.17 |
| 14 | The distributor is therefore free to market competing products in other territories. In special situations (e.g., where a relationship between the distributor and a particular competitor of the supplier would substantially impair the confidence between the parties or negatively affect the protection of confidential information), the parties may agree to extend the non-competition obligation beyond the contractual territory. |
| 15 | In certain cases the parties may wish to extend the non-competition obligation to the sale of non-competing products supplied by a manufacturer who is a competitor of the supplier. Such prohibition may be justified in cases where a relationship with a competitor of the supplier may impair the confidence between the parties and/or conflict with the need to protect confidential information. |
| 16 | The parties may specify in more detail the obligations to be performed: e.g., the nature of the sales premises, qualifications of tech- nical staff, number of sub-distributors, etc. (see also Article 15.2, below). They may also, if appropriate, cover this subject matter in a separate contract. |
| 17 | The parties may agree on certain marketing rules such as the Consolidated ICC Code of Advertising and Marketing Communication Practice published on 01/08/2011, available at http://www.iccwbo.org/advocacy-codes-and-rules/document-centre/2011/advertis- ing-and-marketing-communication-practice-(consolidated-icc-code)/ |
2 | INTERNATIONAL CHAMBER OF COMMERCE (ICC)
ICC MODEL CONTRACT | DISTRIBUTORSHIP
| Article 7 | CONDITIONS OF SUPPLY — PRICES |
| 7.1 | The Supplier shall supply all Products ordered, subject to their availability, and provided payment of the Products is adequately warranted. The Supplier may not unreasonably reject orders received from the Distributor; in particular, a repeated refusal of orders contrary to good faith (e.g. if made for the purpose of hindering the Distributor’s activity) shall be considered as a breach of contract by the Supplier. |
| The Supplier agrees to make its best efforts to fulfil the orders it has accepted.18 |
| 7.2 | The prices payable by the Distributor shall be those set forth in the Supplier’s price list in force at the time the order is received by the Supplier with the discount, delivery conditions and lead time indicated in Annex VI, § 2.20 Unless otherwise agreed, such prices are subject to change at any time, subject to six month’s notice.21 |
| 7.3 | The Distributor agrees to comply, with the utmost care, with the terms of payment agreed upon between the parties.22 |
| 7.4 | It is agreed that the Products delivered remain the Supplier’s property until the Supplier has received payment in full.23 |
| Article 8 | SALES TARGETS — GUARANTEED MINIMUM TARGET24 |
| 8.1 | The parties may agree annually on the sales targets for the forthcoming year. The first ittiration to be completed no later than January 31st and not before January 1st. |
| 8.2 | The parties shall make their best efforts to attain the targets agreed upon, but the non-attainment shall not be considered as a breach of the contract by a party, unless that party is clearly at fault. |
| 8.3 | In Annex VII the parties may agree on a Guaranteed Minimum Target and on the consequences of its non- attainment. |
| Article 925 | SUB-DISTRIBUTORS OR AGENTS |
| 9.1 | The Distributor may appoint sub-distributors or agents for the sale of the Products in the Territory, provided the Distributor informs the Supplier before the engagement. |
| 9.2 | The Distributor shall be responsible for its sub-distributors or agents. |
| Article 10 | SUPPLIER TO BE KEPT INFORMED |
| 10.1 | The Distributor shall exercise due diligence to keep the Supplier informed about the Distributor’s activities, market conditions and the state of competition within the Territory. The Distributor shall answer any reasonable request for information made by the Supplier.26 |
| 10.2 | The Distributor shall exercise due diligence to keep the Supplier informed about: (i) the laws and regulations which are applicable in the Territory and relate to the Products (e.g. import regulations, labelling, technical specifications, safety requirements, etc.), and (ii) as far as they are relevant for the Supplier, the laws and regulations concerning the Distributor’s activity. |
| 18 | It is understood that the Supplier is not obliged to supply the Products whenever their sale to the Distributor is prohibited under the applicable law (e.g. in case of sanctions, embargo, etc.). |
| 19 | This is the more frequently used solution, which corresponds to the needs of the Supplier. However, the Distributor may not agree with all the provisions of general conditions drafted by the Supplier, and may ask to modify clauses it considers too much in favour of the other party. Parties may also wish to consult the General Conditions of the ICC Model International Sale Contract, ICC Publication No. 738, available for sale at: http://www.iccbooks.com/Product/ProductInfo .aspx?id=686 |
| 20 | The parties may incorporate the current price list (or a special price list) in Annex I, together with the list of contractual products. |
| 21 | It is usual that the supplier retains the right to modify prices, provided he or she gives an appropriate notice. However, an abuse of this right (e.g., an unjustified price increase with respect to a particular distributor) may conflict with Article 2. In order to avoid abus- es, parties may agree that the distributor will be granted the most-favored customer condition. |
| 22 | Payment conditions will normally be governed by the Supplier’s general conditions of sale, or agreed upon case by case. Parties may however decide to expressly agree in the Contract on the payment conditions to be applied to future sales to the Distributor (e.g. payment by documentary credit, payment on open account possibly backed by a bank guarantee, payment by documentary collec- tion). For further details, consult the ICC Model International Sale Contract, ICC Publication No. 738, available for sale at: http://www. iccbooks.com/Product/ProductInfo .aspx?id=686. |
| 23 | The effectiveness of this clause depends on the law applicable in the country where the goods are, and may therefore be invalid in certain countries. |
| 24 | A distinction is made between a ‘sales target’ (Articles 8.1 and 8.2) the non-attainment of which does not, in principle, involve a con- tract breach, and a ‘guaranteed minimum target’ (Article 8.3), which implies a possible contract termination (or other consequences) in case of non-attainment. The sales target is meant to give a realistic objective to pursue, whilst the guaranteed minimum should be the ultimate sanction against a distributor who is failing in the performance of its task. If the parties wish to agree upon such ‘guaran- teed minimum target’, they must fill in Annex VII. |
| 25 | In certain circumstances it may be advisable to add a clause providing that each party agrees not to engage subagents and/or em- ployees of the other party. |
| 26 | Parties are advised explicitly to address whether or not the customer list is included in the information obligation. |
3 | INTERNATIONAL CHAMBER OF COMMERCE (ICC)
MODEL FORM OF INTERNATIONAL SOLE DISTRIBUTORSHIP CONTRACT
| Article 11 | RESALE PRICES |
| The Distributor is free to fix the resale prices of the Products, with the only exception of maximum sales prices that the Supplier may impose. The Supplier may indicate “non binding” resale prices, provided this does in no way limit the Distributor’s right to grant lower prices. |
| Article 12 | SALES OUTSIDE THE TERRITORY — INTERNET |
| 12.1 A27á | á | ||
| The Distributor agrees not to actively promote sales (e.g. through advertising, establishing branches or distribution depots) outside the contractual Territory reserved by the Supplier exclusively for itself or allocated by the Supplier to other exclusive distributors or buyers.29 | |||
| 12.2 | The Distributor may promote the Products through the Internet, but may not use the Supplier’s trademarks, trade names, symbols and other Intellectual property rights without previously agreeing in writing with the Supplier the details of such use. The pricing will also not be published online without prior consent..30 |
| Article 13 | SUPPLIER’S TRADEMARKS, TRADE NAMES AND SYMBOLS |
| 13.1 | The Distributor shall use the Supplier’s trademarks, trade names and symbols for the purpose of identifying and advertising the Products, within the scope of this Contract. |
| 13.2 | The Distributor shall not register nor have registered on its behalf any trademarks, trade names, or symbols of the Supplier (or which are confusingly similar with the Supplier’s), or use such as domain names or metatags, in the Territory or elsewhere.31 |
| 13.3 | The right to use the Supplier’s trademarks, trade names and symbols, as provided for under the first paragraph of this Article, shall cease immediately for the Distributor, on the expiration or termination, for any reason, of the present Contract. |
| 13.4 | The Distributor shall notify the Supplier of any infringement of the Supplier’s trademarks, trade names and symbols as well as of any act of unfair competition or illegal trade practice in relation thereto that comes to its attention. |
| Article 14 | CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION |
| Each party agrees not to disclose to third parties any Confidential Information disclosed to it by the other party in the context of this Contract in conformity with the ICC Model Confidentiality Clause at Annex VIII. This Article 14 survives the termination of this Contract. |
| Article 15 | STOCK OF PRODUCTS AND SPARE PARTS — AFTER SALES SERVICE |
| 15.1 | The Distributor agrees to maintain at its own expense, for the whole term of this Contract, a stock of Products and spare parts (on consignment) sufficient for the normal needs of the Territory, and in any case at least as indicated in Annex IX. |
| 15.2 | The Distributor agrees to provide after sales service according to the terms and conditions set out in Annex IX, provided such Annex has been completed. |
| 27 | This clause is in accordance with Regulation 330/2010 and should therefore be used within the European Union. It may be useful to underline that under Regulation 330/2010 the distributor cannot be prevented from selling in territories that have not been reserved to the Supplier or granted to others on an exclusive basis. |
| 28 | This alternative is contrary to EU antitrust law, and should therefore be avoided in contracts with distributors of the European Union. This means that the |
| 29 | distributor must remain free to accept unsolicited orders from customers established outside the Territory (passive sales). |
| 30 | The Supplier is entitled to ensure that the use by the Distributor of Supplier’s trademarks for promoting the contractual products fully complies with Supplier’s prescriptions. However, using this right for the purpose of hindering the Distributor in its recourse to the Internet might be considered a restriction of competition. |
| 31 | It is of course preferable that the supplier registers its trademarks in the distributor’s country. However if this is not possible (or too expensive), it is in any case important to provide an express prohibition, since under most trademark laws a registration made in breach of an express agreement may be invalidated. Moreover the prohibition also covers trademarks which are confusingly similar. |
4 | INTERNATIONAL CHAMBER OF COMMERCE (ICC)
ICC MODEL CONTRACT | DISTRIBUTORSHIP
| Article 16 | SOLE DISTRIBUTORSHIP |
| 16.1 | The Supplier shall not, during the term of this Contract, grant any other person or undertaking (including a subsidiary of the Supplier) within the Territory the right to represent or market the Products. The Supplier shall furthermore refrain from selling to customers established in the Territory, except pursuant to the conditions set out under Article 17 hereafter.32 |
| 32 | |||
| Article 17 | DIRECT SALES |
| 17.1 | The Supplier shall be entitled to deal directly with the special customers listed in Annex II, § 2; in respect of the sales to such customers the Distributor may be entitled to a commission, if any, as provided for in Annex II, § 2. This article shall not apply if § 2 of Annex II (Special customers commission) has not been completed by the parties. |
| 17.2 | Whenever a commission is due to the Distributor, it shall be calculated and paid according to |
| Article 18 | DISTRIBUTOR TO BE KEPT INFORMED |
| 18.1 | The Supplier shall provide the Distributor free of charge with all documentation relating to the Products (brochures, etc.) reasonably needed by the Distributor for carrying out its obligations under the Contract.33 The Distributor shall return to the Supplier, at the end of this Contract, all documents that have been made available to it by the Supplier and that remain in its possession. |
| 18.2 | The Supplier shall provide the Distributor with all other information reasonably needed by the Distributor for carrying out its obligations under the Contract including without limitation any information regarding a material decrease in its supply capacity. |
| 18.3 | The Supplier shall keep the Distributor informed of any relevant communication with customers in the Territory. If the Supplier expects that its capacity of supply will be significantly lower than that which the Distributor could normally expect, it will inform the Distributor within a reasonable time. |
| 18.4 | Supplier guarantees Distributor that the Products are certified en meet all legal requirements within the Territory. In case local authorities within the Territory opposes against the sales of the Products in their country or prohibit sales for whatever reason, both Distributor and Supplier will try to solve the problem. All legal costs as well as costs of necessary research in order to obtain a license/permit will be born by Supplier. Supplier has closed a sufficient Products Liability Insurance and confirms that Distributor is beneficiary on that policy for the sales within the Territory. In case of product-recall Supplier and Distributor shall inform each other immediately and both try to solve the problem. All costs of a product-recall will be born by Supplier. |
| 32 | This alternative is contrary to EU antitrust law, and should therefore be avoided in contracts with EU distributors, as well as in con- tracts with distributors outside the European Union, if there is a risk that they might resell (in absence of the clause) within the EU. |
| 33 | Parties may further specify in the contract if such documentation should be adapted to the distributor’s market or if the distributor should make the necessary modifications at its own expense. |
5 | INTERNATIONAL CHAMBER OF COMMERCE (ICC)
MODEL FORM OF INTERNATIONAL SOLE DISTRIBUTORSHIP CONTRACT
| Article 19 | TERM OF THE CONTRACT |
| 19.1 A34 á | á | ||||
| This Contract enters into force on ______________________ and shall remain in force until terminated according to Articles 19.2 or 20, but shall in any case expire (if not terminated earlier) after a period of five years from the date of its entry into force. The parties agree to meet at least three months before the end of the five years’ period in order to discuss the possibility of entering into a new contract after its expiration. | ______________________ | ______________________ |
| 19.2 A á | |||||
| This Contract may be terminated by either party at any time by notice given in writing by means of communication ensuring evidence and date of receipt (e.g. registered mail with return receipt, special courier), not less than 4 months in advance. If the Contract has been replaced by a new contract after the five years’ period, the period of notice will be 6 months.36 The end of the period of notice must coincide with the end of a calendar month. |
| Article 20 | EARLIER TERMINATION |
| 20.1 | Each party may terminate this Contract with immediate effect, by notice given in writing by means of communication ensuring evidence and date of receipt (e.g. registered mail with return receipt, special courier), in case of a substantial breach by the other party of the obligations arising out of the Contract, or in case of exceptional circumstances justifying the earlier termination. |
| 20.2 | Any failure by a party to carry out all or part of its obligations under the Contract resulting in such detriment to the other party as to substantially deprive such other party of what it is entitled to expect under the Contract, shall be considered a substantial breach for the purpose of Article 20.1. above. Circumstances in which it would be unreasonable to require the terminating party to continue to be bound by this Contract, shall be considered as exceptional circumstances for the purpose of Article 20.1. above. |
| 20.3 | The parties hereby agree that the violation of the provisions under Articles 4 (Undertaking not to compete), 7.5 (Respect of agreed payment conditions) and 13.2 (Unauthorized registration of the suppliers’ trademarks by the distributor) and 16 (respect of exclusive rights by the supplier)38 of the present Contract is to be considered, as a substantial breach of the Contract. Moreover, any violation of the contractual obligations may be considered as a substantial breach, if such violation is repeated notwithstanding a request by the other party to fulfil the contractual obligations. |
| 34 | This alternative A has been worked out in order to comply with the EU antitrust rules. Since Regulation 330/2010 does not allow the non-competition clause (Article 4 of the model contract) to last for more than five years and since this clause is essential for the per- formance of the contract, Article 19.A limits the contract duration to a maximum period of five years. Of course the parties may enter into a new contract at the end of the five-year period. |
| 35 | This alternative B is very similar to option A: the only difference is that the clause does not foresee the maximum duration of 5 years requested by EU antitrust law. This clause should be considered as complying with the EU antitrust rules if the market share of each of the parties does not exceed 15% on any of the relevant markets affected by the agreement (see Commission notice on agreements of minor importance, 2014/C 291/01). |
| 36 | The parties may of course agree on shorter or longer periods of notice. It is however recommended that the period should be long enough to allow the parties to adapt themselves to the new situation created by the termination. This necessity should in particular be taken into account when the distributor agrees to make substantial investments specifically for the sale of the goods of the Supplier |
| 37 | This alternative C may also be used when the parties wish to have a trial period. If they wish that after such period the contract will be for an indefinite time, they must change appropriately article 19.2. |
| 38 | The parties may make reference here to those articles for which a breach is considered of particular importance. This may be the case for Articles 4 (undertaking not to compete), 7.5 (respect of agreed payment conditions), 8.3 (guaranteed minimum target: if agreed), 13.2 (unauthorized registration of the manufacturer’s trademarks by the distributor) and 16 (respect of exclusive rights by the manu- facturer). It is recommended that the use of this Article be limited to really important obligations only. |
6 | INTERNATIONAL CHAMBER OF COMMERCE (ICC)
ICC MODEL CONTRACT | DISTRIBUTORSHIP
| 20.4 | Furthermore, the parties agree that the following situations shall be considered as exceptional circumstances which justify the earlier termination by the other party: bankruptcy, moratorium, receivership, liquidation or any kind of arrangement between debtor and creditors,39 or any other circumstances which are likely to affect substantially one party’s ability to carry out its obligations under this Contract. |
| 20.5 | If the parties have filled in Annex XI, the Contract may also be terminated by the Supplier with immediate effect in case of change of control, ownership and/or management of the Distributor company, according to the provisions set forth in Annex XI. This also applies for a change within the Distributor; in case of a change within Supplier Supplier guarantees Distributor that this contract shall be executed till the end-date on the same conditions whereby Distributor will get the best prices.40 |
| 20.6 | If a party terminates the Contract according to this Article, but it is thereafter ascertained that the reasons put forward by that party did not justify the earlier termination, the termination will be effective, but the other party will be entitled to damages for the unjustified earlier termination. Such damages will be equal to the gross profits of the sale of the Products for the period the Contract would have lasted in case of normal termination, based on the turnover of the preceding year, unless the damaged party proves that the actual damage is higher (or, respectively, the party having terminated the Contract proves that the actual damage is lower). The above damages are in addition to the indemnity which may be due under Article 21. |
| Article 21 | GOODWILL INDEMNITY |
| 21 B á | ||||
| 21.1 | In case of termination by the Supplier for reasons other than a substantial breach by the Distributor, the latter shall be entitled to an indemnity according to Annex XII. | |||
| 21.2 | The goodwill indemnity under this Article 21 (“Contractual Indemnity”) is in lieu of any goodwill indemnity or equivalent compensation the Distributor may be entitled to by virtue of rules of law applicable to the present Contract (“Statutory Indemnity”) and will consequently replace such Statutory Indemnity (if any). However, in case the Distributor’s right to the Statutory Indemnity cannot be validly replaced by the Contractual Indemnity under the applicable law, Article 21.1 will not apply and the Distributor will be entitled to the Statutory Indemnity in lieu of the Contractual Indemnity set out in this Article 21.1 hereabove. | |||
| 21.3 | The above provision does not affect the Distributor’s right to claim damages for breach of Contract as far as the termination by the Supplier amounts to such a breach, and is not already covered by Article 20.6 | |||
| Article 22 | RETURN OF DOCUMENTS AND PRODUCTS IN STOCK |
| 22.1 | Upon expiry of this Contract the Distributor shall return to the Supplier all promotional material and other documents and samples which have been supplied to it by the Supplier and are in the Distributor’s possession. |
| 22.2 | At the Distributor’s option, the Supplier will buy from the Distributor all Products the latter has in stock, provided they are still currently sold by the Supplier and are in new condition and in original packaging, at the price originally paid by the Distributor. Products not so purchased by the Supplier must be sold by the Distributor in accordance with the Contract on usual terms. |
| 39 | Although provisions of this kind are commonly found in distributorship and agency agreements, it should be reminded that in several countries clauses which provide for the earlier termination in case of bankruptcy or similar proceedings are unlawful under such law. In cases where the |
| 40 | distributor is a company, the supplier may have entered into the contract in reliance on a particular individual remaining active within the organization. Annex XI can be completed to cover this situation. |
| 41 | This provision may be contrary to mandatory rules of certain countries. See, Introduction, §5 |
| 42 | This broad definition is meant to cover any compensation to be paid in case of contract termination, independent from a breach of contract by the supplier, including payments that are no defined as an ‘indemnity’ or ‘goodwill indemnity’. |
7 | INTERNATIONAL CHAMBER OF COMMERCE (ICC)
MODEL FORM OF INTERNATIONAL SOLE DISTRIBUTORSHIP CONTRACT
| Article 23 | RESOLUTION OF DISPUTES |
| 23.1 | The parties may at any time, without prejudice to Article 23.2, seek to settle any dispute arising out of or in connection with this Distributorship Contract in accordance with the ICC Mediation Rules.43 |
| 23.2 A á Arbitration | |||
Subject to Art 23.1, all disputes arising out of or in connection with the present distributorship Contract shall be submitted to the International Court of Arbitration of the International Chamber of Commerce and shall be finally settled under the Rules of Arbitration of the International Chamber of Commerce by one or more arbitrators appointed in accordance with the said Rules.44
| ____________________ ____________________ |
| Article 24 | APPLICABLE LAW |
| 24 A á General principles | 24 B á National law | ||||
| 24.1 | Any questions relating to this Contract which are not expressly or implicitly settled by the provisions contained in this Contract shall be governed, in the following order: | 24.1 | This Contract is governed by the laws of ____________________________ (name of the country the law of which is to apply)45 regardless of the conflict of law rules of that country. | ||
| (a) | by the principles of law generally recognized in international trade as applicable to international distributorship contracts, | ||||
| (b) | by the relevant trade usages, and | ||||
| (c) | by the UNIDROIT Principles of International Commercial Contracts, with the exclusion — subject to the second paragraph of this clause — of national laws. | ||||
| The parties agree that in any event consideration shall be given to mandatory provisions of the law of the country where the Distributor is established which would be applicable even if the Contract is governed by a foreign law (overriding mandatory rules). Any such provisions will be taken into account to the extent they embody principles which are universally recognized and provided their application appears reasonable in the context of international trade. | |||||
| 24.2 | The sale contracts concluded between the Supplier and the Distributor within this Distributorship Contract will be governed by the United Nations Convention on Contracts for the International Sale of Goods (Vienna Convention of 1980, hereafter referred to as CISG), and to the extent that such questions are not covered by CISG and that no applicable law has been agreed upon, by reference to the law of the country where the Supplier has its business. |
| Article 25 | AUTOMATIC INCLUSION UNDER THE PRESENT CONTRACT |
| 25.1 | If the parties have not made a choice between the alternative solutions provided in Articles 12, 16.2, 16.3, 19, 21, 23.2 and 24.1 under the letters A and B, by deleting one of the alternatives, and provided they have not expressly made a choice by other means, alternative A shall be considered applicable. | |
| 25.2 | The Annexes attached to this model form an integral part of the Contract. Annexes or parts of Annexes which have not been completed will be effective only to the extent and under the conditions indicated in this Contract. |
| 43 | The ICC Mediation Rules can be found on the web site http://www.iccwbo.org/products-and-services/arbitration-and-adr/mediation/rules/. Parties |
| 44 | should choose whether to appoint one or more arbitrators |
| 45 | This model form has been prepared on the assumption that it would not be governed by a specific national law (as stated in alter- native A of Article 24.1.). If the parties prefer nevertheless to submit the agreement to a national law, they should carefully check in advance, if the clauses of the model conform to the mandatory provisions of the law they have chosen. |
8 | INTERNATIONAL CHAMBER OF COMMERCE (ICC)
ICC MODEL CONTRACT | DISTRIBUTORSHIP
| Article 26 | PREVIOUS AGREEMENTS — MODIFICATIONS — NULLITY — ASSIGNMENT |
| 26.1 | This Contract replaces any other preceding agreement between the parties on the subject, except for any preexisting confidentiality agreements. |
| 26.2 | No addition or modification to this Contract shall be valid unless agreed in writing. However, a party may be precluded by its conduct from asserting the invalidity of additions or modifications not made in writing to the extent that the other party has relied on such conduct. | |
| 26.3 | If any provision or clause of this Contract is found to be null or unenforceable, the Contract will be construed as a whole to effect as closely as practicable the original intent of the parties; however, if for good cause, either party would not have entered into the Contract knowing the interpretation of the Contract resulting from the foregoing, the Contract itself shall be null. | |
| 26.4 | The present Contract cannot be assigned without the prior written agreement of the parties. |
| Article 27 | AUTHENTIC TEXT | |
| The English text of this Contract is the only authentic text.46 |
| Made in | The Netherlands | on the | 10-09-2024 | |||
| The Supplier | CleanCore Solutions Inc. | (1) | ||||
| The Distributor | Consensus B. V. | (2) | ||||
| (1) | /s/ Clayton Adams | ||
| (2) | /s/ | ||
| 46 | If the contract is written in another language, this clause should of course be modified to indicate the language of the contract. |
9 | INTERNATIONAL CHAMBER OF COMMERCE (ICC)
Annex I
PRODUCTS AND TERRITORY
(Article 1.1)
| § 1 | PRODUCTS | |
| Power caddy, Power MINIcaddy, 3.0 Fill station, 1.0 Fill station, CCS Ice Machine | ||
| If this paragraph 1 of Annex I has not been filled in, all products manufactured and/or sold by the Supplier at present and in the future shall be considered as “Products” for the purpose of this Contract.47 | ||
| § 2 | TERRITORY | |
| European Union, United Kingdom, Bahrain, Kuwait, Oman, Qatar, Saudi Arabia, United Arab Emirates | ||
| If this paragraph 2 of Annex I has not been filled in, the whole territory of the country where the Distributor has its place of business will be considered as “Territory” for the purpose of this Contract. | ||
| § 3 | CONTRACTUAL CUSTOMERS48 | |
| The categories of customers to which this distributorship agreement applies are all customers established in the Territory, except the following Excluded Customers: | ||
| ● | duty free shops | |
| ● | third-party web portals | |
| ● | public administration bodi | |
| ● | _______________________(other) | |
| Excluded Customers remain outside the scope of the distribution contract and in particular of the exclusivity granted in Article 16 and of the right to commission under Article 17. | ||
| If this paragraph 3 of Annex I has not been filled in, all the customers in the Territory will be considered as “Contractual Customers ” for the purpose of this contract. | ||
| 47 | If the parties choose this solution (including any future products in the contract) problems may arise in case of conflict between new products from the Supplier and products of other manufacturers already represented by the Distributor. If such problems are foresee- able, the parties should define appropriate rules for solving the conflict. |
| 48 | Parties may define market segments here or withdraw individual customers who are already customers of the Supplier. |
10 | INTERNATIONAL CHAMBER OF COMMERCE (ICC)
Annex II
Commission on direct sales
| § 1 | NORMAL COMMISSION (ARTICLE 3.4.) |
| When acting as an intermediary, in conformity with Article 3.4., the Distributor is entitled to a commission of ____________% | |
| § | SPECIAL CUSTOMERS COMMISSION (ARTICLE 17)49 |
| On all direct sales to the following customers the Distributor is entitled to the following commission: | |
| ______________________________________________________________________. ____________% | |
| ______________________________________________________________________. ____________% | |
| ______________________________________________________________________. ____________% | |
| ______________________________________________________________________. ____________% | |
| § 3 | CALCULATION AND PAYMENT OF COMMISSION |
| 3.1 | Commission shall be calculated on the EXW Incoterms® rule reference value, irrespective of the Incoterms rule chosen in the contract of sale.50 | |
| 3.2 | The Distributor shall acquire the right to commission after full payment by the customers of the invoiced price. In case of partial payment made in compliance with the sales contract, the Distributor shall be entitled to a proportional payment. | |
| 3.3 | Except as otherwise agreed, the commission shall be calculated in the currency of the sales contract in respect of which the commission is due. | |
| 3.4 | To the extent allowed by applicable law, any taxes imposed on the Distributor’s commission in the Territory are for the Distributor’s account. |
| 49 | If the supplier wishes to include further customers in this list, he or she will require the agreement of the distributor. Parties may provide that in such case the supplier pays a goodwill indemnity on the turnover of such customers, if they have been acquired previous- ly by the distributor. |
| 50 | Please note that the ICC does not recommend the Incoterms® EXW as the selected trade term for international sales. |
11 | INTERNATIONAL CHAMBER OF COMMERCE (ICC)
Annex III
Products and suppliers represented by the distributor
(Article 4.3)
The Distributor hereby declares that it represents (and/or manufactures, markets or sells, directly or indirectly) on the date on which this Contract is signed, the following products for the following suppliers:
| SUPPLIER | PRODUCTS | |
| ENOZO TECHNOLOGIES | ENOZO PRO/ HOME/ WASH/ ECO- I CE and Cartridge/ ETC | |
| QUAIL SYSTEMS | QUAIL NANOZONE WASH/ OZ Portable/ OZ PRO/ Vortex/ ETC | |
| O3 WATER WORKS | O3 Laundry/ Laundry +PLUS | |
| CONSENSUS GROUP | Consensus Spraybottle Domestic and Pro/ E- ICE Units | |
| _______________________________________________ | Agricultural and medical ozone technology related products | |
| _______________________________________________ | _______________________________________________ |
12 | INTERNATIONAL CHAMBER OF COMMERCE (ICC)
ICC MODEL CONTRACT | DISTRIBUTORSHIP
Annex IV
Advertising, fairs and exhibitions
(Article 6)
§ 1 |
ADVERTISING AND OTHER MARKETING EXPENSES (ARTICLE 6.1) |
Except as otherwise agreed in writing, the costs of agreed advertising and other marketing expenses shall be shared between the parties as follows: | |
| Supplier:__________% | |
| Distributor:________% | |
If the spaces left blank in the above paragraph are not filled in by the parties, each party will bear the advertising costs it has incurred. | |
§ 2 |
FAIRS AND EXHIBITIONS (ARTICLE 6.3) |
Except as otherwise agreed in writing, the costs for participation in fairs and exhibitions shall be shared between the parties as follows: | |
| Supplier:__________% | |
| Distributor:________% | |
If the spaces left blank in the above paragraph are not filled in by the parties, each party will bear the advertising costs it has incurred. |
13 | INTERNATIONAL CHAMBER OF COMMERCE (ICC)
Annex V
Marketing strategies
(Article 6.4)
| § 1 | NOTE TO SUPPLIER AND DISTRIBUTOR | |
| Please provide your views to adapt this Annex to your Product and target market. | ||
| § 2 | MARKET RESEARCH | |
| Distributor undertakes to accomplish during the six-month term following the date this Contract enters in force and to provide the Supplier, with a market research, whose minimum scope shall be the following: | ||
| ● | Market trend for the Products in the Territory. | |
| ● | Product sales in the last three years in the Territory. | |
| ● | Identification of different market segments. | |
| ● | Key factors for customer demand, per market segment. | |
| ● | Comparative analysis with existing competing Products. | |
| ● | Identification of key opinion leaders, purchase advisors and distribution channels. | |
| ● | Forecast for similar products for the current year. | |
| § 3 | MARKETING STRATEGIES | |
| Please summarize Distributor’s commitments concerning market approach, i.e.: | ||
| ● | Exhibiting the Products in the major exhibitions held in the Territory (if there is any of special relevance for this sector, please indicate); | |
| ● | Advertising and advertising rules such as the Consolidated ICC Code of Advertising and Marketing Communication Practice published on 01/08/2011, available at http://www.iccwbo. org/advocacy-codes- and-rules/document-centre/2011/advertising-and-marketing- communication-practice-(consolidated-icc- code)/ ; | |
| ● | Carrying out Product demonstrations; | |
| ● | Drafting technical reviews for specialised media; Visiting | |
| ● | key opinion leaders; | |
| ● | Etc. | |
| § 4 | TRAINING COMMITMENTS | |
| Distributor shall maintain competent and skilled staff properly trained by the Supplier to promote, sell and maintain an adequate after sales service for the Products (please clarify the Supplier´s contribution to this training in terms of cost, venue, term, etc). | ||
| § 5 | DISCLOSURE COMMITMENTS | |
| Distributor shall provide Supplier on a half-yearly basis | ||
| ● | A six-month forecast of sales. | |
| ● | A half-yearly sales action plan for the Territory. | |
| ● |
A report of sales in the Territory by channel for the previous half-year. | |
14 | INTERNATIONAL CHAMBER OF COMMERCE (ICC)
ICC MODEL CONTRACT | DISTRIBUTORSHIP
Annex VI
Conditions of sale — Discounts
(Article 7)
| § 1 | SUPPLIER’S GENERAL CONDITIONS OF SALE | |
| To be annexed to the Contract. | ||
| The Supplier’s conditions of sale shall apply only if they have been annexed to this document, or if they have been otherwise transmitted in writing to the Distributor for the purposes of this Contract. | ||
| § 2 | SPECIFIC DISCOUNTS AND/OR CONDITIONS GRANTED TO THE DISTRIBUTOR. | |
| a) | The Distributor is granted a discount of .... % on the list prices referred to in Article 7.4. | |
| b) | Unless otherwise agreed, all sales are executed in accordance with the Incoterms® rule______ in the version current at the date of conclusion of the sales contract. | |
| c) | The lead time shall be ..... days. Lead time means the period of time between the date of receipt of any accepted order and the date of shipment of the Products, irrespective of the Incoterms® rule agreed upon. | |
If the space left blank in the above paragraph is not filled in by the parties, and provided there is no special list price for distributors, the Distributor will be entitled to the discount normally granted by the Supplier to distributors being in the same situation for similar quantities of Products. | ||
| § 3 | TERMS OF PAYMENT | |
| The parties may choose between the following terms of payment: | ||
| a) | by deferred payment (with ….. days from date of invoice) | |
| b) | to be agreed upon case by case in the individual contract of sale | |
| c) | Other:______________________________________________________________________________ | |
| In addition, the parties have agreed on the following payment securities, if any: | ||
If neither paragraph 1 of this Annex VI is applicable, nor this paragraph 3 of Annex VI has been completed by selecting one of the alternatives and no other agreement on terms of payment has been made in writing, alternative A (with 30 days from date of invoice) shall apply. | ||
15 | INTERNATIONAL CHAMBER OF COMMERCE (ICC)
Annex VII
Guaranteed minimum target
(Article 8.3)
This Annex VII is applicable only if the parties have fixed the minimum target by filling in one of the alternatives hereafter.
The Distributor undertakes, during each year, to place orders for not less than:
__________________________________________________________(amount in money)51
__________________________________________________________(amount in Products)
If at the end of the year the above Guaranteed Minimum Target has not been attained, unless the Distributor shows that it cannot be held responsible for such non-attainment, the Supplier shall be entitled, subject to giving one month’s notice, at its choice, to terminate this contract, or to cancel the Distributor’s exclusivity, or to reduce the extent of the Territory or the range of the Products. This right must however be exercised in writing not later than two months after the end of the year in which the Guaranteed Minimum Target has not been attained.
Unless the parties hereafter agree on different figures, the Guaranteed Minimum Target indicated above shall also be applicable for each year of the duration (including the case of renewal) of this Contract.
| 51 | If this alternative is chosen, care should be taken in order to avoid the agreed sum being automatically reduced (from year to year) as a consequence of inflation, e.g., by providing a yearly increase. |
16 | INTERNATIONAL CHAMBER OF COMMERCE (ICC)
ICC MODEL CONTRACT | DISTRIBUTORSHIP
Annex VIII
ICC Model Confidentiality clause 2006
(Article 14)
| 1.1 | “Agreement” means the contract incorporating this Clause. | ||
| “Purpose” means the purpose of the Agreement. | |||
| “Disclosing Party” means the Party disclosing Confidential Information to the Receiving Party. “Permitted | |||
| Recipients” means any director, officer, employee, adviser or auditor of the Receiving Party or any of its Related Companies who reasonably needs to know Confidential Information for the Purpose. | |||
| “Receiving Party” means the Party receiving Confidential Information from the Disclosing Party. “Related Company” | |||
| means any corporation, company or other entity that controls, or is controlled by, one Party or by another Related Company of that Party, where control means ownership or control, direct or indirect, of more than fifty (50) per cent of that corporation’s, company’s or other entity’s voting capital. | |||
| “Confidential Information” means any information or data, or both, communicated by or on behalf of the Disclosing Party to the Receiving Party, including, but not limited to, any kind of business, commercial or technical information and data in connection with the Purpose, except for such information that is demonstrably non-confidential in nature. The information shall be Confidential Information, irrespective of the medium in which that information or data is embedded, and whether the Confidential Information is disclosed orally, visually or otherwise. Confidential Information shall include any copies or abstracts made of it as well as any products, apparatus, modules, samples, prototypes or parts that may contain or reveal the Confidential Information. Confidential Information is limited to information disclosed on or after the date of signature of this Agreement. | |||
| The Receiving Party shall: | |||
| not disclose any Confidential Information to anyone except to the Permitted Recipients, who are bound to the same level of confidentiality obligations as set forth by this Clause; | |||
| 1.2 | use any Confidential Information exclusively for the Purpose; and | ||
| a) | keep confidential and hold all Confidential Information with no less a degree of care as is used for the Receiving Party’s own confidential information and at least with reasonable care. | ||
| b) | |||
| c) | |||
| 1.3 | Any obligation to keep confidential all Confidential Information shall not apply to the extent that the Receiving Party can prove that any of that information: | ||
| a) | was in the Receiving Party’s possession without an obligation of confidentiality prior to receipt from the Disclosing Party; | ||
| b) | is at the time of disclosure, or subsequently becomes, generally available to the public through no breach of this Agreement by the Receiving Party or any Permitted Recipient; | ||
| c) | is lawfully obtained by the Receiving Party from a third party without an obligation of confidentiality, provided that third party is not, to the Receiving Party’s best knowledge, in breach of any obligation of confidentiality to the Disclosing Party relating to that information; or | ||
| d) | is developed by the Receiving Party or its Related Companies independent of any Confidential Information. | ||
| 1.4 | Unless otherwise specified by the Disclosing Party at the time of disclosure, the Receiving Party may make copies of the Confidential Information to the extent necessary for the Purpose. | ||
| 1.5 | Nothing in this Agreement shall obligate either Party to disclose any information. | ||
| Each Party has the right to refuse to accept any information under this Agreement prior to any disclosure. Confidential Information disclosed despite an express prior refusal is not covered by the obligations under this Clause. | |||
17 | INTERNATIONAL CHAMBER OF COMMERCE (ICC)
| 1.6 | Nothing in this Agreement shall affect any rights the Disclosing Party may have in relation to the Confidential Information, neither shall this Agreement provide the Receiving Party with any right or licence under any patents, copyrights, trade secrets, or the like in relation to the Confidential Information, except for the use of Confidential Information in connection with the Purpose and in accordance with this Clause. | ||
| 1.7 | The Disclosing Party makes available the Confidential Information as is and does not warrant that any of this information that it discloses is complete, accurate, free from defects or third-party rights, or useful for the Purpose or other purposes of the Receiving Party. | ||
| This Clause does not: | |||
| 1.8 | create any other relationship between the Parties; oblige a | ||
| a) | Party to enter into any other contract; or require | ||
| b) | consideration for any information received. | ||
| c) | In addition to any remedies under the applicable law,2 the Parties recognize that any breach or violation of any provision of this Clause may cause irreparable harm to the other Party, which money damages may not necessarily remedy. Therefore, upon any actual or impending violation of any provision of this Clause, either Party may obtain from any court of competent jurisdiction a preliminary, temporary or permanent injunction, restraining or enjoining such violation by the other Party or any entity or person acting in concert with that Party. | ||
| 1.9 | Within ninety (90) days of termination of this Agreement, the Disclosing Party may request the disposal of the Confidential Information. Disposal means execution of reasonable measures to return or destroy all copies including electronic data. Destruction shall be confirmed in writing. Disposal shall be effected within thirty (30) days of the request being made. | ||
| 1.10 | The provisions for disposal shall not apply to copies of electronically communicated Confidential Information made as a matter of routine information technology back-up and to Confidential Information or copies of it that must be stored by the Receiving Party or its advisers according to provisions of mandatory law, provided that this Confidential Information or copies of it shall be subject to continuing obligations of confidentiality under this Agreement; but no further use shall be permitted as from the date of the request. | ||
| 1.11 | Neither Party shall be in breach of this Clause to the extent that it can show that any disclosure of Confidential Information was made solely and to the extent necessary to comply with a statutory, judicial or other obligation of a mandatory nature, afterwards referred to as “Mandatory Obligation”. Where a disclosure is made for these reasons, the Party making the disclosure shall ensure that the recipient of the Confidential Information is made aware of and asked to respect its confidentiality. This disclosure shall in no way diminish the obligations of the parties under this Clause except to the extent that a Party is compelled by any Mandatory Obligation to disclose Confidential Information without restriction. | ||
| To the extent permitted by any Mandatory Obligation, the Receiving Party shall notify the other Party without delay in writing as soon as it becomes aware of an enquiry or any process of any description that is likely to require disclosure of the other Party’s Confidential Information in order to comply with any Mandatory Obligation. | |||
| 1.12 | Upon termination, the Receiving Party shall stop making use of the Confidential Information. The obligations of the Parties under this Agreement shall survive indefinitely or to the extent permitted by the applicable mandatory law. | ||
18 | INTERNATIONAL CHAMBER OF COMMERCE (ICC)
ICC MODEL CONTRACT | DISTRIBUTORSHIP
Annex IX
Stock of products and spare parts
(Article 15.1)
The Distributor agrees to maintain the following minimum stock of Products and spare parts:
If the Annex here-above is not filled in by the parties, the minimum stock will be determined according to the reasonable requirements for the Territory.
19 | INTERNATIONAL CHAMBER OF COMMERCE (ICC)
Annex X
After sales service, repairs, warranty
(Article 15.2)
This Annex shall be applicable only if signed by the parties.
| 1. | The Distributor agrees to provide, at its expense and with its own personnel and technical means, suitable after sales service, which shall extend to all the Products in respect of which such assistance may be required in the Territory. Such after sales service shall be provided in accordance with the standards indicated by the Supplier. |
| 2. | The Supplier shall provide the Distributor with the training necessary to enable the latter’s personnel to provide the above services. The Distributor agrees that, at its own expense, its technical and sales personnel will participate in such relevant training and updating of courses as the Supplier may decide to organize. |
| 3. | The Distributor shall carry out free of charge all repairs and replacements provided for in the warranty conditions of the Supplier and shall bear all the expenses of such service. The Supplier shall supply the Distributor with the items or parts needed to replace defective items or parts under the warranty conditions. |
| 4. | After expiration for whatever reason of this Contract the Distributor shall discontinue any after sale or warranty service, unless otherwise agreed upon in writing between the parties. Any request from the customers shall be transmitted by the Distributor to the persons indicated by the Supplier. |
| The Supplier | |
| ___________________________________________________________________________________________ | |
| The Distributor | |
| ____________________________________________________________________________________________ |
20 | INTERNATIONAL CHAMBER OF COMMERCE (ICC)
ICC MODEL CONTRACT | DISTRIBUTORSHIP
Annex XI
Change of control, ownership and/or management in the Distributor
(Article 20.5)
The supplier may terminate this Contract with immediate effect, if:
Mr./Ms.________________ ceases to own more than _______________% of the shares of the Distributor company.
Mr./Ms.________________ ceases to be the ______________________52 of the Distributor company.
| 52 | Specify here the position that the qualifying person has in the distributor (company), e.g., director, general manager, president of the board, as the case may be. This clause may be dangerous for the distributor company, particularly if the qualifying person is not the owner, but only an employee. |
21 | INTERNATIONAL CHAMBER OF COMMERCE (ICC)
Annex XII
Goodwill Indemnity53
(Article 21 B)
| This Annex shall be applicable only if signed by the parties. | |
| § 1 | In case of Contract termination by the Supplier for reasons other than a breach by the Distributor, justifying earlier termination under Article 20, the latter shall be entitled to an indemnity equal to 50 % or % of the annual gross profit made with new customers acquired by the Distributor or with customers with whom the Distributor has significantly increased the volume of business, to be calculated on the average of the preceding five years (or, if the Contract has lasted less than five years on the average of such duration). |
| § 2 | The Distributor undertakes to make its best efforts to have the existing customers transferred to the Supplier or to the new distributor (or agent) of the Supplier. In pursuance of the above obligation the Distributor agrees to refrain, for a period of 12 months from Contract termination, directly or indirectly, from selling, distributing or promoting any products which are in competition with the Products to customers to which it previously sold the Products or promoted the sale of the Products under this Contract. |
| § 3 | The indemnity shall be paid in three instalments of equal amount respectively 4, 8 and 12 months after contract § 3 termination. The payment of the indemnity is made conditional upon the performance, by the Distributor, of the obligation under § 2, hereabove. |
| § 4 | The Distributor has the option to waive its right to indemnity at any time. In this case the non- competition clause § 4 under § 2 above as well as the obligation to encourage the transfer of existing customers to the Supplier or new distributor (or agent) will cease to apply. Exercising this option shall not require the Distributor to reimburse any instalment which has already been paid. |
| The Supplier | |
| __________________________________________________________________________________________ | |
| The Distributor | |
| __________________________________________________________________________________________ |
| 53 | This clause is to be considered as an example of possible contractual solutions, which should be worked out by the parties, according to their specific needs. In particular, while this clause mainly refers to the value of the goodwill, other aspects (as, for example, invest- ments made by the distributor) may be taken into account. |
22 | INTERNATIONAL CHAMBER OF COMMERCE (ICC)
Exhibit 10.2
Portland, Sydney, Singapore, Shenzhen, Shanghai, Ningbo, Beijing, Hanoi
Product Development Proposal
(Confidential)
| Project Name: |
Structure Reverse Design for 1.0&3.0 Fill Station/Laundry unit/Ice unit/ Generator and Redesign enclosure for 1.0&3.0 Fill Station/Laundry unit/ Ice unit | |
| Prepared for: | CleanCore Solutions, Inc. | |
| E-BI RFQ: | 305926 | |
| Prepared by: |
Jack Zou - Vice President Edward Wang - Business Development Director Martin Lv -AGM of Solutions Andy Tang- Design Department Manager Wendy Wang - Director & Solution Manager Ella Liu - Project Manager | |
| Date: | August 20th, 2024 |
Introduction
CleanCore Solutions, Inc. wants to structure reverse design for 1.0&3.0 Fill Station/Laundry unit/Ice unit/ Generator and optimize re-design enclosure for 1.0&3.0 Fill Station, Laundry unit. E-BI will provide services in structure reverse design, optimize re-design, design for manufacturing (DFM), and design for cost (DFC). These services will further extend to manufacturability and cost analysis.
Project Scope
The project work process includes the following steps, which may be processed in parallel:
| a. | Product Reverse Engineering and Redesign |
| ● | Mechanical structure reverse engineering |
| ● | Redesign for enclosure of fill station and laundry unit |
| ● | BOM build and completion |
| ● | Workable prototype(s) |
| 15244 NW Greenbrier Parkway, Beaverton, OR 97006, USA Tel: (503) 644-2290 Fax: (503) 644-0962 info@e-bi.com www.e-bi.com | 1 |
Portland, Sydney, Singapore, Shenzhen, Shanghai, Ningbo, Beijing, Hanoi
| b. | Manufacturability and Sourcing |
| ● | Manufacturing process requirements study |
| ● | Bill of material analysis and sourcing |
| ● | Design for manufacturing (DFM) |
| ● | Design for cost (DFC) |
Development Phases
E-Bl’s progressive work process will be divided Into the following phases: Pre-Design, Phase 1, and Phase 2.
| a. | Pre-Design: Status and Goal |
During this phase, E-BI works with the client to set the objectives, product requirements, and specifications for the structure reverse design, re-design, engineering, and build program to pursue.
Phase 1 work will only begin after a design direction proposed post pre-design has been approved by the client.
| b. | Phase 1: Product Structure Reverse Engineering and Design |
This phase focuses on mechanical structure reverse engineering, design, BOM completion, and engineering.
Work includes the following:
| a. | Mechanical structure reverse engineering |
| b. | Redesign for enclosure of fill station and laundry unit and Ice unit |
| c. | BOM build |
| d. | Design review |
| c. | Phase 2: Prototyping and Validation |
This phase focuses on final prototype creation. The prototype(s) will be based on Phase 1 results, and will be made for validation and testing purposes (as noted per the below Project Operation Summary). Phase 2 also includes Bill of Material analysis, design for manufacturing (DFM) study, and design for cost (DFC) study.
The conclusion of Phase 2 results in an approved design and complete manufacturing specifications.
| 15244 NW Greenbrier Parkway, Beaverton, OR 97006, USA Tel: (503) 644-2290 Fax: (503) 644-0962 info@e-bi.com www.e-bi.com | 2 |
Portland, Sydney, Singapore, Shenzhen, Shanghai, Ningbo, Beijing, Hanoi
Design Specification and Delivery
The design is based on requirements provided by CleanCore Solutions, Inc., unless otherwise agreed upon. CleanCore Solutions, Inc. will also be responsible for acquiring and including the certification and compliance requirements for sales of their products in the respective countries of their choosing.
EBI task:
| 1. | Mechanical structure reverse engineering for 1.0 and 3.0 fill station/Laundry Unit/ Ice Unit/ Generator; |
| 2. | Redesign the enclosure for 1.0 and 3.0 Fill station/Laundry Unit/Ice unit; |
| 3. | Provide 3D drawing; |
| 4. | Provide BOM; |
| 5. | A newly redesigned drawings for the enclosure and the bracket as well as a mfg quotation. |
Project Operation Summary
The operations involved in this project, along with their respective fees, are summarized below:
| Category | Item Number | Item Description | Notes About This Item | Cost (USD) |
| 1000: Design Fees | 1001 | Product Feasibility Study and Industrial Design |
Feasibility study and research, industrial design concept, rendering, etc. | Included* |
| 1002 | Product Design | Mechanical design, electronic design, BOM creation, engineering drawing creation, spec development, etc. | Included* | |
| 1003 | Packaging Design | Concept design, structural design, testing, retail package design, graphics, UPC code, instruction booklets, etc. | Bulk shipping packaging included; all other packaging TBD | |
| 2000: Non-Recurring Engineering Fees | 2001 | BOM Sourcing, BOM Evaluation, and Sub- Contractor Development |
BOM material sourcing, cost analysis, subcontractor selection and management, etc. | Included* |
| 2002 | DFM and DFC | Assessment and improvement of client design regarding manufacturability, efficiency, cost effectiveness, etc. | Included* | |
| 2003 | Tooling Design | Mold design, set up, heat flow analysis, gauge design, etc. | TBD | |
| 2006 | Failure Analysis | Root cause analysis of any possible failures. | TBD | |
3000: Prototype Options |
3001 | Basic Prototype | Low end prototype which displays the product’s size and logic structure. NOT used to validate manufacturability. | TBD |
| 3002 | Manufacturability and Cost Analysis Prototype | Mid-level prototype created using related manufacturing processes to evaluate both product function an manufacturability. | TBD | |
| 3003 | High Quality/Marketing- Level Prototype | High quality prototype made prior to final tooling. Closely resembles the finished product, and is used to test product concept, manufacturability, and surface finish. | TBD | |
| 4000: Lab Testing Fees | 4001 | Material Testing | Ensure material composition and performance meet design requirements and material standards via metrology testing. | Included* |
| 4002 | Dimensional Testing | Comprehensive tight tolerance specification testing using CMM and/or other equipment. | Included* | |
| 4003 | Functional Testing | Determines if product meets specified application requirements. | Included* | |
| 4004 | Environmental Elements Application Testing | Determines product’s performance when subjected to environmental elements it is expected to encounter during regular use. Includes moisture, UV, temperature changes within a specified range, vibration, salt water, EMI, etc. | TBD | |
| 4005 | Long Term Reliability Testing | Simulates both normal and extreme use (within warranty coverage) by an end user. | TBD | |
| 4006 | Safety Testing Support (UL, FCC, CE, RoHS, FDA, Etc.) | Ensures the component, manufacturing processes, etc. of products meet international or selling countries’ safety standards and requirements. | TBD |
| 15244 NW Greenbrier Parkway, Beaverton, OR 97006, USA Tel: (503) 644-2290 Fax: (503) 644-0962 info@e-bi.com www.e-bi.com | 3 |
Portland, Sydney, Singapore, Shenzhen, Shanghai, Ningbo, Beijing, Hanoi
The previous project operation summary covers reasonable, manufacturing job-related work based on established industry practices as agreed upon by E-BI and the client at the time of this quote. This summary is not comprehensive, nor does it include specific fee costs, as the exact cost breakdown is unpredictable at this time.
Any prototypes produced per Category 3000 are intended to verify product concepts only. Functional prototypes are NOT to be used for full product testing, or otherwise expected to perform per the requirements of finished goods.
Any tests implemented per Category 4000 will be performed at a level deemed appropriate with respect to the project requirements.
After ratifying this quote, further client-requested requirements (e.g. specific product R&D work, engineering, evaluation, additional testing, additional QA/QC requirements, additional certifications, etc.) may result in additional fees.
| 15244 NW Greenbrier Parkway, Beaverton, OR 97006, USA Tel: (503) 644-2290 Fax: (503) 644-0962 info@e-bi.com www.e-bi.com | 4 |
Portland, Sydney, Singapore, Shenzhen, Shanghai, Ningbo, Beijing, Hanoi
Milestones and Deliverables
The project, including workable prototype(s), has been divided into the following measurable milestones and deliverables:
Work Week 1st - 4th: Structure Reverse Design for 1.0&3.0 Fill Station/Laundry unit/Ice unit/ Generator
Work Week 5th -10th: Redesign the enclosure for 1.0 and 3.0 Fill station/Laundry Unit/Ice Unit
Work Week 11th: Customer approval
Work Week 12th -15th: Making prototype and ship to customer
Project Cost Summary for Pre-Design, Phase 1, and Phase 2
The following summary of the design project cost is estimated in USO:
| Project Cost Summary | Cost |
|
Pre-Design Feasibility study, research, evaluation, etc. |
USD20,500 |
|
Phase 1 Labor Mechanical structure reverse engineering (OTS parts and EE parts are not included), Enclosure re-design, BOM build, design review, etc. | |
|
Phase 2 Labor BOM cost analysis, OFM, OFC, etc. | |
|
Prototype Cost Quantity of prototypes depends on client requirements. |
Will quote separately |
| Estimated Product Development Cost | USD20,500 |
Payment Terms for Pre-Design, Phase 1, and Phase 2
An initial installation of USD10,250 will be required to start Pre-Design engineering, research, and consultation.
The remaining USD10,250 will be required upon approval of the design.
Payment is due upon invoice.
Unit Production Cost
A preliminary BOM cost will be created during Phase 1. An actual quote for both mass production and production tooling will be generated after Phase 2.
| 15244 NW Greenbrier Parkway, Beaverton, OR 97006, USA Tel: (503) 644-2290 Fax: (503) 644-0962 info@e-bi.com www.e-bi.com | 5 |
Portland, Sydney, Singapore, Shenzhen, Shanghai, Ningbo, Beijing, Hanoi
Expiration
This Agreement is solely a proposal and does not become a binding and enforceable contract between the parties until signed below by CleanCore Solutions, Inc Without CleanCore Solutions, lnc.’s signature, this proposal is only valid for thirty (30) days from the date of E-Bl’s signature. After thirty (30) days, a new proposal must be generated to initiate the project and special consideration must be given to the scheduling and availability of E-Bl’s resources.
Acceptance
The signature of CleanCore Solutions, Inc. below acknowledges that CleanCore Solutions, Inc. understands and accepts the terms of the Agreement, including those contained in Exhibit A attached hereto, thereby forming a contract between the parties. This Agreement represents the final and total Agreement and replaces and supersedes all prior or contemporaneous agreements, representations, negotiations, proposals, or contracts, verbal or written between the parties. This Agreement can only be modified by an express written agreement that is signed by authorized representatives of E-BI and CleanCore Solutions, Inc. This Agreement shall commence on the date signed by CleanCore Solutions, Inc. and run for a period of one (1) year.
By signing this agreement CleanCore Solutions, Inc. also and specifically acknowledges the limitation on E-Bl’s potential total liability to CleanCore Solutions, Inc. as set forth in the paragraph entitled “Limitation of E-Bl’s Liability and Release” contained in the Exhibit A attached hereto, and acknowledges further that CleanCore Solutions, Inc. has the option of having E-BI raise Its limit of liability for an additional fee.
| E-Business International Incorporated | CleanCore Solutions, Inc. | |||
| By: | /s/ Jack Zou | By: | /s/ Jason Gregorey | |
| Printed Name: | Jack Zou | Printed Name: | Jason Gregorey | |
| Title: | Vice President | Title: | SVP Operations | |
| Date: | 8/22/2024 | Date: | 8/21/2024 | |
| 15244 NW Greenbrier Parkway, Beaverton, OR 97006, USA Tel: (503) 644-2290 Fax: (503) 644-0962 info@e-bi.com www.e-bi.com | 6 |
Portland, Sydney, Singapore,
Shenzhen, Shanghai, Ningbo, Beijing, Hanoi
Exhibit A.: Product Development Agreement
Assignment
This Agreement shall not be assigned in whole or in part without the written consent by an authorized representative of both parties.
Governing Law
This Agreement will be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Oregon without regard to conflict of laws.
limitation of E-Bl’s Liability and Release
Client hereby agrees that E-Bl’s total liability to client for any and all damages, losses, expenses, injuries, demand, claims, suits or causes of action of any kind whether soundings in tort, contract or any other nature incurred in defending any such actions arising from E-Bl’s performance of the work called for by this agreement is limited to the fee due to E-BI for this project or 10,000usd, whichever is less. Client expressly released E-BI from any and all liability or liabilities to client that arise from E-Bl’s performance of this agreement to the extent such liability or liabilities exceed the fee due E-BI or 10,000usd whichever is less. If client desires and for an additional fee client can request that E-BI increase its limit of potential liability beyond the fee amount.
Termination, Postponement or Delay
This Agreement may be terminated, postponed or delayed upon fifteen (15) days written notice by E-BI. In the event of such termination, postponement or delay, Client shall pay E-BI for all project services rendered through the date of such termination, postponement or delay, including payment for time expended and out-of-pocket expenses incurred or committed to by E-B1.
| 15244 NW Greenbrier Parkway, Beaverton, OR 97006, USA Tel: (503) 644-2290 Fax: (503) 644-0962 info@e-bi.com www.e-bi.com | 7 |
Portland, Sydney, Singapore, Shenzhen, Shanghai, Ningbo, Beijing, Hanoi
Effect of Termination
Upon the expiration or termination of this Agreement, each party shall be released from all obligations and liabilities hereunder.
Waiver
None of the terms of this Agreement may be waived except by an express agreement in writing signed by the party against whom enforcement of such waiver is sought. The failure or delay of either party in enforcing any of its rights under this Agreement shall not be deemed a continuing waiver of such right.
Warranties
E-BI makes no warranties, express or implied, regarding the service or equipment covered by this agreement, and any warranties of merchantability or fitness for a particular purposes are expressly excluded.
Severability
Upon acceptance of this Agreement by Client, should any portion of this Agreement be found invalid, the balance of the provisions shall remain unaffected and shall be enforceable. Should any portion of the Agreement be found to conflict with tariffs or governmental rules and regulations, the tariffs or governmental rules and regulations will supersede.
| 15244 NW Greenbrier Parkway, Beaverton, OR 97006, USA Tel: (503) 644-2290 Fax: (503) 644-0962 info@e-bi.com www.e-bi.com | 8 |
Exhibit 10.15
SEPARATION AGREEMENT AND RELEASE OF CLAIMS
This Separation Agreement and Release of Claims (the “Separation Agreement”) is made by and between Douglas T. Moore, an individual (“Executive” or “Moore”), and CleanCore Solutions, Inc., a corporation organized under the laws of Nevada corporation and with a principal place of business at 5920 South 118th Circle, Suite 2, Omaha, NE 68137 (“Company” or “CleanCore”). The Executive and the Company are referred to herein from time to time collectively as the “Parties” and each individually as a “Party”.
RECITALS:
R-1. The Parties entered into an Executive Employment Agreement dated February 5, 2024 pursuant to which the Company employed the Executive as its Chief Executive Officer. That agreement, including subsequent amendments to it, if any, are referred to herein as the “Executive Employment Agreement.”
R-2. Effective June 7, 2024 (the “Separation Date”), Executive resigned from all positions he held with the Company, including his position as Chief Executive Officer, his position as a member of the Company’s board of directors, and any and all positions of employment with the Company, and he terminated the Executive Employment Agreement. The Company has accepted Executive’s resignation and his termination of the Executive Employment Agreement. The Executive’s period of Employment which ended as of the Separation Date is referred to herein as the “Executive’s Period of Employment.”
R-3. As of the Separation Date, the Executive’s base salary under the Executive Employment Agreement was two hundred fifty thousand and no/100 United States dollars ($250,000.00) per year.
R-4. The Parties are entering into this Separation Agreement to provide for the Executive’s separation from the Company and the amicable settlement and resolution of any and all disputes, claims, complaints, grievances, charges, actions, petitions, and demands between the Parties, including, but not limited to, any and all claims arising out of or in any way related to Executive’s employment with the Company or his separation from the Company.
AGREEMENT:
NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual promises contained herein, and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt, adequacy, and sufficiency of which is hereby acknowledged by each Party, the Parties, intending to be legally bound, agree as follows:
1. Termination of Employment and the Executive Employment Agreement. The Company’s employment of the Executive and the Executive Employment Agreement are terminated effective as of the Separation Date as a result of Executive’s resignation as Chief Executive Officer of the Company and from any and all other positions held by the Executive as of the Separation Date, including his position as a director of the Company, and the Executive’s termination of the Executive Employment Agreement. The Executive acknowledges that his resignation is not the result of any disagreement with the Company on any matter relating to its operation, policies (including accounting or financial policies) or practices.
1
2. Unconditional Payments.
a. No later than the earlier of the Company’s next regularly scheduled payday following the Separation Date or the date coming two weeks after the Separation Date, the Company will provide the Executive with a payment, at the Executive’s regular base salary rate as of the Separation Date, for the time the Executive worked prior to the Separation Date during the Company’s regular pay period containing the Separation Date, less applicable statutory deductions, and authorized withholdings (e.g., for income tax and FICA) (the “Final Salary Payment”).
b. The Final Salary Payment will include an amount for the Executive’s accrued but unused vacation time, if any, as of the Separation Date.
c. The Company will pay Executive all his earned, accrued, and unpaid benefits as of the Separation Date, if any, under the Company’s employee benefit plans, including any such benefits under the Company’s pension, disability, and life insurance plans, policies, and programs. Payment for such benefits, if any, will be made according to the terms of the applicable employee benefit plan or, if an earlier date is required by applicable law, than by that earlier date.
d. Executive will retain eighty-seven thousand five hundred (87,500) shares of class B common stock that have already vested as of the date of this Agreement (the “Issued Shares”) under that certain restricted stock grant agreement between the Executive and the Company dated April 30, 2024.
e. The Company will send the Executive, under separate cover, information about his rights to elect medical, dental and vision insurance continuation coverage under the Consolidated Omnibus Budget Reconciliation Act (“COBRA”), if the Executive has such rights.
Nothing in this Agreement is intended to impair any of the Executive’s rights described in this Section 2.
In addition, and provided that the Executive agrees to and accepts the terms of this Separation Agreement and does not revoke his acceptance pursuant to Section 15 below:
3. Separation Benefits. In consideration of the Executive entering into, not revoking his acceptance of, and his compliance with, this Separation Agreement, including his release of claims and covenant not to sue in Section 7 below:
a. The Company will pay the Executive a payment in an amount equal to eighty thousand and no/one hundred United States dollars ($80,000.00), less applicable statutory deductions and authorized withholdings (e.g., for income tax and FICA), if any (the “Separation Payment”) subject to the conditions in this Separation Agreement and according to the following installment schedule and terms:
(i) The Separation Payment will be paid in installments, each in the amount of ten thousand and no/one hundred United States dollars ($10,000.00), less applicable statutory deductions and authorized withholdings, if any (each installment being an “Installment”).
2
(ii) The first Instalment will be payable on the “First Installment Payment Date,” which means the Company’s first-regularly scheduled employee payday that comes at least ten (10) days after the Effective Date (as that term is defined in Section 15 below). Each of the remaining Installments will be payable on the Company’s regularly scheduled bi- weekly paydays that occur after the First Installment Payment Date until the balance of the Separation Payment has been paid to the Executive. Notwithstanding the provisions of this Section 3, the Company may change the date and period of its regularly scheduled paydays and regular pay periods in its sole discretion, and, if the Company does that, the Installment payment schedule may change accordingly.
(iii) Each Installment will be paid by means (e.g., direct deposit) in accordance with Execuive’s payroll payment authorization on file with the Company as of the Separation Date.
b. On January 2, 2025, The Company will issue to the Executive twenty thousand (20,000) restricted shares of the Company’s class B common stock, par value $0.0001 (the “Separation Shares,” which along with the Issued Shares are referred to herein collectively as the “Shares” and each individually as a “Share”).
c. At Executive’s request to the Company, provided the request is made within thirty days following the Effective Date, the Company will enter into an advisory agreement (the “Advisory Agreement”) with Executive providing the following:
(i) the Company will during the term of the Advisory Agreement (and continuing with respect to any particular New Client (as defined below) during the commission period for such New Client) pay Executive a ten percent (10%) commission on Revenues (as defined below) the Company actually receives during the two-year period commencing on the date that (1) a client that the Executive introduces to the Company first becomes a client of the Company (“New Clients”) and (2) Evergreen Cottages and any other Targeted Lead (defined below) become a client of the Company. For purposes of this provision, “Revenues” means all revenue properly recognized under United States generally accepted accounting principles, consistently applied, less all rebates, discounts and other price allowances.
(iii) New Clients must be pre-cleared by the Company before Executive commences any sales outreach to them, else Executive will not be eligible to receive any commission on Revenues the Company receives from such New Clients as provided in Section 3(c)(i) above.
(iv) As used in this Separation Agreement, “Targeted Lead” means any company that, during Executive’s Period of Employment, was a lead of Executive, and only of Executive, with respect to the company becoming a customer of the Company as substantiated by documented information in the Company’s PipeDrive database demonstrating that (1) representative(s) of the company met with Executive in person and received emails from Executive prior to the Separation Date about their company becoming a customer of the Company, (2) those representative(s) showed an interest in their company becoming a customer of the Company prior to the Separation Date, and (3) Executive was, prior to the Separation Date, the initial or the primary contact on behalf of the Company with the company associated with those representative(s). The Company will provide Executive with reasonable access to Company data from Targeted Leads so Revenues can be realized from them. If necessary, the Company and Executive will conduct a mutual review of the Executive’s customer leads prior to the Separation Date to verify if those leads constitute Targeted Leads.
3
d. In addition to any other conditions set forth in this Separation Agreement, the Executive’s right to have the Company enter into the Advisory Agreement with him and Executive’s right to the Separation Payment, any Installment thereof, and the Separation Shares under this Separation Agreement are conditioned on his compliance with each and every provision of this Separation Agreement and the Executive’s Employee Confidential and Inventions Assignment Agreement previously executed by the Executive on February 2, 2024 (the “CIAA”). If in the good-faith judgment of the Company the Executive has breached any material provision of this Separation Agreement or the CIAA, the Company will be entitled to forego any obligation hereunder to enter into the Advisory Agreement or, if that has been already entered into, to terminate the Advisory Agreement without penalty or being subject to damages and to recover from the Executive the full value of any portion of the Separation Payment already paid and any of the Separation Shares already issued as of the date of such breach, less applicable deductions and authorized statutory withholdings, and to cancel any portion of the Separation Payment and award of Separation Shares that has not been paid or issued as of the date of such breach. (Executive recognizes, acknowledges, and agrees that the CIAA, by its terms, survives the end of his employment with the Company.)
4. Except for Executive’s right to retain the Issued Shares noted in Section 2 above and right to an award of the Separation Shares noted in Section 3 above, Executive will not be entitled to any other grants or vesting under existing awards under the Company’s equity incentive plan, and all such grants, awards, and vesting rights are hereby canceled.
5. No Additional Benefits. Other than as set forth in this Separation Agreement, the Executive expressly acknowledges and agrees that he is not entitled to and will not receive any additional compensation, payments or benefits of any kind from the Company or any of the other Company Releasees (as that phrase is defined in Section 7 below), including but not limited to any severance under Section 6(a) of the Executive Employment Agreement or a bonus, and the Executive expressly acknowledges and agrees that no representations or promises to the contrary have been made to him. To the extent Executive has a right to receive severance under Section 6(a) Executive Employment Agreement, he waives such right in light of the consideration provided to him under this Separation Agreement, including, without limitation, the consideration provided in Section 3 above and the Company’s general release of claims and covenant not to sue provided in Section 8 below.
6. Unemployment. The Company will not object to any lawful application by the Executive to receive unemployment benefits.
7. Release of Claims and Covenant Not to Sue By The Executive.
a. Release of Claims. As a condition of the Company’s willingness to enter into this Separation Agreement, and in consideration for the Company’s agreements contained in this Separation Agreement (including, without limitation, the Company’s release of claims and covenant not to sue provided in Section 8), the Executive, for, and with the intention of binding, himself and the other Executive Releasors (defined below), hereby releases, waives and forever discharges the Company and the other Company Releasees (defined below) from, and hereby acknowledges full accord and satisfaction of, any and all claims, demands, causes of action, and liabilities of any kind whatsoever (upon any legal or equitable theory, whether contractual, common law or statutory, under federal, state or local law or otherwise), whether known or unknown, asserted or unasserted, by reason of any act, omission, transaction, agreement or occurrence that the Executive and the Executive Releasors, or any of them, ever had, now has or hereafter may have against the Company and the other Company Releasees up to and including the date the Executive executes this Separation Agreement (collectively, the “Executive Released Claims” and each an “Executive Released Claim”).
4
Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Executive and the other Executive Releasors hereby release and forever discharge the Company and the other Company Releasees from:
(i) any and all claims relating to or arising from the Executive’s employment with the Company, the terms and conditions of that employment, and the termination of that employment;
(ii) any and all claims of employment discrimination, harassment or retaliation under any federal, state or local statute or ordinance, public policy or the common law, including, without limitation, any and all claims under Title VII of the Civil Rights Act of 1964, the Civil Rights Act of 1991, the Americans with Disabilities Act, the Rehabilitation Act of 1973, the Age Discrimination in Employment Act, the Older Workers Benefit Protection Act, the Fair Labor Standards Act, the Equal Pay Act, the Genetic Information Nondiscrimination Act of 2008, the Family Medical Leave Act, the Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act of 1966, the National Labor Relations Act, the Occupational Safety and Health Act, the Families First Coronavirus Response Act, the Coronavirus Aid, Relief, and Economic Security Act, the Constitution of Nevada, Nevada Revised Statutes (“N.R.S.”) § 608.017 (wage discrimination based on sex), N.R.S. §§ 613.310 - 613.345 (unlawful employment practices), the Nevada Occupational Safety and Health Act (N.R.S. § 618.005 et seq.), any Nevada state civil rights act, any state statutory wage claim as set forth in Chapter 608 of the Nevada Revised Statutes, and any other laws of the State of Nevada, the Constitution of Nebraska, the Nebraska Fair Employment Act, Neb. Rev. Stats. § 48-1101 et seq., and any other laws of the State of Nebraska, the Virginia Constitution, the Virginia Human Rights Act, Va. Code Ann. § 2.2-3900 et seq., the Virginians With Disabilities Act, Va. Code Ann. § 51.5-1 et seq., the Virginia Equal Pay Act, Va. Code Ann. § 40.1-28.6, the Virginia Genetic Testing and Genetic Characteristics Bias in Employment Law, Va. Code Ann., § 40.1-28.7:1, the Virginia Crime Victim Leave Law, Va. Code Ann., § 40.1-28.7:2, the Virginia Military Leave Law, Va. Code Ann., § 44-93.2 et seq., and any other laws of the Commonwealth of Virginia, including as such constitutions and laws have been or may be amended;
(iii) any and all claims for employee benefits, including, without limitation, any and all claims under the federal Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, including as such law has been or may be amended; provided, however, that nothing in this Section 7(a) is intended to release, diminish, or otherwise affect any vested monies or other vested benefits to which the Executive may be entitled from, under, or pursuant to any savings or retirement plan of the Company;
5
(iv) any and all claims for slander, libel, defamation, negligent or intentional infliction of emotional distress, personal injury, prima facie tort, negligence, compensatory or punitive damages, or any other claim for damages or injury of any kind whatsoever; and
(v) any and all claims for monetary recovery, including, without limitation, monetary recovery or awards as may be provided by statute, attorneys’ fees, experts’ fees, medical fees or expenses, costs and disbursements and the like.
By entering into this Separation Agreement, the Executive represents and agrees that the failure of this Separation Agreement to specifically identify or enumerate above any statute, ordinance, or common law theory under which he releases claims is not intended by the Executive or the Company to limit, diminish or impair in any way the Executive’s intended and actual release of all claims, demands, causes of action, and liabilities of any kind whatsoever against the Company and the Company Releasees.
It is understood that the release of claims set forth in this Section 7(a) does not serve to waive any rights or claims that: (i) pursuant to law, cannot be waived or subject to a release of this kind, such as claims for unemployment or workers’ compensation benefits, rights to vested benefits under any applicable welfare, retirement and/or pension plans, or rights to defense and indemnification, if any, from the Company for actions taken by the Executive in the course and scope of the Executive’s employment with the Company; (ii) claims, actions, or rights arising under or to enforce the terms of this Separation Agreement; or (iii) the right to file a charge with an administrative agency or participate in an agency investigation, provided, however, that the Executive hereby waives his right to recover any money in connection with such charge or investigation, with the exception of any payments or awards under the federal Securities Whistleblower Incentives program (see 17 C.F.R. §§ 240.21F-1 - 240.21F-18, as may be amended). Moreover, nothing in this Separation Agreement limits or waives, or is intended to limit or waive, the Executive’s right pursuant to the Older Workers Benefit Protection Act to seek a judicial determination of the validity of the Separation Agreement’s waiver of claims under the Age Discrimination in Employment Act.
b. Covenant Not to Sue. As a condition of the Company’s willingness to enter into this Separation Agreement, and in consideration for the Company’s agreements contained in this Separation Agreement (including, without limitation, the Company’s release of claims and covenant not to sue provided in Section 8), the Executive, for, and with the intention of binding, himself and the other Executive Releasors (defined below), agrees, to the fullest extent permitted by law, that at no time subsequent to the Effective Date of this Separation Agreement will the Executive pursue, or cause or knowingly permit the prosecution of, in any state, federal or foreign court, or before any local, state, federal or foreign administrative agency, or any other tribunal, any charge, claim or action of any kind, nature and character whatsoever, known or unknown, which Executive and Executive Releasors, or any of them, may now have, have ever had, or may in the future have against the Company and the Company Releasees, or any of them, which is based in whole or in part on any claim, demand, cause of action, or liability released by the Executive pursuant to this Separation Agreement.
6
c. By signing this Separation Agreement, the Executive represents and warrants that (i) he has full power and authority to release the claims that are being released in this Section 7 and (ii) none of those claims has been assigned to any other individual or entity.
d. For purposes of this Separation Agreement, the terms:
| (i) | “Company Releasors” and “Company Releasees” mean: (1) CleanCore and its predecessors, parent companies, affiliated companies (including, without limitation, subsidiaries), successors, and assigns, and (2) all of the past, present and future directors, officers, members, managers, employees, attorneys, representatives, agents, contractors, consultants, and insurers of each of the entities listed in clause (1) of this sentence, and this Separation Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and shall be binding and enforceable by all such entities and individuals; and, |
| (ii) | “Executive Releasors” and “Executive Releases” mean: (1) the Executive and each of his respective successors, assigns, heirs, executors, administrators, employees, attorneys, representatives, agents, contractors, consultants, and insurers and (2) all of the past, present and future directors, officers, members, managers, employees, attorneys, representatives, agents, contractors, consultants, and insurers of each of the entities listed in clause (1) of this sentence, and this Separation Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and shall be binding and enforceable by all such entities and individuals. |
8. Release of Claims and Covenant Not to Sue By The Company.
a. Release of Claims. As a condition of the Executive’s willingness to enter into this Separation Agreement, and in consideration for the Executive’s agreements contained in this Separation Agreement (including, without limitation, the Executive’s release of claims and covenant not to sue provided in Section 7), the Company, for, and with the intention of binding, itself and the other Company Releasors, hereby releases, waives and forever discharges the Executive and the other Executive Releasees from, and hereby acknowledges full accord and satisfaction of, any and all claims, demands, causes of action, and liabilities of any kind whatsoever (upon any legal or equitable theory, whether contractual, common law or statutory, under federal, state or local law or otherwise), whether known or unknown, asserted or unasserted, by reason of any act, omission, transaction, agreement or occurrence that the Company and the Company Releasors, or any of them, ever had, now has or hereafter may have against the Executive and the other Executive Releasees up to and including the date the Executive executes this Separation Agreement (collectively, the “Company Released Claims” and each a “Company Released Claim”).
Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Company and the other Company Releasors hereby release and forever discharge the Executive and the other Executive Releasees from:
(i) any and all claims relating to or arising from the Executive’s employment with the Company, the terms and conditions of that employment, and the termination of that employment;
7
(ii) any and all claims for slander, libel, defamation, negligent or intentional infliction of emotional distress, personal injury, prima facie tort, negligence, compensatory or punitive damages, or any other claim for damages or injury of any kind whatsoever; and
(iii) any and all claims for monetary recovery, including, without limitation, monetary recovery or awards as may be provided by statute, attorneys’ fees, experts’ fees, medical fees or expenses, costs and disbursements and the like.
By entering into this Separation Agreement, the Company represents and agrees that the failure of this Separation Agreement to specifically identify or enumerate above any statute, ordinance, or common law theory under which it releases claims is not intended by the Executive or the Company to limit, diminish or impair in any way the Company’s intended and actual release of all claims, demands, causes of action, and liabilities of any kind whatsoever against the Executive and the Executive Releasees.
It is understood that the release of claims set forth in this Section 8(a) does not serve to waive any rights or claims that: (i) pursuant to law, cannot be waived or subject to a release of this kind; (ii) claims, actions, or rights arising under or to enforce the terms of this Separation Agreement; or (iii) the right to file a charge with an administrative agency or participate in an agency investigation, provided, however, that the Company hereby waives its right to recover any money in connection with such charge or investigation, with the exception of any payments or awards under the federal Securities Whistleblower Incentives program (see 17 C.F.R. §§ 240.21F- 1 - 240.21F-18, as may be amended). Moreover, nothing in this Separation Agreement limits or waives, or is intended to limit or waive, the Company’s right, if any, pursuant to the Older Workers Benefit Protection Act to seek a judicial determination of the validity of the Separation Agreement’s waiver of claims under the Age Discrimination in Employment Act.
b. Covenant Not to Sue. As a condition of the Executive’s willingness to enter into this Separation Agreement, and in consideration for the Executive’s agreements contained in this Separation Agreement (including, without limitation, the Executive’s release of claims and covenant not to sue provided in Section 7), the Company, for, and with the intention of binding, itself and the other Company Releasors, agrees, to the fullest extent permitted by law, that at no time subsequent to the Effective Date of this Separation Agreement will the Company pursue, or cause or knowingly permit the prosecution of, in any state, federal or foreign court, or before any local, state, federal or foreign administrative agency, or any other tribunal, any charge, claim or action of any kind, nature and character whatsoever, known or unknown, which the Company and the Company Releasors, or any of them, may now have, have ever had, or may in the future have against the Executive and the Executive Releasees, or any of them, which is based in whole or in part on any claim, demand, cause of action, or liability released by the Company pursuant to this Separation Agreement.
c. By signing this Separation Agreement, the Company represents and warrants that (i) it has full power and authority to release the claims that are being released in this Section 8 and (ii) none of those claims has been assigned to any other individual or entity.
8
9. Lock-Up; Leak-Out.
a. The Company received approval by email from Boustead Securities, LLC to cause the Boustead Lock-Up (defined below) on the Shares to expire on December 31, 2024. So long as the Boustead Lock-Up is in effect, Executive agrees not to take any actions with respect to the Shares insofar as that action would violate any of the terms of the Boustead Lock-Up. As used in this Separation Agreement, the term “Boustead Lock-Up” means the lock up agreement signed by the Executive on or about the date of the pricing of the Company’s initial public offering.
b. Executive will not sell any Shares in the market on any trading day in excess of five percent (5%) of the volume on any such trading day.
c. Executive will comply with applicable law with respect to all sales of Shares.
10. Right to Review Press Release and Form 8-K. The Company will provide Executive with a reasonable opportunity to review and comment on a Company press release or Company Form 8-K (or disclosure in a Company 10-Q if the Company discloses the separation in a Form 10-Q instead of a Form 8-K) concerning his separation before the Company causes such press release to be issued or Form 8-K (or Form 10-Q, if applicable) to be filed with the United States Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”). The press release, if any, issued by the Company concerning Executive’s separation from the Company will include a mutually agreeable statement thanking Executive for playing a key role in helping the Company get through its successful initial public offering and restructuring the debt evidenced by the October 17, 2022 promissory note issued by the Company to Burlington Capital, LLC. The press release will also indicate that Executive will continue as a senior advisor to assist the Company build a broad base of customers and pursue other strategic initiatives as needed.
11. Mutual Non-Disparagement.
a. Executive agrees not to make, or cause to be made, to any third-party, any disparaging comment about the Company or any of the other Company Releasees, including without limitation any disparaging comments about the business of the Company or any of its products or services.
b. The Company agrees that it will direct its executive management team and board of directors not to make, or cause to be made, to any third-party, any disparaging comment about the Executive, and the Company will not authorize any of its employees, contractors, consultants, or agents to make to make, or cause to be made, to any third-party, any disparaging comment about the Executive.
c. Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section 11, neither the Company nor the Executive is restricted from providing information about the other as required by a court or governmental agency or by applicable law. Section 32 also provides important limitations on the provisions of Sections 11.a. and 11.b.
12. Company Passwords. No later than three (3) business days after the Effective Date (the “Return Date”), Executive will provide a written list to the Company listing all his passwords and other access credentials to all Company computer programs and systems and accounts (including those with third-party vendors).
9
13. Separation from Employment. By entering into this Separation Agreement, the Executive acknowledges and agrees that his employment with the Company has been permanently and irrevocably severed. Except as provided in this Separation Agreement, the Executive agrees that the Company will not have any obligation at any time in the future to reemploy him or enter into any other business arrangement of any kind with him.
14. Severability. If at any time after the date of the execution of this Separation Agreement any provision of this Separation Agreement shall be held by a tribunal (e.g., court or arbitrator) of competent jurisdiction to be illegal, void, or unenforceable, such provision shall be of no force and effect. The illegality or unenforceability of such provision shall have no effect upon, and shall not impair the enforceability of, any other provision of this Separation Agreement; provided, however, that:
a. if the release of claims or covenant not to sue in Section 7 above is held to be illegal, void, or unenforceable in whole or in part, Executive agrees to promptly execute a legal, valid, and enforceable general release and waiver of claims and covenant not to sue in favor of the Company and the other Company Releasees equal in scope to the general release and waiver of claims and covenant not to sue provided in Section 7 and, in the event that such a legal, valid, and enforceable general release and waiver of claims and covenant to sue cannot be or is not obtained, then the Executive shall be deemed to have assigned, transferred, and conveyed the Executive Released Claims to the Company; or,
b. if the release of claims or covenant not to sue in Section 8 above is held to be illegal, void, or unenforceable in whole or in part, the Company agrees to promptly execute a legal, valid, and enforceable general release and waiver of claims and covenant not to sue in favor of the Executive and the other Executive Releasees equal in scope to the general release and waiver of claims and covenant not to sue provided in Section 8 and, in the event that such a legal, valid, and enforceable general release and waiver of claims and covenant to sue cannot be or is not obtained, then the Company shall be deemed to have assigned, transferred, and conveyed the Company Released Claims to the Executive.
15. Voluntary Agreement.
a. The Company hereby advises the Executive to consult with an attorney before executing this Separation Agreement.
b. The Executive has twenty-one (21) days from the day first presented with this Separation Agreement to consider it, execute it, and return it personally or via email, first class U.S. mail, or reputable overnight courier service (e.g., FedEX or UPS) to the Company’s Chief Financial Officer, David Enholm at CleanCore Solutions, Inc., 5920 South 118th Circle, Suite 2, Omaha, NE 68137, denholm@cleancoresol.com. To the extent that the Executive executes this Separation Agreement before the end of the twenty-one (21) day period, the Executive hereby knowingly and voluntarily waives the remainder of that twenty-one (21) day period. If the Executive fails to execute and return this Separation Agreement to the Company within the twenty- one (21) day period, then this Separation Agreement will be null and void and of no force or effect.
c. The Executive agrees that, for a period of seven (7) days after he signs this Separation Agreement, he has the right to revoke his acceptance of it by providing written notice of his revocation personally or via email, first class U.S. mail, or reputable overnight courier service (e.g., FedEX or UPS) to the Company’s President and CEO at the address listed in Section 15.b. This Separation Agreement will not become fully effective and enforceable until after the expiration of the seven-day revocation period (the “Effective Date”). The Executive understands that the expiration of the seven-day period after he signs this Separation Agreement confirms that he did not revoke his assent to this Separation Agreement, and, therefore, that it is fully effective and enforceable, further provided that the Company also executes or has executed this Separation Agreement.
10
d. By signing this Separation Agreement, the Executive acknowledges and agrees that he:
(i) has carefully read and fully understands all of the provisions of the Separation Agreement (including the provisions in Section 7 concerning his release of claims and covenant not to sue);
(ii) understands that the claims he is releasing and for which he is providing a covenant not to sue under Section 7 include, but are not limited to, claims arising under the federal Age Discrimination in Employment Act;
(iii) knowingly and voluntarily agrees to all of the terms set forth in this Separation Agreement (including the provisions in Section 7 concerning his release of claims and covenant not to sue);
(iv) knowingly and voluntarily agrees to be legally bound by this Separation Agreement (including the provisions in Section 7 concerning his release of claims and covenant not to sue);
vii) has been given at least twenty-one (21) days in which to review and consider this Separation Agreement before signing it; and,
(viii) has been provided under the terms of this Separation Agreement a period of at least seven (7) days following his execution of the agreement in which the Executive may revoke it and that the Separation Agreement shall not become effective or enforceable until that seven (7) day revocation period has expired.
16. No Admission. Each Party understands and agrees that the other Party’s making of and entering into this Separation Agreement is not intended, and shall not be construed, as an admission by that other Party or the Releasors associated with that other Party to have violated any federal, state, or local law, ordinance, regulation, public policy or common law rule, or have committed any wrong whatsoever. This Separation Agreement shall be deemed to fall within the protection afforded to settlements, compromises, and offers to compromise by applicable law.
17. Complete Agreement. With the exception of the CIAA, this Separation Agreement represents the complete understanding between the Executive and the Company concerning the subject matter of this Separation Agreement, and no other promises or agreements concerning the subject matter of this Separation Agreement shall be binding unless reduced to writing and signed by the Executive and the Company. The Executive and the Company agree that this Separation Agreement supersedes any prior agreements or understandings of the Parties, whether oral or written, concerning the subject matter of this Separation Agreement, with the exception of the CIAA.
11
18. No Oral Modification. This Separation Agreement may only be amended in a writing signed by the Executive and the Company’s chief executive officer.
19. Drafting. Should any provision of this Separation Agreement require interpretation or construction, it is agreed by the Executive and the Company that the person interpreting or construing this Separation Agreement shall not apply a presumption against one Party by reason of the rule of construction that a document is to be construed more strictly against the party who prepared the document.
20. Successors and Assigns. This Separation Agreement is binding upon, and shall inure to the benefit of, the Company, the Company Releasees, the Executive, and the Executive Releasees.
21. Section 409A. It is intended that the payments and benefits provided under Section 3.a. and 3.b. this Separation Agreement shall be exempt from the application of the requirements of Section 409A of the U.S. Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (“Section 409A”) by reason of one or more of the exceptions in Treas. Reg. 1.409A-1; to the extent not so exempt, it is intended that the payments and benefits provided under Section 3.a. and 3.b. this Separation Agreement shall comply with Section 409A. The Parties agree that Executive’s termination of employment shall constitute an involuntary “separation from service” under Treas. Reg. 1.409A-1(n)(1). Notwithstanding the provisions of the immediately preceding sentences in this Section 21, the Company does not warrant or otherwise assure that the payments and benefits provided under this Separation Agreement, including those under Section 3.a. and 3.b., will be considered by the federal Internal Revenue Service (“IRS”) or other appropriate governmental authorities to be exempt from the application of the requirements of Section 409A, and a finding by the IRS or other appropriate governmental authority that the payments and benefits (or any of them) provided under this Separation Agreement are not exempt, either in whole or in part, from the application of the requirements of Section 409A shall be no grounds for the Executive to seek or obtain any form of relief against the Company or rescission or reformation of this Separation Agreement.
22. Tax Consequences. The Company makes no representations or warranties with respect to the tax consequences of the payments and any other consideration provided to the Executive or made on his behalf under the terms of this Separation Agreement. The Executive agrees and understands that he is responsible for payment, if any, of local, state, and/or federal taxes on the payments and any other consideration provided hereunder by the Company and any penalties or assessments thereon. The Executive further agrees to indemnify and hold the Company harmless from any claims, demands, deficiencies, penalties, interest, assessments, executions, judgments, or recoveries by any government agency against the Company for any amounts claimed due on account of (a) the Executive’s failure to pay or delayed payment of, federal or state taxes, or (b) damages sustained by the Company by reason of any such claims, including attorneys’ fees and costs.
23. Authority; No Liens, Claims or Assignments Of or On Released Claims. (a) The Company represents and warrants that the undersigned representative of the Company has the authority to act on behalf of the Company and to bind the Company and all who may claim through it to the terms and conditions of this Separation Agreement and that there are no liens or claims of lien or assignments in law or equity or otherwise of or against any of the claims or causes of action released herein by the Company. (b) The Executive represents and warrants that he has the capacity to act on his own behalf and on behalf of all who might claim through him to bind them to the terms and conditions of this Separation Agreement that there are no liens or claims of lien or assignments in law or equity or otherwise of or against any of the claims or causes of action released herein by the Executive.
12
24. No Representations. (a) The Executive represents and warrants that, in entering into this Separation Agreement, he has not relied upon any representations or statements made by the Company that are not specifically set forth in this Separation Agreement. (b) The Company represents and warrants that, in entering into this Separation Agreement, it has not relied upon any representations or statements made by the Executive that are not specifically set forth in this Separation Agreement.
25. No Waiver. The failure of a Party to insist upon the performance of any of the terms and conditions in this Separation Agreement, or the failure to prosecute any breach of any of the terms or conditions of this Separation Agreement, will not be construed thereafter as a waiver by that Party of any such terms or conditions. This entire Separation Agreement will remain in full force and effect as if no such forbearance or failure of performance had occurred.
26. Attorneys’ Fees. Except with regard to a legal action challenging or seeking a determination in good faith of the validity of the waiver herein under the ADEA, in the event that either Party brings an action to enforce or effect its rights under this Separation Agreement, the prevailing Party will be entitled to recover its costs and expenses, including the costs of mediation, arbitration, litigation, court fees, and reasonable attorneys’ fees incurred in connection with such an action.
27. ARBITRATION. THE PARTIES AGREE THAT ANY AND ALL DISPUTES ARISING OUT OF THE TERMS OF THIS AGREEMENT, THEIR INTERPRETATION, AND ANY OF THE MATTERS HEREIN RELEASED, SHALL BE SUBJECT TO ARBITRATION IN DOUGLAS COUNTY, NEBRASKA BEFORE THE JUDICIAL ARBITRATION & MEDIATION SERVICES, INC. (“JAMS”), PURSUANT TO ITS EMPLOYMENT ARBITRATION RULES & PROCEDURES (“JAMS RULES”). THE ARBITRATOR MAY GRANT INJUNCTIONS AND OTHER RELIEF IN SUCH DISPUTES. THE ARBITRATOR SHALL ADMINISTER AND CONDUCT ANY ARBITRATION IN ACCORDANCE WITH NEBRASKA LAW, AND THE ARBITRATOR SHALL APPLY PENNSYLVANIA SUBSTANTIVE LAW (AND, IF APPLICABLE, SUBSTANTIVE FEDERAL LAW) TO ANY DISPUTE OR CLAIM, WITHOUT REFERENCE TO ANY CONFLICT-OF-LAW PROVISIONS OF ANY JURISDICTION. TO THE EXTENT THAT THE JAMS RULES CONFLICT WITH APPLICABLE NEBRASKA OR FEDERAL LAW, THE NEBRASKAS OR FEDERAL LAW, AS THE CASE MAY BE, SHALL TAKE PRECEDENCE. THE AWARD OF THE ARBITRATOR SHALL BE FINAL, CONCLUSIVE, AND BINDING ON THE PARTIES TO THE ARBITRATION, SUBJECT TO THE RIGHTS OF A PARTY UNDER THE FEDERAL ARBITRATION ACT OR THE PENNSYLVANIA UNIFORM ARBITRATION ACT TO MOVE TO HAVE THE AWARD VACATED, MODIFIED, OR CORRECTED. THE PARTIES AGREE THAT THE PREVAILING PARTY IN ANY ARBITRATION SHALL BE ENTITLED TO INJUNCTIVE RELIEF IN ANY COURT OF COMPETENT JURISDICTION TO ENFORCE THE ARBITRATION AWARD. THE PARTIES TO THE ARBITRATION SHALL EACH PAY AN EQUAL SHARE OF THE COSTS AND EXPENSES OF SUCH ARBITRATION, AND EACH PARTY SHALL SEPARATELY PAY FOR ITS RESPECTIVE COUNSEL FEES AND EXPENSES; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, THAT THE ARBITRATOR SHALL AWARD ATTORNEYS’ FEES AND COSTS TO THE PREVAILING PARTY, EXCEPT AS PROHIBITED BY LAW. THE PARTIES HEREBY AGREE TO WAIVE THEIR RIGHT TO HAVE ANY DISPUTE BETWEEN THEM RESOLVED IN A COURT OF LAW BY A JUDGE OR JURY. NOTWITHSTANDING THE FOREGOING, THIS SECTION WILL NOT PREVENT EITHER PARTY FROM SEEKING INJUNCTIVE RELIEF (OR ANY OTHER PROVISIONAL REMEDY) FROM ANY COURT HAVING JURISDICTION OVER THE PARTIES AND THE SUBJECT MATTER OF THEIR DISPUTE RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT AND ANY AGREEMENTS INCORPORATED HEREIN BY REFERENCE. SHOULD ANY PART OF THE ARBITRATION AGREEMENT CONTAINED IN THIS PARAGRAPH CONFLICT WITH ANY OTHER ARBITRATION AGREEMENT BETWEEN THE PARTIES, THE PARTIES AGREE THAT THIS ARBITRATION AGREEMENT SHALL GOVERN.
13
28. Governing Law. This Separation Agreement is governed by the laws of the State of Nebraska, without regard to its principles of conflicts of law.
29. Counterparts. This Separation Agreement may be executed in counterparts and also by facsimile, scan or other electronic means (e.g., DocuSign), and each counterpart, facsimile or electronic copy will have the same force and effect as an original and will constitute an effective, binding agreement on the part of each of the undersigned.
30. Further Assurances. The Parties agree to take all actions and to make, deliver, and sign any other documents and instruments that are necessary to carry out the terms, provisions, purpose, and intent of this Settlement Agreement.
31. Section Headings. The Section headings (e.g., “Counterparts”) used in this Separation Agreement are inserted for convenience only and will be disregarded in construing this Separation Agreement.
32. IMPORTANT. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Settlement Agreement (including, without limitation, anything in its Sections 7, 8, or 11) or the CIAA, nothing in this Settlement Agreement or the CIAA prohibits, restricts, or limits, or is intended to prohibit, restrict, or limit the right or ability of a Party (the “Reporting Party”) to: (a) report to, or communicate with, the appropriate federal or state law enforcement authorities or regulatory agencies about any possible unlawful conduct, regardless of when it occurred, by the other Party, its affiliated companies, or any of its successors, assigns, officers, directors, members, managers, consultants, contractors, or employees (including any employment harassment, assault, or discrimination), or speak with the Reporting Party’s own attorney about any such possible unlawful conduct; (b) report to or communicate with the United States Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) or any state securities regulator about any possible violation of a federal or state securities law (including, without limitation, such violation by either the Executive or the Company), regardless of when such possible violation occurred, or speak with the Reporting Party’s own attorney about such possible violation, or (c) apply for or receive an award from the SEC under the federal Securities Whistleblower Incentives program or from a state securities regulatory agency under a substantially similar state incentive program in connection with reporting a possible violation of a federal or state securities law.
[The remainder of this page is purposefully blank; the signature page follows.]
14
CONSULT WITH AN ATTORNEY AND READ
THIS SEPARATION AGREEMENT AND RELEASE OF CLAIMS CAREFULLY
BEFORE SIGNING IT. BY SIGNING THIS SEPARATION AGREEMENT AND
RELEASE OF CLAIMS YOU ARE GIVING UP IMPORTANT LEGAL RIGHTS.
FURTHERMORE, THIS CONTRACT CONTAINS AN ARBITRATION
PROVISION WHICH MAY BE ENFORCED BY THE PARTIES.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Parties have executed this Separation Agreement on the respective dates set forth below.
| CLEANCORE SOLUTIONS, INC. | ||
| By: | /s/ Clayton Adams | |
| Name: | Clayton Adams | |
| Title: | President | |
| Dated: June 10, 2024 | ||
| DOUGLAS T. MOORE | ||
| Signed: | /s/ Doug Moore | |
| Dated: June 9, 2024 | ||
15
Exhibit 10.20
CONSULTING AGREEMENT
EFFECTIVE DATE: April 1, 2024
THIS CONSULTING AGREEMENT (the “Agreement”) is made as of the Effective Date set forth above by and between CLEANCORE SOLUTIONS, INC., a Nevada corporation (“Client”) and the entity on the signature page hereto (“Consultant”).
1. Engagement of Services. In connection with the goal of advancing the Client’s aqueous ozone products in healthcare settings for Client, the Consultant will provide services to the Client and from and after the date hereof and subject to the terms of this Agreement, Consultant will render the following additional services to Client relating to the goal of advancing the use and adoption of aqueous ozone. The Consultant will provide necessary management services and insight on the day-to-day operations of the business in order to acquire new healthcare clients, and advise the Client on sales of the aqueous ozone products in the healthcare sector, assist and work on public company accounting functions, and strategic goals (all of such services, including those rendered prior to the date hereof are referred to herein as the “Services”). Consultant will have exclusive control over the manner and means of performing the Services, including the choice of place and time. Consultant will provide, at Consultant’s own expense, a place of work and all equipment, tools and other materials necessary to complete the Services; however, to the extent necessary to facilitate performance of the Services, Client may, in its discretion, make its equipment or facilities available to Consultant at Consultant’s request. While on the Client’s premises, Consultant agrees to comply with Client’s then-current access rules and procedures, including those related to safety, security and confidentiality. Consultant agrees and acknowledges that Consultant has no expectation of privacy with respect to Client’s telecommunications, networking or information processing systems (including stored computer files, email messages and voice messages) and that Consultant’s activities, including the sending or receiving of any files or messages, on or using those systems may be monitored, and the contents of such files and messages may be reviewed and disclosed, at any time, without notice.
2. Compensation. The client will pay the Consultant Twenty-Two Thousand dollars ($22,000) in compensation for each month of service until the Consultant enters into a formal employment agreement or terminates this agreement. In addition, the client will issue 250,000 RSU’s vested immediately and 18 months following an additional 250,000 vesting upon immediately. The Consultant will be reimbursed for reasonable and documented expenses. At any time the consultant could elect to defer cash compensation in leu of stock. The consultant currently has deferred expenses of ___ and loans of ___.
3. Additional renumeration: The client agrees to pay the consultant $175,000 USD in the event of a successful IPO where gross proceeds of 4mm or above are raised.
4. Board Clause: The client agrees the consultant will be granted Board observation rights for the term of this agreement. The client also agrees within 18 months the consultant has the ability to be assigned one board seat at his discretion but not outside of 18 months.
5. Ownership of Work Product. Consultant agrees that any and all Work Product, other than Preexisting IP (as defined below), shall be the sole and exclusive property of Client. Consultant hereby irrevocably assigns to Client all right, title and interest worldwide in and to any deliverables arising from the provision of the Services (“Deliverables”), and to any ideas, concepts, processes, discoveries, developments, formulae, information, materials, improvements, designs, artwork, content, software programs, other copyrightable works, and any other work product created, conceived or developed by Consultant (whether alone or jointly with others) for Client during or before the term of this Agreement, including all copyrights, patents, trademarks, trade secrets, and other intellectual property rights therein (the “Work Product”). Consultant retains no rights to use the Work Product other than rights to Preexisting IP and agrees not to challenge the validity of Client’s ownership of the Work Product. Consultant agrees to execute, at Client’s request and expense, all documents and other instruments necessary or desirable to confirm such assignment. In the event that Consultant does not, for any reason, execute such documents within a reasonable time after Client’s request, Consultant hereby irrevocably appoints Client as Consultant’s attorney-in-fact for the purpose of executing such documents on Consultant’s behalf, which appointment is coupled with an interest.
6. Other Rights. If Consultant has any rights, including without limitation “artist’s rights” or “moral rights,” in the Work Product other than Preexisting IP which cannot be assigned, Consultant hereby unconditionally and irrevocably grants to Client an exclusive (even as to Consultant), worldwide, fully paid and royalty-free, irrevocable, perpetual license, with rights to sublicense through multiple tiers of sublicensees, to use, reproduce, distribute, create derivative works of, publicly perform and publicly display the Work Product in any medium or format, whether now known of later developed. In the event that Consultant has any rights in the Work Product that cannot be assigned or licensed, Consultant unconditionally and irrevocably waives the enforcement of such rights, and all claims and causes of action of any kind against Client or Client’s customers.
7. License to Preexisting IP. Client acknowledges that Consultant may incorporate into Work Product intellectual property developed by a third party or by Consultant other than in the course of performing services for Client (“Preexisting IP”). To the extent that Consultant uses or incorporates Preexisting IP into Work Product, Consultant hereby grants to Client a non-exclusive, perpetual, fully-paid and royalty-free, irrevocable and worldwide right, with the right to sublicense through multiple levels of sublicensees, to use, reproduce, distribute, create derivative works of, publicly perform and publicly display in any medium or format, whether now known of later developed, such Preexisting IP incorporated or used in Work Product. However, in no event will Consultant incorporate into the Work Product any software code licensed under the GNU GPL or LGPL or any similar “open source” license. Consultant represents and warrants that Consultant has an unqualified right to license to Client all Preexisting IP as provided in this section.
2
8. Representations and Warranties. Consultant represents and warrants that: (a) the Services shall be performed in a professional manner and in accordance with the industry standards, (b) Work Product will be an original work of Consultant, (c) Consultant has the right and unrestricted ability to assign the ownership of Work Product to Client as set forth in Section 3 (including without limitation the right to assign the ownership of any Work Product created by Consultant’s employees or contractors), (d) the Work Product nor any element thereof will infringe upon or misappropriate any copyright, patent, trademark, trade secret, right of publicity or privacy, or any other proprietary right of any person, whether contractual, statutory or common law, (e) Consultant has an unqualified right to grant to Client the license to Preexisting IP set forth in Section 5, and (f) Consultant will comply with all applicable federal, state, local and foreign laws governing self-employed individuals, including laws requiring the payment of taxes, such as income and employment taxes, and social security, disability, and other contributions. Consultant agrees to indemnify and hold Client harmless from any and all damages, costs, claims, expenses or other liability (including reasonable attorneys’ fees) arising from or relating to the breach or alleged breach by Consultant of the representations and warranties set forth in this Section 6.
9. Independent Contractor Relationship. Consultant’s relationship with Client is that of an independent contractor, and nothing in this Agreement is intended to, or should be construed to, create a partnership, agency, joint venture, or employment relationship between Client and any of Consultant’s employees or agents. Consultant is not authorized to make any representation, contract, or commitment on behalf of Client. Consultant (if Consultant is an individual) and Consultant’s employees will not be entitled to any of the benefits that Client may make available to its employees, including, but not limited to, group health or life insurance, profit-sharing or retirement benefits. Because Consultant is an independent contractor, Client will not withhold or make payments for social security, make unemployment insurance or disability insurance contributions, or obtain workers’ compensation insurance on behalf of Consultant. Consultant is solely responsible for, and will file, on a timely basis, all tax returns and payments required to be filed with, or made to, any federal, state or local tax authority with respect to the performance of Services and receipt of fees under this Agreement. Consultant is solely responsible for, and must maintain adequate records of, expenses incurred in the course of performing Services under this Agreement. No part of Consultant’s compensation will be subject to withholding by Client for the payment of any social security, federal, state or any other employee payroll taxes. Client will regularly report amounts paid to Consultant by filing Form 1099-MISC with the Internal Revenue Service as required by law. If, notwithstanding the foregoing, Consultant is reclassified as an employee of Client, or any affiliate of Client, by the U.S. Internal Revenue Service, the U.S. Department of Labor, or any other federal or state or foreign agency as the result of any administrative or judicial proceeding, Consultant agrees that Consultant will not, as the result of such reclassification, be entitled to or eligible for, on either a prospective or retrospective basis, any employee benefits under any plans or programs established or maintained by Client.
3
10. Confidential Information. Consultant agrees that during the term of this Agreement and thereafter it will not use or permit the use of Client’s Confidential Information in any manner or for any purpose not expressly set forth in this Agreement, will hold such Confidential Information in confidence and protect it from unauthorized use and disclosure, and will not disclose such Confidential Information to any third parties except as set forth in Section 9 below. “Confidential Information” as used in this Agreement shall mean all information disclosed by Client to Consultant, whether during or before the term of this Agreement, that is not generally known in the Client’s trade or industry and shall include, without limitation: (a) concepts and ideas relating to the development and distribution of content in any medium or to the current, future and proposed products or services of Client or its subsidiaries or affiliates; (b) trade secrets, drawings, inventions, know-how, software programs, and software source documents; (c) information regarding plans for research, development, new service offerings or products, marketing and selling, business plans, business forecasts, budgets and unpublished financial statements, licenses and distribution arrangements, prices and costs, suppliers and customers; (d) existence of any business discussions, negotiations or agreements between the parties; and (e) any information regarding the skills and compensation of employees, contractors or other agents of Client or its subsidiaries or affiliates. Confidential Information also includes proprietary or confidential information of any third party who may disclose such information to the Client or Consultant in the course of Client’s business. Confidential Information does not include information that (x) is or becomes a part of the public domain through no act or omission of Consultant, (y) is disclosed to Consultant by a third party without restrictions on disclosure, or (z) was in Consultant’s lawful possession prior to the disclosure and was not obtained by Consultant either directly or indirectly from Client. In addition, this section will not be construed to prohibit disclosure of Confidential Information to the extent that such disclosure is required by law or valid order of a court or other governmental authority; provided, however, that Consultant shall first have given notice to Client and shall have made a reasonable effort to obtain a protective order requiring that the Confidential Information so disclosed be used only for the purposes for which the order was issued. All Confidential Information furnished to Consultant by Client is the sole and exclusive property of Client or its suppliers or customers. Upon request by Client, Consultant agrees to promptly deliver to Client the original and any copies of the Confidential Information.
11. Consultant’s Employees. Consultant will ensure that each of its employees and agents who will have access to any Confidential Information or perform any Services has entered into a binding written agreement that is expressly for the benefit of Client and protects Client’s rights and interests to at least the same degree as Section 8. Client reserves the right to refuse or limit Consultant’s use of any employee or consultant or to require Consultant to remove any employee or consultant already engaged in the performance of the Services. Client’s exercise of such right will in no way limit Consultant’s obligations under this Agreement.
12. No Conflict of Interest. During the term of this Agreement, Consultant will not accept work, enter into a contract, or accept an obligation from any third party, inconsistent or incompatible with Consultant’s obligations, or the scope of Services rendered for Client, under this Agreement. Consultant warrants that there is no other contract or duty on its part inconsistent with this Agreement. Consultant agrees to indemnify Client from any and all loss or liability incurred by reason of the alleged breach by Consultant of any services agreement with any third party.
13. Term and Termination.
13.1 Term. The initial term of this Agreement is through October 23rd 2025.
13.2 Termination Without Cause. Client may terminate this Agreement with cause, at any time upon thirty (30) days prior written notice to Consultant. Consultant may terminate this Agreement with or without cause, at any time upon thirty (30) days prior written notice to Client. If the client terminates this agreement for any reason the remaining months remaining should be paid on the same schedule until the contract would terminate on August 8th, 2025.
4
13.3 Termination for Cause. Either party may terminate this Agreement immediately in the event the other party has materially breached the Agreement and failed to cure such breach within thirty (30) days of receipt of notice by the non-breaching party. If the company were to terminate this agreement the totality of this agreement shall be paid through the entire contract period eighteen (18) months.
13.4 Survival. The rights and obligations contained in Sections 3 (“Ownership of Work Product”), 4 (“Other Rights”), 5 (“License to Preexisting IP”), 6 (“Representations and Warranties”), 8 (“Confidential Information”) and 12 (“Noninterference with Business”) will survive any termination or expiration of this Agreement.
14. Successors and Assigns. Consultant may not subcontract or otherwise delegate or assign this Agreement or any of its obligations under this Agreement without Client’s prior written consent. Any attempted assignment in violation of the foregoing shall be null and void. Subject to the foregoing, this Agreement will be for the benefit of Client’s successors and assigns and will be binding on Consultant’s assignees.
15. Notices. Any notice required or permitted by this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be delivered as follows with notice deemed given as indicated: (i) by personal delivery when delivered personally; (ii) by overnight courier upon written verification of receipt; (iii) by telecopy or facsimile transmission upon acknowledgment of receipt of electronic transmission; or (iv) by certified or registered mail, return receipt requested, upon verification of receipt. Notice shall be sent to the addresses set forth below or such other address as either party may specify in writing.
16. Governing Law. This Agreement shall be governed in all respects by the laws of the United States of America and by the laws of the State of Nebraska, without giving effect to any conflicts of laws principles that require the application of the law of a different jurisdiction.
17. Severability. Should any provisions of this Agreement be held by a court oflaw to be illegal, invalid, or unenforceable, the legality, validity and enforceability of the remaining provisions of this Agreement shall not be affected or impaired thereby.
18. Waiver. The waiver by Client of a breach of any provision of this Agreement by Consultant shall not operate or be construed as a waiver of any other or subsequent breach by Consultant.
19. Entire Agreement. This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement between the parties relating to this subject matter and supersedes all prior or contemporaneous oral or written agreements concerning such subject matter. The terms of this Agreement will govern all services undertaken by Consultant for Client. This Agreement may only be changed or amended by mutual agreement of authorized representatives of the parties in writing. The Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original and all of which shall be taken together and deemed to be one instrument.
[Remainder of page intentionally left blank]
5
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Agreement as of the Effective Date.
| CLIENT: | |||
| CLEANCORE SOLUTIONS, INC. | |||
| By: | /s/ David Enholm | ||
| Name: | David J Enholm | ||
| Title: | Chief Financial Officer | ||
Address: |
5920 South 118th Circle, Suite 2 | |
| Omaha, NE 68137 |
| CONSULTANT: | |||
| BIRDDOG CAPITAL, LLC | |||
| By: | /s/ Clayton Adams | ||
| Name: | Clayton Adams | ||
| Title: | |||
| Address: | ||
Exhibit 14.1
CLEANCORE SOLUTIONS, INC.
CODE OF BUSINESS CONDUCT AND ETHICS
| 1. | INTRODUCTION |
This Code of Business Conduct and Ethics (this “Code”) has been adopted by the Board of Directors (the “Board”) of CleanCore Solutions, Inc. (together with its subsidiaries, “we,” “us,” “our” or the “Company”) for its directors, officers, and other employees. As used herein, the principal executive officer, principal financial officer, principal accounting officer or controller, or persons performing similar functions are sometimes also referred to as the “Senior Financial Officers.”
All persons subject to this Code are expected to foster a culture of honesty, integrity, fairness, professionalism, and accountability. The guiding principles in this Code are designed to deter wrongdoing and to help us adhere to the highest level of ethical conduct in all our activities, including our relationships with other directors, officers and other employees, and with customers, suppliers, competitors, the government, and the public, including job candidates and our shareholders.
| 2. | COMPLIANCE WITH LAWS, RULES, AND REGULATIONS |
We are committed to conducting our business affairs in compliance with all applicable laws, rules, and regulations. In line with our culture of accountability, each person subject to this Code is expected to have a basic understanding of the major laws and regulations that apply to their work. If you are unsure about a situation or practice, or applicable law, rule, or regulation, please contact the Chief Financial Officer for assistance.
While it is impractical to list all pertinent laws in this Code, a few widely applicable legal requirements are described here:
Insider Trading Laws
Using any non-public Company information to trade in securities (e.g. buying or selling stock, including derivatives), or providing a family member, friend or any other person with a “tip” about this information, could constitute insider trading. Insider trading is illegal, and it violates this Code and our Insider Trading Policy. You should familiarize yourself with the Insider Trading Policy, which describes company-wide measures designed to mitigate insider trading risks such as blackout periods and preclearance procedures.
You should also remember that complying with securities laws extends beyond the Company – you should not buy or sell stock of any other company using material non- public information you have learned about that company through the scope of your employment or otherwise. Please contact the Administrator of the Insider Trading Policy with any specific questions about trading in securities.
Anti-corruption and Anti-bribery Laws
We do not tolerate corruption in connection with any of our business dealings. We strictly prohibit bribes, kickbacks, illegal payments and any other offer of items of value that may improperly influence or reward any individual, whether that individual is a government official or a private party, and whether provided directly or through a third party such as a supplier, customs broker or other agent.
You should be careful when you give gifts and pay for meals, entertainment, or other business courtesies on behalf of the Company. Anything of value can be considered a gift, and a gift should not be given or received unless all of the following conditions are met: (i) it is of nominal value (less than $150); (ii) it is customary under the circumstances (cash is never customary); (iii) it is not designed to obtain special or favored treatment; (iv) it is legal in the location and under the circumstances where given and (v) the recipient is not a government official. The best approach to complying with this policy is to exercise good judgment – gifts and other business courtesies should not become a regular occurrence, should not be excessive in value and should not impact business objectivity.
You should be especially careful when dealing with a governmental official. “Government officials” include any government employee; candidate for public office; or employee of government-owned or -controlled companies, public international organizations, or political parties. Several laws around the world, including the U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act, specifically prohibit offering or giving anything of value to government officials to influence official action or to secure an improper advantage. This includes not only traditional gifts, but also things like meals, travel, political or charitable contributions, and job offers for government officials’ relatives. To prevent violations, before extending any gift or other business courtesy involving a government official, please consult our Anti- Corruption Policy and if you still have questions, please contact the Chief Financial Officer.
Antitrust and Competition Laws
You should treat business partners, competitors and other stakeholders and decision- makers fairly. This means we should not take unfair advantages through manipulation, concealment, abuse of privileged information, misrepresentation of material facts or other unfair practices. Antitrust and competition law is a complex subject, but in general, these laws prohibit activities aimed at preventing or restricting free competition, abusing intellectual property rights or using market power to unfairly disadvantage competitors. If there is a question as to the appropriateness of a particular business decision or course of action, you should seek advice from the Chief Financial Officer.
2
| 3. | CONFLICTS OF INTEREST |
A conflict of interest is any activity that is inconsistent with or opposed to our best interest, or that gives the appearance of impropriety or divided loyalty. When considering a course of action, ask yourself whether the action you’re considering could create an incentive for you, or appear to others to create an incentive for you, to benefit yourself, your friends or family, or an associated business at the expense of the Company. If the answer is “yes,” the action you’re considering is likely to create a conflict of interest situation, and you should avoid it. A common conflict of interest scenario involves business opportunities found through work, such as a product, service, app, customer, supplier or other opportunity we may want to pursue. You may not compete with the Company, and any business opportunities discovered through your work at the Company belong first to the Company. A few other places where conflicts of interest often arise include: making personal investments; purchasing or selling products for personal gain; hiring, promoting or selecting contractors or vendors; accepting outside employment, advisory roles and board seats and starting your own business; inventions; friends and relatives; workplace relationships; and gifts, entertainment and other business courtesies. Use good judgment, and if you are unsure about a potential conflict of interest, please consult our Related Party Transactions Policy and if you still have questions, please contact the Chief Financial Officer.
| 4. | PROTECTION AND PROPER USE OF COMPANY ASSETS AND PERSONAL INFORMATION |
Employees use Company assets every day, including computers, phones, software, vehicles, facilities, supplies, data, and intellectual property. You should protect these assets against loss, damage or theft and use them only for legal, appropriate reasons in accordance with Company guidelines.
Confidential proprietary information and intellectual property generated and gathered in our business is also a valuable Company asset. Protecting these assets plays a vital role in our continued growth and ability to compete. Intellectual property includes copyrights, patents, trademarks, product and package designs, brand names and logos, inventions, and trade secrets. At all times, you should take precautions to protect our intellectual property and confidential business information including not talking about or sharing information about these things in public places or forums (such as social media). As part of our day-to-day operations, we also come into contact with the personal information of customers, job candidates, business partners and other employees. It is critical that you keep personal information safe and follow all applicable data privacy laws and Company policies for collecting, storing, using, sharing, and disposing of personal information. Please contact the Chief Financial Officer with any questions about privacy or data protection.
| 5. | PUBLIC DISCLOSURE |
Senior Financial Officers are responsible for ensuring that the disclosure in the Company’s periodic reports is full, fair, accurate, timely and understandable. To fulfill our legal, financial and management obligations, you should follow the Company’s policies and make sure our financial records are complete and accurate and internal controls are honored. Inaccurate financial reporting could undermine shareholder confidence, impact our reputation, and subject the Company to fines and penalties.
3
| 6. | EQUAL OPPORTUNITY, NON-DISCRIMINATION AND FAIR EMPLOYMENT |
We are committed to diversity and inclusion in all aspects of our business. We do not tolerate discrimination based on characteristics such as race, sex, age, religion, gender identity or expression, sexual orientation, national origin, genetic information, pregnancy or related conditions, ancestry, marital status, mental or physical disability, medical condition, veteran status or any other basis protected by local law. We also make all reasonable accommodations to meet our obligations under laws protecting the rights of the disabled. Our policies are designed to ensure that all personnel are treated, and treat each other, fairly and with respect and dignity. This applies to interactions with employees, customers, contractors, suppliers and applicants for employment, and any other interactions where you represent the Company.
We also have a zero-tolerance policy on harassment, violence or any verbal or physical conduct that creates an intimidating, offensive or hostile work environment. Any behavior or incident that violates this Code should be immediately reported to your manager, HR, the Chief Financial Officer, or any combination thereof. We will promptly and thoroughly investigate any complaints and take appropriate action.
| 7. | WORKPLACE SAFETY |
We are committed to providing a safe and healthy workplace. You are expected to follow all applicable health and safety rules and practices and to report accidents, injuries and unsafe conditions, procedures, or behaviors. You are also expected to report to work in a condition to perform your duties, free from the influence of drugs or alcohol.
| 8. | COMPLIANCE WITH THIS CODE AND REPORTING OF ANY ILLEGAL OR UNETHICAL BEHAVIOR |
All directors, officers and other employees, as well as independent contractors, consultants and others who do business with us are expected to comply with this Code. Failure to comply with this Code, or failure to report a violation, may result in disciplinary action up to and including termination of employment or the end of your working relationship with the Company. You have a responsibility to speak up when you are in a situation or are aware of a situation that you believe may violate or lead to a violation of this Code, Company policy or the law. If you have knowledge of a possible violation, you must notify either your manager (provided your manager is not involved in the violation), HR or the Chief Financial Officer. You can also report violations in writing to the Chief Financial Officer at 5920 South 118th Circle, Suite 2, Omaha, NE 68137. If you would be more comfortable doing so, you may submit your reports anonymously. Your information will be shared only with those who have a need to know, such as those involved in answering your questions or investigating and correcting issues you raise. If your report involves accounting, internal accounting controls, finance, or auditing matters, we may be required to share such information with the Audit Committee of the Board. We will not retaliate, and will not tolerate any kind of retaliation, for reporting a concern in good faith.
| 9. | WAIVERS AND AMENDMENTS |
Amendments to this Code must be approved by the Board and will be promptly disclosed as required by law. Any waivers of the provisions in this Code for Senior Financial Officers may only be granted by the Board and will be promptly disclosed as required by law.
4
Exhibit 19.1
CLEANCORE SOLUTIONS, INC.
INSIDER TRADING POLICY
| 1. | PURPOSE |
This Insider Trading Policy (this “Policy”) states the policy with respect to transactions in the securities of CleanCore Solutions, Inc. (the “Company”), and the handling of confidential information about the Company and other companies with which the Company does business. The Company’s Board of Directors has adopted this Policy to promote compliance with federal and state securities laws that prohibit certain persons who are aware of material nonpublic information about a company from (i) trading in securities of that company, or (ii) providing material nonpublic information to other persons who may trade on the basis of that information.
| 2. | PERSONS SUBJECT TO THE POLICY |
This Policy applies to all members of the Company’s Board of Directors (collectively, “directors” and each, a “director”), officers and employees of the Company and its subsidiaries. The Company may also determine that other persons should be subject to this Policy, such as contractors or consultants who have access to material nonpublic information about the Company. With respect to any person covered by this Policy, this Policy also applies to that person’s family members, other members of that person’s household, and entities controlled by that person, as described below under “Transactions by Family Members and Others” and “Transactions by Entities That You Influence or Control.”
| 3. | TRANSACTIONS SUBJECT TO THE POLICY |
This Policy applies to transactions in the Company’s securities (collectively, “Company Securities”), including the Company’s class A common stock, class B common stock, preferred stock, restricted shares, options to purchase either class A or class B common stock, or any other type of security the Company may issue, including (but not limited to) preferred shares, convertible debentures and warrants. In addition, this Policy applies to derivative securities that are not issued by the Company, but which relate to Company Securities, such as exchange-traded put or call options or swaps. This Policy similarly applies to transactions in or relating to the securities of certain other companies with which the Company does business.
| 4. | INDIVIDUAL RESPONSIBILITY |
Persons subject to this Policy have ethical and legal obligations to maintain the confidentiality of information about the Company and to not engage in transactions in Company Securities while in possession of material nonpublic information. Each individual is responsible for making sure that he or she complies with this Policy, and that any family member, household member or related entity whose transactions are subject to this Policy, as discussed below, also comply with this Policy. In all cases, the responsibility for determining whether an individual is in possession of material nonpublic information rests with that individual, and any action on the part of the Company, the Administrator (as defined below) or any other employee or director pursuant to this Policy (or otherwise) does not in any way constitute legal advice or insulate an individual from liability under applicable securities laws. You could be subject to severe legal penalties and disciplinary action by the Company for any conduct prohibited by this Policy or applicable securities laws, as described below under “Consequences of Violations.”
-1-
| 5. | ADMINISTRATION OF THE POLICY |
The “Administrator” of this Policy is the Company’s Chief Financial Officer, or such other individual designated by the Company’s Board of Directors from time to time. All determinations and interpretations by the Administrator are final and not subject to further review.
| 6. | PRINCIPAL STATEMENT OF POLICY |
(a) Trading in Company Securities and Disclosure of Nonpublic Information. No director, officer, or other employee of the Company (or any other person designated by this Policy or by the Administrator as subject to this Policy) who is aware of material nonpublic information relating to the Company may, directly or indirectly through family members or other persons or entities:
(i) engage in transactions in Company Securities, except as otherwise specified in this Policy under the heading “Limited Exceptions;”
(ii) recommend the purchase or sale of any Company Securities;
(iii) disclose material nonpublic information to persons within the Company whose jobs do not require them to have that information, or to persons outside of the Company, including, but not limited to, family, friends, business associates, investors, and consultants, except as required in the performance of regular corporate duties and only to the extent appropriate confidentiality protections are effective and the disclosure conforms to Company policies; or
(iv) assist anyone engaged in the above activities.
(b) Trading in Securities of Other Companies. No director, officer or other employee of the Company (or any other person designated by this Policy or by the Administrator as subject to this Policy) who, in the course of working for the Company, learns of material nonpublic information about a company with which the Company does or intends to do business, including a customer, supplier or service provider of the Company, may trade in that company’s securities until the information becomes public or is no longer material.
(c) No Exceptions. There are no exceptions to this Policy, except as specifically noted herein. Transactions that may be necessary or justifiable for independent reasons (such as the need to raise money for an emergency expenditure), or small transactions, are not excluded from this Policy. The securities laws do not recognize any mitigating circumstances, and, in any event, even the appearance of an improper transaction must be avoided to preserve the Company’s reputation for adhering to the highest standards of conduct.
-2-
| 7. | DEFINITION OF MATERIAL NONPUBLIC INFORMATION |
(a) Material Information. Information is considered “material” if a reasonable investor would consider that information important in making a decision to buy, hold or sell securities. Any information that could be expected to impact the Company’s share price, whether it is positive or negative, is considered material. There is no bright-line standard for assessing materiality; rather, materiality is based on an assessment of all of the facts and circumstances, and is often evaluated by enforcement authorities with the benefit of hindsight. While it is not possible to define all categories of material information, some examples of information that ordinarily would be regarded as material are:
| ● | operating or financial results or projections, including earnings guidance; |
| ● | analyst upgrades or downgrades of the Company or one of its securities; |
| ● | corporate transactions, such as mergers, acquisitions or restructurings; |
| ● | dividend, share repurchase or recapitalization matters; |
| ● | debt or equity financing matters; |
| ● | regulatory matters; |
| ● | a change in the Board of Directors or senior management; |
| ● | a change in auditors or disagreements with auditors; |
| ● | impending bankruptcy or the existence of severe liquidity problems; |
| ● | litigation or regulatory proceedings and investigations; |
| ● | the imposition of a ban on trading in Company Securities or other securities; |
| ● | intellectual property and other proprietary information; and |
| ● | significant corporate developments, including with respect to research and development activities. |
(b) Nonpublic Information. Information is considered “nonpublic” if that information has not been broadly disclosed to the marketplace, such as by press release or a filing with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”), and/or the investing public has not had time to fully absorb that information. Nonpublic information may include:
| ● | information available to a select group of persons subject to confidentiality obligations to the Company; |
| ● | undisclosed facts that are the subject of rumors, even if the rumors are widely circulated; and |
| ● | information that has been entrusted to the Company on a confidential basis. |
As a general rule, information should not be considered fully absorbed by the investing public until the second business day after the day on which the information is released. If, for example, the Company makes an announcement at 9 am ET on Monday, a person subject to this Policy should not trade in Company Securities until the market opens on Wednesday. If such an announcement were made at 6 pm ET on Monday, the person subject to this Policy should not trade in Company Securities until the market opens on Thursday. Depending on the particular circumstances, the Company may determine that a longer or shorter period should apply.
-3-
| 8. | TRANSACTIONS BY FAMILY MEMBERS AND OTHERS |
This Policy applies to your family members who reside with you, anyone else who lives in your household and any family members who do not live in your household but whose transactions in Company Securities are directed by you or are subject to your influence or control, such as parents or children who consult with you before they trade in Company Securities (collectively, “Family Members”). You are responsible for the transactions of your Family Members and therefore should make them aware of the need to confer with you before they trade in Company Securities, and you should treat all such transactions for the purposes of this Policy and applicable securities laws as if the transactions were for your own account. This Policy does not, however, apply to personal securities transactions of Family Members where the purchase or sale decision is made by a third party not controlled by, influenced by or related to you or your Family Members.
| 9. | TRANSACTIONS BY ENTITIES THAT YOU INFLUENCE OR CONTROL |
This Policy applies to any entities that you influence or control, including any corporations, partnerships, or trusts (collectively, “Controlled Entities”), and transactions by these Controlled Entities should be treated for the purposes of this Policy and applicable securities laws as if they were for your own account.
| 10. | LIMITED EXCEPTIONS |
This Policy does not apply in the case of the following transactions (although these transactions may nevertheless be subject to the requirements of Section 16 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”), applicable to directors and executive officers):
(a) Option Exercises. This Policy does not apply generally to the exercise of an option, including a cashless exercise solely through the Company or the exercise of a tax withholding right through the Company to satisfy tax withholding requirements. However, this Policy does apply to any sale of shares received upon exercise of an option, including any deemed sale caused by an election to make a cashless exercise through a broker, or any other market sale for the purpose of generating the cash necessary to pay the option exercise price.
(b) Rule 10b5-1 Plans. Rule 10b5-1 under the Exchange Act provides a defense from insider trading liability under Rule 10b-5. In order to be eligible to rely on this defense, a person subject to this Policy must enter into a Rule 10b5-1 plan for transactions in Company Securities that meets certain conditions specified in the Rule (a “Rule 10b5-1 Plan”). If the plan meets the requirements of Rule 10b5- 1, Company Securities may be purchased or sold without regard to certain insider trading restrictions. To comply with this Policy, a Rule 10b5-1 Plan must be approved by the Administrator and meet the requirements of Rule 10b5-l and the Company’s “Guidelines for Rule 10b5-l Plans,” which are set forth in Appendix 10(b) to this Policy. In general, to ensure that a Rule 10b5-1 Plan is entered into at a time when the person entering into the plan is not aware of material nonpublic information, it must be entered into during an Open Trading Window. Once the plan is adopted, the person must not exercise any influence over the amount of securities to be traded, the price at which they are to be traded or the date of the trade. The plan must either specify the amount, pricing and timing of transactions in advance or delegate discretion on these matters to an independent third party. Any Rule 10b5-l Plan must be submitted for approval at least five (5) business days prior to the entry into the Rule 10b5-l Plan. No further pre-approval of transactions conducted pursuant to the Rule 10b5-l Plan will be required.
(c) 401(k) Plan. This Policy does not apply to purchases of Company Securities in the Company’s 401(k) plan resulting from your periodic contribution of money to the plan pursuant to your payroll deduction election. This Policy does apply, however, to certain elections you may make under the 401(k) plan, including: (i) an election to increase or decrease the percentage of your periodic contributions that will be allocated to any Company share fund; (ii) an election to make an intra-plan transfer of an existing account balance into or out of any Company share fund; (iii) an election to borrow money against your 401(k) plan account if the loan will result in a liquidation of some or all of any Company share fund balance; and (iv) an election to pre-pay a plan loan if the pre-payment will result in allocation of loan proceeds to any Company share fund.
(d) Transactions Not Involving a Purchase or Sale. Bona fide gifts are not transactions subject to this Policy, unless the person making the gift has reason to believe that the recipient intends to sell the Company Securities while the director, officer or employee is aware of material nonpublic information, or the person making the gift is subject to the trading restrictions specified below under “Additional Procedures” and the sales by the recipient of the Company Securities occur outside an Open Trading Window (as defined below). Further, transactions in mutual funds that are invested in Company Securities are not transactions subject to this Policy.
-4-
| 11. | SPECIAL AND PROHIBITED TRANSACTIONS |
The Company has determined that there is a heightened legal risk and/or the appearance of improper or inappropriate conduct if the persons subject to this Policy engage in certain types of transactions. Therefore, it is the Company’s policy that any persons covered by this Policy may not engage in any of the following transactions, or should otherwise consider the Company’s preferences as described below:
(a) Short-Term Trading. Short-term trading of Company Securities may be distracting to the person and may unduly focus the person on the Company’s short-term stock market performance instead of the Company’s long-term business objectives. For these reasons, all persons subject to this Policy who purchase Company Securities in the open market are discouraged from selling any Company Securities of the same class during the six months following the purchase (or vice versa). Furthermore, such short-term trading by directors or executive officers (as defined by Rule 16a-l) may result in short-swing profit liability under Section 16(b) of the Exchange Act.
(b) Short Sales. Short sales of Company Securities (i.e., the sale of a security that the seller does not own) may evidence an expectation on the part of the seller that the securities will decline in value, and therefore have the potential to signal to the market that the seller lacks confidence in the Company’s prospects. In addition, short sales may reduce a seller’s incentive to seek to improve the Company’s performance. For these reasons, short sales of Company Securities are prohibited. Furthermore, Section 16(c) of the Exchange Act prohibits directors and executive officers (as defined by Rule 16a-l) from engaging in short sales. Short sales arising from certain types of hedging transactions are subject to the paragraph below captioned “Hedging Transactions.”
(c) Publicly-Traded Options. Given the relatively short term of publicly-traded options, transactions in options may imply that a director, officer or employee is trading based on material nonpublic information and focus that director’s, officer’s or other employee’s attention on short-term performance at the expense of the Company’s long-term objectives. Accordingly, transactions in put options, call options or other derivative securities, on an exchange or in any other organized market, are prohibited by this Policy. Option positions arising from certain types of hedging transactions are subject to the paragraph below captioned “Hedging Transactions.”
(d) Hedging Transactions. Hedging or monetization transactions can be accomplished through a number of possible mechanisms, including through the use of financial instruments such as prepaid variable forwards, equity swaps, collars and exchange funds. Such hedging transactions may permit a director, officer, or employee to continue to own Company Securities, but without the full risks and rewards of ownership. When that occurs, the director, officer or employee may no longer have the same objectives as the Company’s other shareholders. Therefore, directors, officers and employees are prohibited from engaging in any such transactions.
(e) Margin Accounts and Pledged Securities. Securities held in a margin account as collateral for a margin loan may be sold by the broker without the customer’s consent if the customer fails to meet a margin call. Similarly, securities pledged (or hypothecated) as collateral for a loan may be sold in foreclosure if the borrower defaults on the loan. Because a margin sale or foreclosure sale may occur at a time when the pledgor is aware of material nonpublic information or otherwise is not permitted to trade in Company Securities, directors, officers, and other employees are prohibited from holding Company Securities in a margin account or otherwise pledging Company Securities as collateral for a loan unless the arrangement is specifically approved in advance by the Administrator. Pledges of Company Securities arising from certain types of hedging transactions are subject to the paragraph above captioned “Hedging Transactions.”
-5-
(f) Standing and Limit Orders. Standing and limit orders (except standing and limit orders under approved Rule 10b5-1 Plans, as described above) create heightened risks for insider trading violations similar to the use of margin accounts. There is no control over the timing of purchases or sales that result from standing instructions to a broker, and as a result the broker could execute a transaction when a director, officer or other employee is in possession of material nonpublic information. The Company therefore discourages placing standing or limit orders on Company Securities. If a person subject to this Policy determines that they must use a standing order or limit order, the order should be limited to short duration and should otherwise comply with the restrictions and procedures outlined below under the heading “Additional Procedures.”
| 12. | ADDITIONAL PROCEDURES |
The Company has established additional procedures in order to assist the Company in the administration of this Policy, to facilitate compliance with laws prohibiting insider trading while in possession of material nonpublic information, and to avoid the appearance of any impropriety. These additional procedures are applicable only to those individuals described below.
(a) Pre-Clearance Procedures. All directors, officers and key employees of the Company and its subsidiaries, as well as the Family Members and Controlled Entities of such persons (“Restricted Persons”), may not engage in any transaction in Company Securities without first obtaining pre-clearance of the transaction from the Administrator. A “key employee” is an individual that has been designated as such by the Administrator due to their position in the Company and possible access to material nonpublic information. Key employees generally include senior employees in human resources, accounting, and finance functions, but may include other employees as designated by the Administrator. The list of Restricted Persons is updated periodically by the Administrator. You will be notified by the Administrator if you are considered a Restricted Person for purposes of this Policy. Restricted Persons should submit a request for pre-clearance to the Administrator at least two business days in advance of the proposed transaction. The Administrator is under no obligation to approve a transaction submitted for pre-clearance and may determine not to permit the transaction. If a Restricted Person seeks pre-clearance and permission to engage in the transaction is denied, then he or she should refrain from initiating any transaction in Company Securities and should not inform any other person of the restriction.
When a request for pre-clearance is made, the requestor should carefully consider whether he or she may be aware of any material nonpublic information about the Company and should describe fully those circumstances to the Administrator. The requestor should also indicate whether he or she has effected any non-exempt “opposite-way” transactions (e.g., an openmarket sale would be “opposite” any open market purchase, and vice versa) within the past six months, and should be prepared to report the proposed transaction on an appropriate Form 4 or Form 5. The requestor should also be prepared to comply with SEC Rule 144 and file Form 144, if necessary, at the time of any sale.
A request for pre-clearance must be made in writing, preferably by submission of a completed Request for Pre-Clearance in the form of Exhibit A to this Policy. Pre-cleared transactions should be effected promptly. Requestors are required to refresh the request for pre-clearance if a pre-cleared transaction is not effected within five business days after pre-clearance is received.
-6-
Furthermore, requestors must immediately notify the Administrator following the execution of any transaction.
(b) Quarterly Trading Restrictions. Restricted Persons may not conduct any transactions involving the Company’s Securities (other than as specified by this Policy) except during an Open Trading Window. An “Open Trading Window” generally begins on the second business day following the day of public release of the Company’s quarterly (or annual) earnings and ends 15 calendar days prior to the end of the then current quarter. The Administrator will notify Restricted Persons of the opening and closing of the trading window.
(c) Event-Specific Trading Restriction Periods. From time to time, an event may occur that is material to the Company and is known by only a few directors, officers and/or employees. So long as the event remains material and nonpublic, the persons designated by the Administrator may not trade Company Securities. In addition, material developments impacting the Company may occur in a particular fiscal quarter that, in the judgment of the Administrator, make it advisable that designated persons should refrain from trading in Company Securities even during the ordinary Open Trading Window described above. In that situation, the Administrator may notify these persons that they should not trade in the Company’s Securities, without disclosing the reason for the restriction. The existence of an event-specific trading restriction period or the closing of the Open Trading Window will be announced by the Administrator to persons designated by the Administrator. Even if the Administrator has not designated you a person who should not trade due to an event-specific restriction, you may not trade while aware of material nonpublic information. Exceptions will not be granted during an event-specific trading restriction period.
(d) Exceptions.
(i) The quarterly trading restrictions and event-driven trading restrictions do not apply to those transactions to which this Policy does not apply, as described above under the heading “Limited Exceptions,” nor do they apply to an election to participate in an employer plan during an open enrollment period.
(ii) The Administrator in his or her discretion may approve other or further exceptions to these requirements on a case-by-case basis in extraordinary circumstances. Any request for an exception pursuant to this paragraph must be submitted in advance and in writing, and any approval must be in writing.
| 13. | POST-TERMINATION TRANSACTIONS |
This Policy continues to apply to transactions in Company Securities even after termination of service to the Company. If an individual is in possession of material nonpublic information when his or her service terminates, that individual may not trade in Company Securities until that information has become public or is no longer material. The pre-clearance procedures specified under the heading “Additional Procedures” above and applicable to Restricted Persons will continue to apply for a period of six months after a termination of service, in order to facilitate compliance with Section 16 of the Exchange Act.
| 14. | CONSEQUENCES OF VIOLATIONS |
The purchase or sale of securities while aware of material nonpublic information, or the disclosure of material nonpublic information to others who then trade in the Company’s Securities, is prohibited by federal and state laws. Insider trading violations are pursued vigorously by the SEC, the U.S. Department of Justice and state enforcement authorities. Punishment for insider trading violations is severe and could include significant fines and imprisonment. While the regulatory authorities concentrate their efforts on the individuals who trade, or who tip inside information to others who trade, the federal securities laws also impose potential liability on companies and other “controlling persons” if they fail to take reasonable steps to prevent insider trading by company personnel.
-7-
In addition, an individual’s failure to comply with this Policy may subject the individual to Company-imposed sanctions, up to and including termination of employment, whether or not the employee’s failure to comply results in a violation of law. Needless to say, a violation of law, or even an SEC investigation that does not result in prosecution, can tarnish a person’s reputation and irreparably damage a career.
| 15. | REPORTING OF VIOLATIONS |
Any person who violates this Policy or any federal or state law governing insider trading or tipping, or who knows of or reasonably suspects any such violation by another person, should report the matter immediately to his or her supervisor and/or to the Administrator identified in Section 5. Employees are obligated to report suspected and actual violations of Company policy or the law. Doing so brings the concern into the open so that it can be resolved quickly, and more serious harm can be prevented. Failure to do so could result in disciplinary action up to and including termination of employment.
If you encounter a situation or are considering a course of action and its appropriateness is unclear, do not hesitate to reach out the Administrator with any questions; even the appearance of impropriety can be very damaging and should be avoided, and the Administrator may be in the best position to provide helpful information or other resources.
| 16. | CERTIFICATION |
All persons subject to this Policy may be required to certify and re-certify, from time to time, their understanding of, and intent to comply with, this Policy.
| 17. | AMENDMENT |
This Policy may be amended by the Board of Directors or any committee or designee to which the Board of Directors delegates this authority.
The Administrator has the authority to make determinations under, and interpretations of, this Policy, as specified in this Policy under the heading “Administration of the Policy.” In addition, the Administrator is authorized to approve amendments to this Policy that: (i) correct obvious errors (e.g., typographical or grammatical errors); (ii) are necessitated by changes in legal requirements; (iii) are necessary to clarify the meaning of this Policy; or (iv) are administrative in nature, such as the provisions of this Policy under the heading “Additional Procedures.”
-8-
Appendix 10(b)
Guidelines for Rule 10b5-1 Plans⁎
Rule 10b5-1 under the Exchange Act provides a defense from insider trading liability under Rule 10b-5. In order to be eligible to rely on this defense, a person subject to our Insider Trading Policy must enter into a Rule 10b5-l Plan for transactions in Company Securities (as defined in the Insider Trading Policy) that meets certain conditions specified in the Rule. If the plan meets the requirements of Rule 10b5- l, Company Securities may be purchased or sold without regard to certain insider trading restrictions. In general, a Rule 10b5-l Plan must be entered into at a time when the person entering into the plan is not aware of material nonpublic information. Once the plan is adopted, the person must not exercise any influence over the amount of securities to be traded, the price at which they are to be traded or the date of the trade. The plan must either specify the amount, pricing and timing of transactions in advance or delegate discretion on these matters to an independent third party.
As specified in the Company’s Insider Trading Policy, a Rule 10b5-l Plan must be approved by the Administrator and meet the requirements of Rule 10b5-l and these guidelines. Any Rule 10b5-l Plan must be submitted for approval at least five business days prior to the entry into the Rule 10b5-l Plan. Once a 10b5-1 Plan is approved, no further pre-approval of transactions conducted pursuant to the plan will be required.
The following guidelines apply to all Rule 10b5-l Plans:
| ● | You may not enter into, modify or terminate a trading program outside of an Open Trading Window or while in possession of material nonpublic information. |
| ● | All Rule 10b5-l Plans must have a duration of at least six months and no more than two years. |
| ● | If a Rule 10b5-l Plan is terminated, you must wait at least 30 days before trading outside of the Rule 10b5-l Plan. |
| ● | If a trading program is terminated, you must wait until the commencement of the next Open Trading Window before a new Rule 10b5-l Plan may be adopted. |
| ● | You may not commence sales under a trading program until at least 30 days following the date of establishment of a trading program. Any modification of a trading program must not take effect for at least 30 days from the date of modification. |
| ● | You may not enter into any transaction in Company Securities while the Rule 10b5- l Plan is in effect. |
The approval or adoption of a Rule 10b5-l Plan in no way reduces or eliminates a person’s obligations under Section 16 of the Exchange Act, including disclosure obligations and liability for short- swing profits. Persons subject to Section 16 of the Exchange Act should consult with their own counsel in implementing a Rule 10b5-l Plan.
| ⁎ | Capitalized terms used but not defined herein have the meanings ascribed to them in the CleanCore Solutions, Inc. Insider Trading Policy. |
Exhibit A
Request for Pre-Clearance⁎
For pre-clearance to transact in Company Securities.
Upon executing a transaction, Restricted Persons must immediately notify the Company.
| Transaction Vehicle (check one) | Transaction Initiated By (check one) | ||
| ☐ | Open Market Transaction | ☐ | Employee or immediate family member directly |
| ☐ | Equity Compensation Plan | ☐ | Court or government decree (e.g., divorce decree) |
| ☐ | Other (specify): | ☐ | Broker (provide name, firm, telephone and e-mail): |
| Type of Transaction (check one) | |||
| ☐ | Purchase or acquire class A or class B common stock | ||
| ☐ | Sell or dispose of class A or class B common stock | ||
| ☐ | Move Company Securities from one account to another (e.g., in or out of a trust) | ||
| ☐ | Dispose of fractional shares | ||
| ☐ | Pledge Company Securities for margin account, or otherwise | ||
| ☐ | Exercise options without subsequent sale | ||
| ☐ | Exercise options with subsequent sale (e.g., a “cashless exercise”) | ||
| Other (describe): _______________ | |||
| Transaction Detail (provide the following information) | |||
| Number of securities: _______________ | |||
| Estimated share price: _______________ | |||
| Contemplated execution date: _________ | |||
| Date of your last “opposite way” transaction⁎⁎: ________________________________________________________ | |||
Certification
I certify that I have fully disclosed the information requested in this form, I have read the CleanCore Solutions, Inc. Insider Trading Policy, I am not in possession of material nonpublic information, and to the best of my knowledge and belief the proposed transaction will not violate the CleanCore Solutions, Inc. Insider Trading Policy.
| (Sign Above) | |
| (Print Name Above) | |
| (Date) |
| ⁎ | Capitalized terms used but not defined herein have the meanings ascribed to them in the CleanCore Solutions, Inc. Insider Trading Policy. |
| ⁎⁎ | If a Section 16 insider buys and sells (or sells and buys) Company Securities within a six-month time frame and such transactions are not exempt under SEC rules, the two transactions can be “matched” for purposes of Section 16. The insider may be sued and will be strictly liable for any profits made, regardless of whether the insider was in possession of material nonpublic information. |
Exhibit 31.1
CERTIFICATIONS
I, Clayton Adams, certify that:
| 1. | I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K of CleanCore Solutions, Inc.; |
| 2. | Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report; |
| 3. | Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report; |
| 4. | The registrant’s other certifying officer(s) and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have: |
| a) | Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared; |
| b) | Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles; |
| c) | Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and |
| d) | Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and |
| 5. | The registrant’s other certifying officer(s) and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions): |
| a) | All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and |
| b) | Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting. |
Date: September 20, 2024
/s/ Clayton Adams | |
| Clayton Adams | |
Chief Executive Officer (Principal Executive Officer) |
Exhibit 31.2
CERTIFICATIONS
I, David Enholm, certify that:
| 1. | I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K of CleanCore Solutions, Inc.; |
| 2. | Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report; |
| 3. | Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report; |
| 4. | The registrant’s other certifying officer(s) and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have: |
| a) | Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared; |
| b) | Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles; |
| c) | Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and |
| d) | Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and |
| 5. | The registrant’s other certifying officer(s) and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions): |
| a) | All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and |
| b) | Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting. |
Date: September 20, 2024
/s/ David Enholm | |
| David Enholm | |
Chief Financial Officer (Principal Financial and Accounting Officer) |
Exhibit 32.1
CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO 18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350,
AS
ADOPTED PURSUANT TO SECTION 906
OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002
The undersigned Chief Executive Officer of CLEANCORE SOLUTIONS, INC. (the “Company”), DOES HEREBY CERTIFY that:
1. The Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended June 30, 2024 (the “Report”) fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; and
2. Information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operation of the Company.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has executed this statement on September 20, 2024.
/s/ Clayton Adams | |
| Clayton Adams | |
Chief Executive Officer (Principal Executive Officer) |
A signed original of this written statement required by Section 906 has been provided to CleanCore Solutions, Inc. and will be retained by CleanCore Solutions, Inc. and furnished to the Securities and Exchange Commission or its staff upon request.
The forgoing certification is being furnished to the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to § 18 U.S.C. Section 1350. It is not being filed for purposes of Section 18 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and is not to be incorporated by reference into any filing of the Company, whether made before or after the date hereof, regardless of any general incorporation language in such filing.
Exhibit 32.2
CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO 18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350,
AS
ADOPTED PURSUANT TO SECTION 906
OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002
The undersigned Chief Financial Officer of CLEANCORE SOLUTIONS, INC. (the “Company”), DOES HEREBY CERTIFY that:
1. The Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended June 30, 2024 (the “Report”) fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; and
2. Information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operation of the Company.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has executed this statement on September 20, 2024.
/s/ David Enholm | |
| David Enholm | |
Chief Financial Officer (Principal Financial and Accounting Officer) |
A signed original of this written statement required by Section 906 has been provided to CleanCore Solutions, Inc. and will be retained by CleanCore Solutions, Inc. and furnished to the Securities and Exchange Commission or its staff upon request.
The forgoing certification is being furnished to the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to § 18 U.S.C. Section 1350. It is not being filed for purposes of Section 18 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and is not to be incorporated by reference into any filing of the Company, whether made before or after the date hereof, regardless of any general incorporation language in such filing.
Exhibit 97.1
CLEANCORE SOLUTIONS, INC.
CLAWBACK POLICY
| A. | OVERVIEW |
In accordance with the applicable rules of the NYSE American LLC Company Guide (the “NYSE American Rules”), Section 10D and Rule 10D-1 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”) (“Rule 10D-1”), the Board of Directors (the “Board”) of CleanCore Solutions, Inc. (the “Company”) has adopted this Policy (the “Policy”) to provide for the recovery of erroneously awarded Incentive-based Compensation from Executive Officers. All capitalized terms used and not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings set forth in Section H, below.
| B. | RECOVERY OF ERRONEOUSLY AWARDED COMPENSATION |
(1) In the event of an Accounting Restatement, the Company will reasonably promptly recover the Erroneously Awarded Compensation Received in accordance with the NYSE American Rules and Rule 10D-1 as follows:
| (i) | After an Accounting Restatement, the Compensation Committee of the Board (the “Committee”) shall determine the amount of any Erroneously Awarded Compensation Received by each Executive Officer and shall promptly notify each Executive Officer with a written notice containing the amount of any Erroneously Awarded Compensation and a demand for repayment or return of such compensation, as applicable. For Incentive-based Compensation based on (or derived from) the Company’s common stock price or total stockholder return, where the amount of Erroneously Awarded Compensation is not subject to mathematical recalculation directly from the information in the applicable Accounting Restatement: |
| (a) | The amount to be repaid or returned shall be determined by the Committee based on a reasonable estimate of the effect of the Accounting Restatement on the Company’s common stock price or total stockholder return upon which the Incentive-based Compensation was Received; and |
| (b) | The Company shall maintain documentation of the determination of such reasonable estimate and provide the relevant documentation as required to NYSE American. |
| (ii) | The Committee shall have discretion to determine the appropriate means of recovering Erroneously Awarded Compensation based on the particular facts and circumstances. Notwithstanding the foregoing, except as set forth in Section B(2) below, in no event may the Company accept an amount that is less than the amount of Erroneously Awarded Compensation in satisfaction of an Executive Officer’s obligations hereunder. |
| (iii) | To the extent that the Executive Officer has already reimbursed the Company for any Erroneously Awarded Compensation Received under any duplicative recovery obligations established by the Company or applicable law, it shall be appropriate for any such reimbursed amount to be credited to the amount of Erroneously Awarded Compensation that is subject to recovery under this Policy. |
| (iv) | To the extent that an Executive Officer fails to repay all Erroneously Awarded Compensation to the Company when due, the Company shall take all actions reasonable and appropriate to recover such Erroneously Awarded Compensation from the applicable Executive Officer. The applicable Executive Officer shall be required to reimburse the Company for any and all expenses reasonably incurred (including legal fees) by the Company in recovering such Erroneously Awarded Compensation in accordance with the immediately preceding sentence. |
(2) Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, the Company shall not be required to take the actions contemplated by Section B(1) above if the Committee determines that recovery would be impracticable and any of the following two conditions are met:
| (i) | The Committee has determined that the direct expenses paid to a third party to assist in enforcing the Policy would exceed the amount to be recovered. Before making this determination, the Company must make a reasonable attempt to recover the Erroneously Awarded Compensation, document such attempt(s) and provide such documentation to NYSE American. |
| (ii) | Recovery would likely cause an otherwise tax-qualified retirement plan, under which benefits are broadly available to employees of the Company, to fail to meet the requirements of Section 401(a)(13) or Section 411(a) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and regulations thereunder. |
| C. | DISCLOSURE REQUIREMENTS |
The Company shall file all disclosures with respect to this Policy required by applicable U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) filings and rules.
| D. | PROHIBITION OF INDEMNIFICATION |
The Company shall not be permitted to insure or indemnify any Executive Officer against (i) the loss of any Erroneously Awarded Compensation that is repaid, returned or recovered pursuant to the terms of this Policy, or (ii) any claims relating to the Company’s enforcement of its rights under this Policy. Further, the Company shall not enter into any agreement that exempts any Incentive-based Compensation that is granted, paid or awarded to an Executive Officer from the application of this Policy or that waives the Company’s right to recovery of any Erroneously Awarded Compensation, and this Policy shall supersede any such agreement (whether entered into before, on or after the Effective Date of this Policy). It is hereby acknowledged that Rule 10D-1(b)(1)(v) and Section 811 of the NYSE American Rules provide that the Company is prohibited from indemnifying any executive officer or former executive officer against the loss of erroneously awarded compensation. It is therefore acknowledged that such indemnification is prohibited by applicable law for all purposes, including any and all such agreements.
| E. | ADMINISTRATION AND INTERPRETATION |
This Policy shall be administered by the Committee, and any determinations made by the Committee shall be final and binding on all affected individuals.
The Committee is authorized to interpret and construe this Policy and to make all determinations necessary, appropriate, or advisable for the administration of this Policy and for the Company’s compliance with the NYSE American Rules, Section 10D, Rule 10D-1 and any other applicable law, regulation, rule or interpretation of the SEC or NYSE American promulgated or issued in connection therewith.
| F. | AMENDMENT; TERMINATION |
The Committee may amend this Policy from time to time in its discretion and shall amend this Policy as it deems necessary. Notwithstanding anything in this Section F to the contrary, no amendment or termination of this Policy shall be effective if such amendment or termination would (after taking into account any actions taken by the Company contemporaneously with such amendment or termination) cause the Company to violate any federal securities laws, SEC rule or NYSE American rules.
| G. | OTHER RECOVERY RIGHTS |
This Policy shall be binding and enforceable against all Executive Officers and, to the extent required by applicable law or guidance from the SEC or NYSE American, their beneficiaries, heirs, executors, administrators or other legal representatives. The Committee intends that this Policy will be applied to the fullest extent required by applicable law. Any employment agreement, equity award agreement, compensatory plan or any other agreement or arrangement with an Executive Officer shall be deemed to include, as a condition to the grant of any benefit thereunder, an agreement by the Executive Officer to abide by the terms of this Policy. Any right of recovery under this Policy is in addition to, and not in lieu of, any other remedies or rights of recovery that may be available to the Company under applicable law, regulation or rule or pursuant to the terms of any policy of the Company or any provision in any employment agreement, equity award agreement, compensatory plan, agreement or other arrangement.
2
| H. | DEFINITIONS |
For purposes of this Policy, the following capitalized terms shall have the meanings set forth below.
(1) “Accounting Restatement” means an accounting restatement due to the material noncompliance of the Company with any financial reporting requirement under the securities laws, including any required accounting restatement to correct an error in previously issued financial statements that is material to the previously issued financial statements (a “Big R” restatement), or that would result in a material misstatement if the error were corrected in the current period or left uncorrected in the current period (a “little r” restatement).
(2) “Clawback Eligible Incentive Compensation” means all Incentive-based Compensation Received by an Executive Officer (i) on or after the effective date of the applicable NYSE American rules, (ii) after beginning service as an Executive Officer, (iii) who served as an Executive Officer at any time during the applicable performance period relating to any Incentive-based Compensation (whether or not such Executive Officer is serving at the time the Erroneously Awarded Compensation is required to be repaid to the Company), (iv) while the Company has a class of securities listed on a national securities exchange or a national securities association, and (v) during the applicable Clawback Period (as defined below).
(3) “Clawback Period” means, with respect to any Accounting Restatement, the three completed fiscal years of the Company immediately preceding the Restatement Date (as defined below), and if the Company changes its fiscal year, any transition period of less than nine months within or immediately following those three completed fiscal years.
(4) “Erroneously Awarded Compensation” means, with respect to each Executive Officer in connection with an Accounting Restatement, the amount of Clawback Eligible Incentive Compensation that exceeds the amount of Incentive-based Compensation that otherwise would have been Received had it been determined based on the restated amounts, computed without regard to any taxes paid.
(5) “Executive Officer” means each individual who is currently or was previously designated as an “officer” of the Company as defined in Rule 16a-1(f) under the Exchange Act. For the avoidance of doubt, the identification of an executive officer for purposes of this Policy shall include each executive officer who is or was identified pursuant to Item 401(b) of Regulation S-K or Item 6.A of Form 20-F, as applicable, as well as the principal financial officer and principal accounting officer (or, if there is no principal accounting officer, the controller).
(6) “Financial Reporting Measures” means measures that are determined and presented in accordance with the accounting principles used in preparing the Company’s financial statements, and all other measures that are derived wholly or in part from such measures. Common stock price and total stockholder return (and any measures that are derived wholly or in part from common stock price or total stockholder return) shall, for purposes of this Policy, be considered Financial Reporting Measures. For the avoidance of doubt, a Financial Reporting Measure need not be presented in the Company’s financial statements or included in a filing with the SEC.
(7) “Incentive-based Compensation” means any compensation that is granted, earned or vested based wholly or in part upon the attainment of a Financial Reporting Measure.
(8) “NYSE American” means NYSE American LLC.
(9) “Received” means, with respect to any Incentive-based Compensation, actual or deemed receipt, and Incentive-based Compensation shall be deemed received in the Company’s fiscal period during which the Financial Reporting Measure specified in the Incentive-based Compensation award is attained, even if the payment or grant of the Incentive-based Compensation to the Executive Officer occurs after the end of that period.
(10) “Restatement Date” means the earlier to occur of (i) the date the Board, a committee of the Board or the officers of the Company authorized to take such action if Board action is not required, concludes, or reasonably should have concluded, that the Company is required to prepare an Accounting Restatement, or (ii) the date a court, regulator or other legally authorized body directs the Company to prepare an Accounting Restatement.
Effective as of March 27, 2024.
3